Account Code Complete)
Account Code Complete)
Definitions PAGE 1
ARTICLES
Auditor General's powers under the Initial and Subsidiary Accounts Rules 2
Appropriation Accounts 5
General—
Period of Accounts 21
Form of Accounts—
Classification of expenditure as " charged " (" non-voted ") or as " voted " 28
General limitations 29
Travelling Allowances 32
Refunds of Revenue 35
Rectification of misclassifications 52
Introductory 55
Inter-departmental adjustments 59
General 68
Introductory 72
Introductory 79
Receipts 80
Inevitable losses 84
APPENDICES.
2. List, of Major and Minor Heads of Account of Central and Provincial Printed
Receipt and Disbursements separately
3. Principles and Rules regulating the distribution of certain charges and
receipts between Governments—
A.—Introductory.
C.—Other Charges.
XI. Incidence of the cost of (1) Forest Surveys carried out by the Survey
51
of Pakistan and (2) Forest maps prepared by that Department
D.—Receipts.
Auditor General's powers under the Government of India Act, 1935, as adapted
by the Pakistan (Provisional Constitution) Order, 1947 and the Audit and
Accounts Order.
1) The Auditor General of Pakistan derives lies powers and duties in relation to the
accounts of the Central Government and of the provinces from Section 168 of the
Government of India Act, 1935, as adapted by the Pakistan (Provisional Constitu-
tion) Order, 1947 and the Government of India (Audit and Accounts) Order, 1936.
The relevant provisions of the Order defining the Auditor General's powers and
duties in relation to accounts are reproduced below :—
" 11.
1. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, the Auditor General shall be
responsible for the keeping of the accounts of the Federation and of each Province
other than accounts of the Federation relating to defence or railways and accounts
relating to transactions in the United Kingdom.
2. As respects accounts of the Federation, the Governor General, exercising
his individual judgment, and as respects accounts of a Province, the Governor,
exercising his individual judgment, may, after consultation with the Auditor
General, make provision by rules for relieving the Auditor General from
responsibility for the keeping of the accounts of any particular service or
department.
3. The Governor-General, exercising his individual judgment, may after
consultation with the Auditor General make provision by rules relieving the Auditor
General from responsibility for keeping accounts of any particular class or
character.
4. The Auditor General shall, from the accounts kept by him and by the other
persons responsible for keeping public accounts, prepare in each year accounts
(including, in the case of accounts kept by him, appropriation accounts) showing
the annual receipts and disbursements for the purposes of the Federation and
each Province distinguished under the respective heads thereof, and shall submit
those accounts to the Federal Government, or as the case may be, to the
Government of the Province on such dates as he may, with the concurrence of the
Government concerned, determine.
5. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph, the Auditor General shall
comply with any general or special orders of the Governor General or, as the case
may be, a Governor as to the head of account under which any specified
transaction or transactions of any specified class is, or are, to be included.
In issuing any such order as aforesaid the Governor General or Governor shall
exercise his individual judgment after consulting the Auditor General.
12. It shall be the duty of the Auditor General to prepare annually, in such form as he with
the concurrence of the Governor General may determine, and to submit to the Governor
General a General Financial Statement incorporating a summary of the accounts of the
Federation and of all the Provinces for the last preceding year and particulars of their
balances and outstanding liabilities, and containing such other information as to their
financial position as the Governor General may direct to be included in the Statement.
15. it shall be the duty of the Auditor General, so far as the accounts for the keeping of
which he is responsible enable him so to do, to give to the Federal Government and to
the Government of every Province such information as they may from time to time
require, and such assistance in the preparation of their annual financial statements as
they may reasonably ask for.
16. The Federation and every Province shall—
(ii) give to him such information as he may require for the preparation of any account
or report which it is his duty to prepare.
17. The Auditor General shall have authority to inspect any office of accounts in India
which is under the control of the Federation or of a Province, including treasuries and
such offices responsible for the keeping of initial or subsidiary accounts as submit
accounts to him.
19. Anything which under this Order is directed to be done by the Auditor General may be
done by an officer of this department authorised by him, either generally or specially:
Provided that except during the absence of the Auditor .General on leave or otherwise, an
officer shall not be authorised to submit on his behalf any report which the Auditor
General is required by the Act to submit to the Governor General or the Governor of a
Province. "
Auditor General's powers under the Initial and Subsidiary Accounts Rules.
2) The Initial and Subsidiary Accounts Rules made by the Governor General under
sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 11 of the Audit and Accounts Order (vide
Appendix 1) relieve the Auditor General from the responsibility for keeping
accounts of a specified class or character without derogating from his power to
prescribe the form in which such accounts shall be rendered to him and in which
the initial accounts from which the accounts so rendered are compiled or on which
they are based-shall be kept. The relevant provisions of these rules are
reproduced below :—
3. The Auditor General of India shall be relieved from the responsibility for
keeping accounts of the under mentioned class or character
a) Initial Accounts required to be kept in treasuries ;
b) Initial and Subsidiary Accounts that may be required-to be kept in any office
or department of the Federation, or, as the case may be, of any Province ;
c) accounts of stores and stock that may be required to be kept in any office or
department of the Federation or of a Province by order of the Governor General or
of the Governor of the Province ; and
d) Trading, Manufacturing and Profit and Loss Accounts and Balance Sheets
and any other subsidiary accounts that may be required to be kept by order of the
Governor General or of the Governor of a Province in any Department of the
Federation or of the Province.
4. Nothing contained in Rule 3 shall be construed as derogating from the
authority of the Auditor General of India—
a) to require any treasury, office or department keeping initial or subsidiary
accounts to render- accounts of such transactions as are included in them to the
audit and account offices under his control on such dates as he may determine ; or
b) to prescribe the form in which such accounts shall be rendered and in which
the initial accounts, from which the accounts so rendered are compiled or on which
they are based shall be kept. "
3) By virtue of the provisions of Section 168 of the Act, the Auditor General is
empowered, with the approval of the Governor General, to prescribe the form of
initial accounts from which the accounts rendered to the Pakistan Audit
Department are compiled or on which those accounts are based. Any changes or
modifications in the form of initial accounts would, under Section 168 of the Act,
normally require the«approval of the Governor General. In order to avoid the
inconvenience of having to refer any and every modification in the form of initial
accounts to the Governor General for approval, general provision has been made
in rule 4 (b) of the Initial and Subsidiary Accounts Rules cited in the preceding
Article, enabling the Auditor General to prescribe the form of initial accounts. In
practice, however the Auditor General will exercise his power under the Initial and
Subsidiary Accounts Rules only to make modifications or amendments in the form
of initial accounts which follow directly from the changes made in the form of the
general accounts or which, are not inconsistent with the form of those accounts as
approved by the Governor General.
4) For the sake of practical convenience, the forms of accounts including
appropriation accounts, relating to Defence, Railways and any other Department or
Service whose accounts are not kept by the Auditor General under paragraph 11
(2) of the Audit and Accounts Order may be determined by the departmental
accounting authorities. The provisions of Section 168 of the Act and of paragraph 4
(b) of the Initial and Subsidiary Accounts Rules will be deemed to have been
satisfied if the forms so determined are not questioned by the Auditor General cum
Governor General.
Appropriation Accounts.
5) The form of Appropriation Accounts which the Auditor General is required to
prepare under paragraph 11 (4) of the Audit and Accounts Order is not dealt with
in this Code. The instructions relating to the preparation and submission of such
accounts by Accountants General are included in the Audit Manual issued by the
authority of the Auditor General. The object of these accounts is to relate
expenditure brought into account during a financial year to the several items
specified in the schedules of authorised expenditure authenticated under Section
35 or Section 80 of *he Act. As no special process of accounting is involved in the
preparation of Appropriation Accounts they should be regarded as complementary
to the accounts of annual receipts and disbursements referred to in paragraph 11
(4) of the Audit and Accounts Order.
Note: Deleted,
6) Deleted.
CHAPTER 2.—GENERAL OUTLINES OF THE SYSTEM OF ACCOUNTS.
Account of the Central and Provincial Annual Finance Accounts of the Central
Governments with the Bank and Provincial Governments
General.
Period of Accounts.
21) The annual accounts of the Central and Provincial Governments which the Auditor
General is required to render under sub-paragraph (4) of paragraph 11 of the Audit and
Accounts Order shall record transactions which take place during a financial year running
from 1st April to 31st March. Similarly, the annual General Financial Statement (the
Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts of the Central and Provincial Governments in
Pakistan) which the Auditor General is required to submit under paragraph 12 of the
aforesaid Order shall record transactions of the Central and Provincial Governments for
the same period.
note.—The Government accounts of a year may be kept open for a
certain period in the following year for completion of the various
accounting processes inter alia in respect of the transactions of
March, for the carrying out of certain inter-departmental adjustments,
and for the closing of the accounts of several Provident Funds and
Suspense heads. Adjustments may also be made after the close of the
year owing to mispostings and misclassifications coming to notice
after the 31st March. An actual transaction taking place after 31st
March should not, however be treated as pertaining to the previous
financial year even though the accounts for that year may be open for
the purposes mentioned above.
Cash basis of Accounts
22) With the exception of such book adjustments as may be authorised by any rules
included in this Code or by any general or special orders issued by Government after
consultation with the Auditor General, the transactions in Government accounts shall
represent the actual cash receipts and disbursements during a financial year as
distinguished from amounts due to or by Government during the same period.
Currency in which Accounts are kept
23) The accounts of Government kept in Pakistan shall be maintained in Pakistan
Currency. With the exception of transactions representing certain genuine sterling assets
and liabilities of the Central Government, all transactions of the Central and Provincial
Governments taking place in the United Kingdom shall be passed on monthly to Pakistan
through the Account Current between England and Pakistan and brought to account
finally in the Pakistan books after they have been converted into Pakistan Currency
according to the procedure prescribed in Chapters'16 and 17 of Volume IV of this Code.
Transactions of a genuine sterling character, e.g., those of the Central Government under
certain Debt, Deposits, Advances, .Suspense and Remittance heads the balances of
which are kept in sterling, shall be accounted for finally in the books of the High
Commissioner for Pakistan. In the Annual (Finance) Accounts of the Central Government
these transactions shall be combined with the connected Pakistan transactions and
exhibited in rupees, whereas in the Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts of the
Central and Provincial Governments they shall be shown both in rupees and in sterling.
Note.—The accounts of sterling branches of the various Provident
Funds should be maintained in Pakistan as subsidiary accounts to the
rupee accounts which shall be the main Government accounts of
Provident Funds.
Form of Accounts
Main Divisions of Accounts
24) The four main divisions of Government accounts shall be :—
1. Revenue.
2. Capital.
3. Debt.
4. Remittance.
The first division shall deal with the proceeds of taxation and other receipts classed
as revenue and the expenditure there from. The second division shall deal with
expenditure met usually from borrowed funds, such expenditure being incurred with the
object either of increasing concrete assets of a material character or of reducing recurring
liabilities such as those for future pensions by payment of the capitalised value, and also
final receipts of a Capital nature intended to be applied as a set-off to Capital expenditure.
The third division shall comprise receipts and payments in respect of which Government
becomes liable to repay the money received or has a claim to recover the amounts paid
together with repayments of the former and the recoveries of the latter. The fourth division
shall embrace all merely adjusting beads, under which shall appear remittances of cash
between treasuries, State Bank of Pakistan Remittances, as well as items in transit
between different branches of the accounts department including Accounting Officers in
England. The initial debits or credits to the heads in this Division will be cleared eventually
by corresponding receipts or payments either within the same circle of account or in
another account circle.
25) Inside each of the four divisions mentioned in the preceding Article the
transactions shall be grouped into Sections which shall be further sub-divided into Major
Heads of Account. The Sections shall be distinguished by letters of the alphabet, a
double letter denoting the Capital portion of the particular set of transactions. The Major
Heads in the Revenue and Capital divisions shall be numbered serially, Roman numerals
being employed on the receipts side, and Arabic on (he disbursement side. The various
Sections classified under the four divisions shall be as given in the Annexure to this
Chapter.
Major, Minor and Detailed heads.
26) The main unit of classification in the accounts shall be the major head which shall
be divided into minor heads each of which, if necessary, shall have a number of
subordinate heads generally known as detailed heads. In some cases, minor heads will
be divided into sub-heads which again will be divided into detailed heads. The detailed
classification of account heads used in Government accounts shall be such as is given in
the List of Major and Minor Heads of Account of Central] and Provincial Receipts and
Disbursements—vide Appendix 2.
In all accounts, the major and minor heads shall be arranged in the exact order
shown in the List of Major and Minor Heads of Account.
In respect of all account heads the prescribed classification should be followed
strictly, exact uniformity being essential even in regard to nomenclature.
27) The introduction of any new major or minor head as well as the abolition or change
of nomenclature of any of the existing heads shall require the approval of the Auditor
General who will obtain the approval of the Governor General, where necessary. The
Accountants General shall have discretion to open all the prescribed detailed heads and,
when necessary, to open a new one if a prescribed head is not suitable. Accountants
General should, however, secure that the detailed heads are not multiplied unnecessarily
and that only such heads are opened in the accounts as are really essential. The
following principles should also be observed in this connection :—
a) A head which is definitely prescribed in the List of Major and Minor Heads of
Account or any other list approved by the Auditor General as being subordinate to
one minor head should not be placed under another.
b) If a new head is opened for transactions formerly merged in another head, the
new head should be placed next after the latter when new forms are printed, if it is
not possible to do so earlier.
1. The detailed heads subordinate to a minor head of expenditure should be
so arranged in accounts as to exhibit separately the expenditure under each unit of
appropriation as prescribed from time to time by Government.
Classification of expenditure as “charged” (" non-voted ") or as “voted”
28) Expenditure which under the provisions of the Act is subject to the vote of the
Legislature shall be shown in the accounts separately from expenditure which is
“charged” on the revenues of the Central or Provincial Governments. The
expression “charged” (" non-voted ") or “voted " shall be appended to the heads
concerned to distinguish the two categories of expenditure.
Classification of transactions in Accounts
General limitations
29) Under paragraph 11 (5) of the Audit and Accounts Order, the Governor General or
a Governor after consulting the Auditor General, has the power to issue any
general or special orders as to the head of account under which any specified
transaction or transactions of any specified class is or are to be included. All rules
of classification laid down in this Code shall not only be subject to the observance
of this condition but shall also be subject to the directions regarding inter-
departmental transfers contained in Chapter 4 and to any other rules or orders
which have been or may be issued to regulate adjustments between Governments.
Rules regulating adjustment between Governments of certain important categories
of charges and receipts which have been accepted by all Governments are given
in Appendix 3.
note.—Whenever provision made in the estimates of receipts and
expenditure framed by Government or in any order of appropriation
does not conform to the recognised rules of classification prescribed
in this Code, the corresponding receipt or expenditure should be
brought to account against the particular major or minor head or other
unit of appropriation under which the provision is made unless there
be strong reasons for a contrary course, as for instance, when such
accounting would be contrary to law. Government should, however,
be advised to rectify the error in the estimates of the following year
unless it agrees to give effect to the correct classification in the
accounts of the current year in view of substantial amounts involved
or where the misclassification affects the accounts of commercial
departments or allocation between Capital and Revenue heads. This
note does not, however, apply to railways, in which case correct
classification should be followed in accounts, irrespective of whether
the provision in the budget has been made under the correct unit or
not.
General principle of Classification
30) As a general rule, the classification of transactions in Government accounts shall
have closer reference to the department in which the revenue or expenditure
occurs, than to the object of the revenue or expenditure, or the grounds upon
which it is sanctioned. For example, expenditure in the Public Works Department
on buildings which are under its administrative control, but which are required by a
non-commercial department shall be debited in the Public Works Accounts and not
passed on for adjustment against the department benefited by the expenditure.
Important general orders governing classification.
Pay and allowances (other than Travelling Allowances) of Government servants.
31) The classification of pay and allowances other than travelling allowances of
Government servants shall be governed by the following rules :—
1. The whole pay and allowances of a Government servant holding a post
substantively or in an" officiating capacity should be taken against the department
and the post in which he is actually serving. This direction need not, however, be
rigidly applied in the case of ministerial Government servants acting in other posts
in the same office establishment; nor shall it apply to cases governed by special
directions issued by Government.
2. When a Government servant whose main duties and post fall under one
head of charge is entrusted with additional or subsidiary duties coming under
another head, no portion of his pay and allowances shall be debited to the latter
head. This rule shall not apply to separate fixed allowances for additional duties,
nor shall it apply to cases governed by special Directions issued by Government.
3. The transit pay and allowances of a Government servant proceeding to join
an office whether on first appointment or on transfer, either permanently or as a
temporary measure, or on reversion from one department to another, sh6uld, in
the absence of special orders to the contrary, be debited to the office to which he
is proceeding.
note 1.—The transit pay and allowances, both ways of officers of the
Defence or Railway Department lent to Civil Departments or vice versa
are debitable to the borrowing Department. This principle shall apply
even in cases where the Government servant takes leave either before
joining the borrowing Department or before re-joining the lending
Department and shall hold good in respect of joining time admissible
under the Service Rules applicable to him. Cases of permanent
transfers between the Civil and the Defence or Railway Departments
shall, however be governed by the substantive rule in clause (3)
above. '
For purposes of this note, officers of the Indian Medical Service in civil employment
should be regarded in all cases as lent to the Civil Department.
Note 2.—The transit pay and allowances, both ways, of a Government
servant transferred from one Government to another or to foreign
service will be adjusted in such manner as may be mutually agreed
upon by the Governments concerned or as may be laid down in the
appropriate Service Rules. See also Section I in Appendix 3.
Travelling Allowances
32) The travelling allowance of a Government servant shall be classified in the
accounts in accordance with the following rules :—
Save as provided below and subject also to the Directions given by the Auditor
General to regulate adjustment between different departments of Government, the
travelling allowance of a Government servant on whatever duty he may be employed
shall be debited to the same head as his pay.
In the following cases, the travelling allowance of a Government servant may be
debited to a head different from that to which his pay is debited:—
1. in cases where a Government servant is required to travel on duty
connected with an outside body or fund ;
2. when Government considers it necessary to show separately the cost of a
special Service ; and
3. in cases covered by general or special orders of Government authorising a
deviation from the general rule.
Expenditure on Civil Works
33) Expenditure on Civil Works shall be classified in accounts in accordance with the
following principles :—
1. Outlay on buildings and other works shall be debited in the accounts as
expenditure of the Public Works Department if the administrative control of the
works is vested in officers of the Public Works Department and as expenditure of
the civil department concerned if the administrative control of the works is
transferred by a general or special order of Government from the Public Works
Department to the department using or requiring them. The term " administrative
control " when applied to Civil Works implies inter alia the assumption of full
responsibility for construction, up-keep and maintenance of buildings and other
works and the provision of funds for the execution of these functions. This
responsibility is not diminished if the execution of the work is entrusted to a
different agency. Thus works, the administration of which is not transferred from
the Public Works Department, may by mutual arrangement be executed by the
Military Engineer Services, or by any other Civil Department (e.g., Mint), but the
charges in connection with them shall nevertheless be classified as Public Works
expenditure. On the other hand, a Civil Department, to which the administration of
a building has been transferred, may invoke the aid of the Public Works
Department for technical advice or execution, but the charges relating thereto shall
be debited to the Department concerned. The function of the Military Engineer
Services in the former case and that of the Public Works Department in the latter is
merely that of the contractor, and the administration and the control of the
expenditure rests with the Public Works Department in the former case and with
the administrative department concerned in the latter. The agency by which the
work is executed shall not thus be the deciding factor in determining the question
of classification
2. Civil Works expenditure pertaining to areas which under the provisions of
the Act, are administered by the Governor in his discretion shall be classified under
departmental heads of account if the control is transferred to Departments, but
may be classified under the head 50—Civil Works though the administrative
control of such works is vested in a local works organisation and is not transferred
to the Provincial Public Works Department. Works expenditure pertaining to the
Foreign Affairs and States Department shall be debited as expenditure of that
department while works expenditure connected with the civil armed forces and
Frontier Constabulary shall be classified under the head' 34-Tribal Areas'.
Note.—Where the buildings, etc., are under the administrative control
of the Public Works Department, it is open to Government to prescribe
that expenditure on construction and repairs connected with these
buildings, etc., up to a money limit fixed by Government shall be
debited as expenditure of the civil department carrying out the works.
All works expenditure debitable to civil departments shall be
classified under the minor head ' Works ' subordinate to the relevant
departmental major head, unless Government by rule or Order
prescribes that such expenditure up to a money limit fixed by it shall
be classified as contingent expenditure of the department concerned.
Contributions made by or to Government.
34)
a) Contributions made by the Central or the Provincial Governments to District
Boards, Municipalities, etc., or vice versa Shall be debited as expenditure or
shown as receipts (as the case may be) under the head of account most closely
connected with the object for which the contributions are made. Thus, a grant for
the construction of a school shall be debited to "37—Education" ; a grant for the
construction of a drainage system to " 39—Public Health " and a grant for the
construction of a road to " 50—Civil Works " ; while a grant given for general
purposes, such as a grant to make good a deficit or as compensation for revenue
resumed, shall be classified under " 57—Miscellaneous ".
note 1.—If the financial assistance given by the Central or a Provincial
Government to a local body does not take the form of a grant of cash,
but of expenditure in the Public Works Department equivalent to the
whole or a part of the cost of a work constructed by that department
on behalf of the local body concerned, the contribution thus made
should be debited as expenditure under the minor head * Grant-in-aid '
of the Public Works Major Head concerned, irrespective of the object
of the assistance.
2. A contribution paid by a local body with the express object of
meeting the whole or a part of the cost of construction, by the Public
Works Department, of a specific work which is eventually to be the
property of Government, should be credited in the Public Works
accounts to the Debt head " Public Works Deposits " The contribution
should, for accounts purposes, be divided into two parts, the one
representing a share of works expenditure and the other the usual
percentages on that share to cover charges for Public Works
establishment and tools and plant ; and the expenditure as actually
incurred, together with the percentages, should be debited against it.
b) Section 150 (2) of the Act provides that the Federation or a province may make
grants for any purpose, notwithstanding that the purpose is not one with respect to
which the Federal or the Provincial Legislature as the case may be, may make
laws. A grant which a Provincial Government may make to the Central
Government under this Section need not invariably take the form of a grant-in-aid.
It would be open to the Provincial Government to incur by agreement with the
Central Government direct expenditure on a Central subject and such expenditure
should be recorded in the accounts as Provincial expenditure under the
appropriate head of account concerned. For example, if a Provincial Government
by agreement with the Central Government incur direct expenditure on Ancient
and Historical Monuments, a Central subject, such expenditure If incurred in the
Public Works Department should be recorded under the minor head " Civil Works "
subordinate to the head " 50—Civil Works—Original Works—Buildings ".
Refunds of Revenue.
35) Refunds of revenue shall, as a general rule, be taken in reduction of the revenue
receipts under the major head concerned.
Classification of transactions under “Advances Repayable ".
36) Moneys advanced for miscellaneous purposes under special authority and
recoverable in cash and sums overpaid on vouchers other than those for service
payments shall be adjusted under the head “Advances Repayable". Payments
made on account of Government expenditure should not be held under “Advances
Repayable “on the ground that further proceedings in audit are necessary for their
final admission. This head shall cover items which are from their inception debts
due to Government recoverable either in cash or by deduction from pay and
allowances. Pay and allowances of any kind in respect of an assignable period
paid before they are due shall be debited to the same head as when paid after
they are due, but advances of pay and travelling allowance made to a Government
servant under orders of transfer may be debited to " Advances Repayable " or if
the Government servant is transferred to another account circle should be passed
on to the latter circle for adjustment. Advances for compensation for land may be
debited to “Advances Repayable" and retained under that head until receipt of
proper payment vouchers when the amounts should be transferred to the debit of
the department concerned.
Advances for law suits shall be finally debited against the department concerned.
Refunds of amounts remaining unspent out of these advances shall be dealt with as cash
recoveries of service payments—vide Article 22 of Volume IV of this Code.
Classification of transactions under ' Suspense '.
37) Items of receipts and payments which cannot at once be taken to a final head of
receipt or charge owing to lack of information as to their nature or for any other
reason may be held temporarily under the head " Suspense Account " in the
Deposit Section of the accounts. A service receipt of which full particulars are not
given must not be taken to the head " Suspense Account " but should be credited
to the minor head ' Miscellaneous' under the revenue head to which it appears to
belong pending eventual transfer to the credit of the proper head on receipt of
detailed particulars. The charges under the head ' Suspense Account' will consist
not only of items for which full particulars have not been given which will enable
the Audit office properly to classify them, but also charges written back on
disallowance from Exchange Accounts or charges disallowed from the Inward
Settlement Accounts, which are not susceptible of final adjustment against some
other head. If, however, the only point of doubt in respect of any charge is whether
it should be treated as Central or Provincial it should not be debited to ' Suspense'
but should be taken to a proper service head of account, and shown as
appertaining to the Government which actually incurred the expenditure pending
final decision of the question of which Government should bear the charge.
Note.—No sums shall ordinarily be credited to Government by debit to
suspense head; credit must follow and not precede actual realisation.
Important special orders governing the classification of certain
individual transactions
Cost of acquisition of land.
38) The cost of land taken up by acquisition shall be debited to the department for
which it is acquired. See also Notes 1 and 2 to Article 62.
Sale-proceeds of Government land and buildings
39) The classification of the sale-proceeds of Government land and buildings shall be
regulated in accordance with the schedules given below :—
I.—schedule.
Sale-proceeds of land, etc.
ii. When the cost was originally debited The Capital expenditure head originally
to a Capital expenditure head debited.
outside the Revenue Account, even
though no regular Capital and
Revenue accounts are kept for the
work covered by the Capital
expenditure.
iii. When the cost was originally The receipt head relating to the department
debited, within the Revenue Section concerned, or, in the case of departments
of the accounts, to any service or not having a corresponding receipt head, "
revenue department for which no XLVI—Miscellaneous— Miscellaneous ".
Capital and Revenue accounts are
kept.
II.—schedule.
Sale-proceeds of buildings (including the actual area occupied by or auxiliary to a
building).
i. When the cost of the building was The Capital or Revenue account of the
originally debited to, or remains at project, as the case may be, according to
the debit of, the Capital Account of a the allocation rules applicable to the
project or undertaking for which Department concerned.
regular Capital and Revenue
Accounts are kept or was originally
met from the Revenue account of
such project or undertaking.
ii. When the cost of the building was The Capital expenditure head originally
originally debited to a Capital debited,
expenditure head outside the
Revenue Account, even though no
regular Capital and Revenue
Accounts are kept for the work
covered by the Capital expenditure.
iv. When the sale is of buildings, the The receipt head relating to the department
cost of which was originally debited, concerned, or, in the case of departments
within the revenue section of the not having a corresponding receipt head.—
accounts, to any service or revenue XL VI.—Miscellaneous—Miscellaneous.
department for which no capital and
revenue accounts are kept.
ANNEXURE
(See Article 25)
LIST OF SECTIONS UNDER THE FOUR DIVISIONS OF ACCOUNTS
I.—Revenue.—
Principal heads of Revenue.
A Direct Demands on the Revenue.
AA.—Principal Revenue heads :—
Capital Outlay on Salt Works within the Revenue Account. B.—Railway Revenue
Account.
BB,—Railway Capital Account within the Revenue Account.
C.—Revenue Account of Irrigation, Navigation, Embankment and Drainage Works.
CC.—Capital Account of Irrigation, Navigation, Embankment and Drainage Works within
the Revenue Account.
D.—Posts and Telegraphs Revenue Account.
DD.—Posts and Telegraphs Capital Account within the Revenue Account. E.—Debt
Services. F.—Civil Administration.
FF.—Civil Administration—Capital Account within the Revenue Account.
G.—Currency and Mint.
H.—Civil Works and Miscellaneous Public Improvements.
HH.—Capital Account of Civil Works and Miscellaneous Public Improvements within the
Revenue Account.
I.—Electricity Schemes.
II.—Capital Account of Electricity Schemes within the Revenue Account.
J.—Miscellaneous.
JJ.—Miscellaneous Capital Account within the Revenue Account.
K.—Defence Services.
L.—Contributions and Miscellaneous Adjustments between Central and Provincial
Governments.
M.—Extraordinary Items.
II. —Capital—
AA.—Principal Revenue Heads :—
Forest and other Capital Accounts outside the Revenue Account.
BB.—Railway Capital Account outside the Revenue Account.
CC.—Capital Account of Irrigation, Navigation, Embankment and Drainage Works outside
the Revenue Account.
DD.—Posts and Telegraphs Capital Account outside the Revenue Account.
FF.—Civil Administration—Capital Accounts outside the Revenue Account.
GG.—Currency and Mint—Capital Accounts outside the Revenue Account.
HH.—Capital Account of Civil Works and Miscellaneous Public Improvements outside the
Revenue Account.
II.—Capital Account of Electricity Schemes outside the Revenue Account.
JJ.—Miscellaneous Capital Account outside the Revenue Account.
KK.—Defence Capital Account outside the Revenue Account.
III.—Debt—
N.—Public Debt.
O.—Unfunded Debt.
P.—Deposits and Advances.
Q.—Loans and Advances by the Central Government.
R.—-Loans and Advances by Provincial Governments.
IV.—Remittance—
S.—Remittance—
I.—Remittances within Pakistan.
II.—Remittances between England and Pakistan.
T.—Transfer of Cash between England and Pakistan.
CHAPTER 4.—DIRECTIONS REGULATING INTER-DEPARTMENTAL
TRANSFERS.
interdepartmental adjustments 59
Introductory
55) The Directions in this Chapter shall regulate the conditions under which a
department of a Government may make charges for services rendered or articles
supplied by it and the procedure to be observed in recording such charges in the
accounts of the Government concerned.
Note.—Deleted
Adjustments between Governments
56) In the case of transactions between two Governments, adjustment shall always be
made if required by or under the provisions of the Act; and otherwise, in such
manner and to such extent as may be mutually agreed upon by the Governments
concerned.
57) Deleted
Adjustments with outside bodies
58) Payment shall be required in all cases where a department of a Government
renders service or makes supplies to a non-Government body or institution or to a
separate fund constituted as such inside or outside the Public Account, unless
Government by general or special order gives directions to the contrary. Relief in
respect of payment for services or supplies given to any body or fund, should
ordinarily be given through a grant-in-aid rather than by remission of dues.
Inter-departmental adjustments
59) For purposes of inter-departmental payments, the departments of a Government
shall be divided into Service departments and Commercial departments according
to the following principles :—
A.—Service Departments.—These are constituted for the discharge of those
functions which either (a) are inseparable from and form part of the idea of
Government, or (b) are necessary to, and form part of, the general conduct of the
business of Government—
Examples of the first class are:—
the departments of Administration of Justice, Jails and Convict Settlements, Police,
Education, Medical, Public Health, Forest, Defence.
Examples of the second class are:—
the departments of Survey, Government Printing, Stationery, Public Works
(Building and Roads Branch), Supply and Development Department.
B.—Commercial Departments or Undertakings.—These are maintained mainly for
the purposes of rendering services or providing supplies, of certain special kinds, on
payment for the services rendered or for the articles supplied. They perform functions
which are not necessarily Governmental functions. They are required to work to a
‘financial result determined through accounts maintained on commercial principles.
note.—Government has the power in respect of these Directions to-
decide whether a particular department or particular activities of a
department shall be regarded as a Commercial department or
undertaking. A list of departments and undertakings at present
recognised by the Central Government as commercial is given in the
annexure to this chapter. Lists of commercial 'concerns of the
Provincial Governments will be found in the Manuals, etc., of the
Governments concerned.
60) Save as expressly provided in this Chapter, a Service department shall not make
charges against another department for services or supplies which fall within the
class of duties for which the former department is constituted.
The following exceptions to the rule in this Article have been authorised:—
a. The Forest Department may charge any other department for vegetable, animal or
mineral products extracted from a forest area.
b. Payment must ordinarily be made for convict labour as in the case of that supplied
to the Public Works and other departments of Government but no charge shall be
made for convict labour in the case of works undertaken by the Public Works
Department which are treated as Jail Works.
c. The cost of additional Police Guards supplied to an Irrigation or other project while
under construction, may, be debited to the project concerned.
61) A commercial department or undertakings shall ordinarily charge and be charged
for any supplies and services made or rendered to, or by, other departments of
Government.
This Direction may be applied to particular units or particular activities of any
department even though the department as a whole may not be a Commercial
department. Such a unit or activity shall ordinarily charge for its services or its supplies to
and may likewise be charged by, -either the department of which it forms a part or
any other department.
note 1 .—Save as otherwise provided in this Chapter, service rendered
by a Service department falling under clause A (a) of Article 59 in the
normal discharge of its functions shall not be regarded as service
rendered for the purposes of this Article.
Note 2.—The supply of residential accommodation by one department-
to the employees of another shall not for the purposes of the
Directions in this Chapter be held to constitute a service rendered. In
all such cases, the rent charged for residential accommodation will be
the rent recoverable under the rules for the time being in force from
the persons actually using such accommodation.
62) Where one department makes payment or renders service as an agent of another
department of the same Government the principal department may, subject to
such monetary limit as may be fixed by Government in this behalf, be debited with
the expenditure incurred on its behalf by the agent department.
Note 1.—The cost of land acquired by a Civil department on behalf of
the Public Works Department is debitable in the accounts of the latter
as part of the cost of the works for which the land is taken up; but
when land is taken up by two or more Service departments conjointly,
the cost is wholly debitable to the department for which the major
portion of expenditure was incurred, unless there are special reasons
to the contrary.
Note 2.—When a special officer is employed for the acquisition of land
for any department, the expenditure on pay, allowances, etc., of the
special officer and his establishment and any expenditure on
contingencies is debitable to that department as part of the cost of
land. When the land is taken up by a Civil officer, not specially
employed for the work, only special charges incurred in connection
with the acquisition of the land on establishment, contingencies, etc.,
shall be borne by the department for which the land is acquired.
63) Without prejudice to the general principle contained in Article 60, the Defence
Services shall, in respect of inter-departmental transaction^ charge and be
charged for services rendered and supplies made to or by other departments,
unless in particular cases or classes of cases, Government in consultation w»tri
the Auditor General have decided that the inter-departmental adjustment would be
unsuitable and undesirable
Note l.---The Defence Services shall not be required to pay rent for
office, accommodation supplied by the Public Works Department in
Central! buildings in any station in Pakistan, nor shall rent be charged
for buildings of the Defence Services in any station in Pakistan
occupied by departments of the Central Government other than those
falling under clause B of Article 59.
Note 2.—The Defence Services also shall not be required to pay for
the use of the Government Civil aerodromes and for other incidental
services rendered by the Civil Aviation Department to Royal Pakistan
Air Force planes, nor shall the: Civil Aviation Department be charged,
as a reciprocal arrangement, for the use of the aerodromes of the
Royal Pakistan Air Force by the Civil Aircrafts.
64) A branch of a Service department performing duties supplementary to the main
function of the department and intended to render particular services on payment,
may levy charges in respect of the work for which it has been constituted.
Examples
Jail Manufacture, Survey map-publishing, Printing (Publishing Department),
Mint, (Miscellaneous Services other than coinage)
65) A branch of a department constituted for the subsidiary service of that department,
but employed to render similar service to another department, may charge that
other department, e.g.—
Workshops of a department, Mathematical Instrument Office, Dockyards
66) A regularly organised store branch of a department should ordinarily charge any
other department for supplies made ; but petty and casual supplies of stores may if
the supplying department consents, be made without payment.
67) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Directions in this Chapter, a
Government may, for special reasons which shall be recorded and communicated
to the Accountant General, permit inter-departmental adjustment in any case
where such adjustment may be considered necessary in the interests of economy
or of departmental control of expenditure.
General
68) Where under the Directions in this Chapter payment is required to be made by one
department of a Government to another, such payment may, if the case so
requires or if otherwise deemed necessary, include adequate charge for
supervision or other indirect expenditure connected with the service or supply for
which payment is made.
69) Payments of amounts due by one department of Government to another shall
ordinarily be made by book transfer except when such transfers do not suit the
methods of accounts or of business adopted by the receiving department.
70) Deleted.
71) Any question of doubt or dispute arising in connection with the interpretation of the
Directions in this Chapter will be decided by the Auditor General with the approval
of the Governor General.
ANNEXURE
List of departments and undertakings recognised by the Central Government as
Commercial
(vide Note under Article 59).
(This list does not purport to be exhaustive and may be modified by Government
where necessary in consultation with the Accountant General.)
1. Posts and Telegraphs.
2. Railways.
3. Irrigation, Navigation, Embankment and -Drainage Works for which capital
and revenue accounts are kept.
4. The Radio Pakistan.
5. The Radio Publications.
6. Pakistan Lighthouse Administration (Headquarters and Lighthouse District )
7. Salt Revenue Branch of the Department of Central Excises and Salt.
CHAPTER 5
DIRECTIONS REGULATING THE EXHIBITION OF RECOVERIES OF EXPENDITURE
IN GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS
Introductory
79)The Directions in this Chapter shall regulate the exhibition and adjustment of
losses in Government Accounts.
Receipts
80)
1. If a claim be relinquished, the value of the claim shall not be recorded on
the expenditure side as a specific loss.
2. If money due to Government has actually reached a Government servant
and is then embezzled, stolen or lost, even though it may not have reached the
treasury and thus have passed into the Public Account, it should be brought into
the public account as a receipt and then shown on the expenditure side by record
under a separate head as a loss.
Note 1.—The term “Government servant " used in clause (2) of this
Article includes persons who, though not technically borne on a
regular Government establishment, are duly authorised to receive
money on behalf of Government.
Note 2.—Where losses of public money are wholly or partially met by
non-issue of pay or pension and the Account Department
authorisedly applies the unissued amount to meet the public claim,
the resultant balance of the claim alone should be treated as a loss,
the emoluments due being debited-to the pertinent head of account
as if they had been drawn and used by the Government servant
concerned in paying the public claim.
Buildings, lands, stores and equipment
81) Losses or deficiencies need not be recorded under a separate head in the
accounts, though they should be written off any value or commercial account that may
be maintained. If any transactions under these categories are recorded under a
Suspense head in the Government accounts, losses or deficiencies relating thereto must
be written off the Suspense heads also.
Cash in hand, whether in treasuries or in departmental charge.
82) All losses or deficiencies should be recorded under separate heads in the
accounts.
Note 1.—The acceptance of counterfeit coins or notes shall be
regarded as a loss of cash.
Note 2.—Any recovery made in the course of the year in which the
losses are brought to account shall be shown by deduction from the
head under which the loss is recorded. Any recovery made after the
accounts of the year are closed shall be shown as an item of receipt.
Irregular or unusual payments.
83) Irregular or unusual payments should be recorded in the accounts with general
reference to the ordinary rules of classification according to the nature of the
expenditure; for example, an overpayment of pay shall be debited to the head "Pay".
Similarly, an excess payment for bricks manufactured shall be debited to the work for
which the bricks are used. It is only when special heads exist in the account^ for
recording such charges, as compensations for damages, irrecoverable temporary loans
written off and the like, that unusual pr extraordinary payments shall be separately
recorded.
Inevitable losses
84) Where losses are an inevitable feature of the working of a particular department,
the major head of account under which the expenditure of that department is recorded
shall contain separate descriptive heads under which such losses may be recorded.
Exhibition of Losses in Appropriation Accounts
85) The rules relating to the exhibition of losses in the Appropriation Accounts are
contained in the instructions issued by the Auditor General for the preparation of those
Accounts.
APPENDIX 1
(See article 2.)
The Initial and Subsidiary Accounts Rules
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 11 of the
Government of India (Audit and Accounts) Order, 1936, the Governor-General is pleased,
after consultation with the Auditor General of India to make the following rules:—
1)
1. These rules may be called the Initial and Subsidiary Accounts Rules.
2. They shall come into force on the 1st April, 1937.
2) In these rules—
1. " Initial Accounts " means a primary record of all money
transactions affecting the revenues of the Federation or of any Province as they
occur ;
2. the " Order " means the Government of India (Audit and Accounts)
Order, 1936 ;
3. “Treasuries " include all treasuries and sub-treasuries whether
under the control of the Federation or of a Province; and other terms and
expressions have the same meanings as have been assigned to them in the
Order.
3) The Auditor General of India from the date these rules come into force shall be
relieved from the responsibility for keeping accounts of the undermentioned class
or character :—
a) Initial Accounts required to be kept in treasuries ;
b) Initial and Subsidiary Accounts that may be required to be kept in any office
or department of the Federation, or, as the case may be, of any Province ;
c) accounts of stores and stock that may be required to be kept in any office or
department of the Federation or of a Province by order of the Governor General or
of the Governor of the Province ; and
d) Trading, Manufacturing and Profit and Loss Accounts and balance sheets
and any other subsidiary accounts that may be required to be kept by order of the
Governor-General or of the Governor of a Province in any Department of the
Federation or of the Province.
4) Nothing contained in Rule 3 shall be construed as derogating from the authority of the
Auditor General of India—
a) to require any treasury, office or department keeping initial or subsidiary
accounts to render accounts of such transactions as are included in them to the
audit and accounts offices under his control on such dates as he may determine ;
or
b) To prescribe the form in which such accounts shall be rendered and in
which the initial accounts, from which the accounts so rendered are compiled or on
which they are based, shall be kept.
APPENDIX 2
(See article 26.)
List of Major and Minor heads of Account of Central and Provincial Receipts and
Disbursements.
(Printed separately)
APPENDIX 3
(See article 29.)
Principles and Rules regarding the distribution of certain charges and receipts
between Governments
A.—introductory
B.—pay, allowances, pensions, etc
I. Incidence of Pay and Allowances, other than Leave Salaries.
II. Incidence of Leave Salaries.
III. Incidence of cost of Passages.
IV. Incidence of Pensions.
V. Incidence of charges for Bonus in respect of Government servants who are
employed on Bonus terms and who serve under more than one Government.
VI. Incidence of Government contribution to Indian Civil Service Family Pensions.
VII. Incidence of Government contribution to the Indian Civil Service (Non-European
Members) Provident Fund.
C. — other charges
VIII. Incidence of expenditure involved in Audit and keeping Accounts.
IX. Incidence of Grants of Land and Alienations.
X. Incidence of the cost of Police functions on Railways including the cost of
protecting Railway Bridges.
XI. Incidence of the cost of (I) Forest Surveys carried out by the Survey of Pakistan,
and (2) Forest maps prepared by that Department.
XII. Incidence of the cost of Maintenance and Demarcation of Boundaries and of
Settlement of Boundary Disputes.
D.—receipts.
XIII. Incidence of Leave Salary and Pension Contributions recovered in respect .of
Government servants lent on Foreign Service.
A.—introductory
The rules regulating the incidence of pay, leave, passage and pension, etc.,
charges of Government servants as well as of certain other charges and receipts between
Governments which are set out in this Appendix are based on arrangements agreed
between the different Governments and therefore binding on all of them.
B.—pay, allowances, pensions, etc
/. Incidence of pay and Allowances, other than leave salaries.
Subject to any other arrangements which may be settled mutually between the
Governments concerned, the incidence of transit pay and allowances including travelling
allowances of a Government servant transferred from one Government to another, will be
regulated in accordance with the following principles:—
i. When a Government servant is transferred permanently from one Government to
another his transit pay and allowances including travelling allowances shall be
borne by the Government to which he is transferred.
ii. When the services of a Government servant are lent by one Government to
another the transit pay and allowances including travelling allowances while he is
joining and leaving the new service shall be debited to the borrowing Government.
This principle applies even in cases where the Government servant lent takes
leave either before joining the borrowing Government or before rejoining the
lending Government and holds good even in respect of joining time admissible to a
Government servant returning, from leave put of Pakistan of more than four
months'' duration, the term ' four months * being interpreted to mean 90 days in the
class of Government servants subject to the Revised Leave Rules. For this
purpose, officers of the Indian Medical Service employed under Provincial
Governments should in all cases be regarded as lent to those Governments by the
Central Government (Defence Department)
iii. In the case of an officer in a joint cadre serving two Governments his transit pay
and allowances including travelling allowances on transfer from one office to
another shall be debited to the office to which he is proceeding.
2) When a Military or Medical Officer holding a civil post on consolidated pay which is
less than his military pay is allowed to draw the difference between them, he draws
it from the department—Central or Provincial—from which he receives his
consolidated pay.
3) The following rules govern the incidence of the cost of troops lent to civil
departments of the Central Government and to Provincial Governments. The
words ' military ' and ‘troops’ are used to include Royal Pakistan Navy and the Air
Force as well as the Army.
1. When troops are required on duties of a ' military' nature e.g.,
ceremonial purposes and provision of escorts or guards of honour in
circumstances not covered by instructions 771, 772 and 775 of the Regulations for
the Army in India (1937 Edition) and flag marches when they fall into the category
of cases involving duties of a military nature and when they are not connected with
the maintenance of law and order ] the extra cost if any, of supplying the services
required (e.g., in the way of transport, equipment, etc.) will be met by a contribution
from Provincial revenues or the revenues of the Civil Department concerned of the
Central Government to the Defence Services Estimates.
Note.—The cases in which, flag marches come within the scope of this
rule will be decided by the Central Government.
2. When troops are employed by civil on duties of a 'non-military'
nature (e.g., on occasions of public calamities or emergencies such as fires,
earthquakes, floods, famines and strikes), the Provincial Governments or the Civil
Departments concerned will be liable to bear the following charges unless they are
waived by the Central Government for any exceptional reasons :—
a) In strikes, etc., for carrying on essential public services.—
The complete cost of the force including ordinary pay and allowances, extra cost of
transport, equipment (including loss and repair expenses, etc.) and extraordinary
charges in the shape of special pay or transport of stores to the personnel
engaged at the rates laid down in paragraphs 397 to 399, Pay and Allowances
Regulations, Part I and Rule 491, Regulations for the Army in India.
b) In fires, floods, famines, earthquakes, and other
calamities of nature.—All extra cost involved in the way of transport, equipment,
etc., and all extraordinary expenses in the shape of special pay or the supply of
stores to the personnel engaged at the rates laid down in paragraphs 397 to 399,
Pay and Allowances Regulations, Part I, and Rule 491, Regulations for the Army in
India.
Note.—In addition, when troops are employed on duties falling under
either clause (a) or (b) above, the Provincial Government or the Civil
Department concerned of the Central Government will be liable for all
loss or damage to property (including military) and also for all
pensionary awards made in respect of casualties arising directly out
of the employment.
3. The full cost of employing troops in aid of the Civil power for the
prevention or suppression of disorder will be met by the Central Government from
defence Services Estimates: but it will be open to the Civil Department of the
Central! Government or the Provincial Government concerned to contribute
towards the cost, if they wish to do so. The Provincial Governments or the Civil
Departments concerned will nevertheless be liable for the .payment of any
compensation that may become payable in respect of any damage done when
troops are employed in aid of the Civil power.
4) Rewards for proficiency in oriental languages paid to a military officer from the
Defence-Services Estimates during the three years preceding his transfer to other
Departments of .the Central Government or to Provincial Governments will be
recovered by the Controller of Military Accounts (Pensions), Lahore, from the
Department or Government concerned on confirmation of the officer in his Civil
appointment
Rewards to Military officers in temporary civil employ under the Central or
Provincial Governments for proficiency in oriental languages are paid by the Controller of
Military Accounts(Pensions), Lahore, from the Defence Services Estimates in the first
instance. On confirmation of an officer in the civil department, the Controller of Military
Accounts (Pensions). Lahore, will recover from the department or Provincial Government
concerned, the amount of any language rewards paid to the officer from the Defence
Services Estimates.
The amount recoverable from the civil department of the Central Government or
from the Provincial Government in these cases is the civil rate of language reward as
published by the Department of Education, Health and Lands of the pre-partition
Government of India; but in the case of officers of the category referred to in sub-clause f
above the difference between the military and the civil rates of awards is recoverable from
the officers themselves in instalments of Rs. 50 per mensem. '
Note.—Rewards for passing the lower and Higher Standard
examinations in Urdu by officers in temporary civil employ are not
refundable to the Defence Services Estimates.
5) When soldiers, are sent under Military escort from one station to another to stand
trial on a criminal charge, they will travel like any other party of soldiers on duty,
under a warrant furnished by the Military authorities,- the charge being met from
the Defence Services Estimates. When a soldier is conducted by a Police escort,
the charge will be Civil ; the warrant issued in such cases should include the
accused as he is a soldier proceeding to a certain place under the orders of his
Military superior and therefore on duty.
6) Civilian Government servants, who belong to the Army in India Reserve of officers,
when called up for training receive the following emoluments—
i. when proceeding to carry out their training direct from their civil
appointments, the pay and allowances which they would have drawn in their civil
appointments but for the training, for the whole period of absence on such training
inclusive of the time spent in transit to and fro ;
ii. when proceeding to carry out their training while on leave in Pakistan,
Burma, Ceylon, Great Britain or Northern Ireland, the civil leave pay and
allowances which they would have drawn but for the training ;
iii. (in) when proceeding to carry out their training on the expiry of leave out of
Pakistan taken from their civil appointments but before rejoining their civil
appointments for duty, joining time civil pay from the date of disembarkation in
Pakistan to the date preceding that on which their training commenced and full civil
pay for the period of actual training and the period spent in journeying to the place
of their civil appointments : and
iv. Military pay and allowances for the period of actual training.
The emoluments drawn under (i) to (ii) are debatable to the Civil—Central or
Provincial Estimates and that under)to the Defence Services Estimates.
If it is necessary to provide a substitute in the place of such an officer undergoing
training the additional cost will be a charge on Civil Estimates.
note.—This rule is also applicable in regard to the allocation of the
civil pay of a Government servant, who is a member of the Royal
Pakistan Naval Volunteers Reserve or the Pakistan Royal Navy
Reserve, when called up for training.
7) Reservists of the Army employed under the Central or Provincial Governments will,
when called up for periodical military training, receive military pay and allowances.
They will also receive the excess, if any, of their civil pay over their military pay
provided that this concession is specifically sanctioned by the Ministry or Division
of the Government of Pakistan or the head of the attached or subordinate office
concerned, or by the Provincial Governments in whose employ the reservists are
serving in their civil capacity. Except where the civil pay of the reservists is met
from the Defence Services Estimates the extra expenditure involved will not
constitute a charge against the Defence Services Estimates.
8) Deleted.
9) Deleted.
10) Travelling allowances of Telegraph signalers accompanying Provincial Governors
and other high officials on tour is debited to the Department concerned, although
their pay for the period is debited to the Telegraph Department.
11) Deleted.
12) Subject to any separate agreements that have been or may be arrived at between
the various Governments, the pay and allowances including travelling allowances,
of a Government servant summoned to give evidence in his official capacity in a
Criminal Court or m a Civil Court in a case in which Government is a party are,
during the period of his absence, debited to the Government under which he is
employed. Actual expenses under the rules of the court, if admissible, are,
however, payable by the court, and debited to court contingencies.
13) Deleted.
II. Incidence of Leave Salaries.
The following rules govern the incidence of leave-salaries of Government servants
who have served under two or more Governments.
For the purposes, of these rules—
1. services under the Defence Department and Commercial Departments
within the same Government should be regarded as service under a separate
Government ;
2. a lending Government is ordinarily a Government under which a
Government servant first obtains permanent employment ;
3. leave salary does not include a house rent allowance or other compensatory
allowance drawn during leave,
1) Save as otherwise provided in these rules, when a Government servant is
transferred to service under Government other than that under which he was first
employed, the leave salary drawn by him during any leave taken after the date of
transfer should be debited to the borrowing Government until the entire leave
earned under that Government has been exhausted, irrespective of whether the
leave is taken while the Government servant is actually serving under the
borrowing Government not.
note 1.—In cases in which a Government servant while in permanent
service under one Government is transferred to equally permanent
service under another Government, e.g.. officers of the Indian Medical
Service and Royal Pakistan Engineers transferred to permanent Civil
employment and members of the Civil Service of Pakistan-transferred
to permanent employment in Central Departments such as the
Pakistan Customs Service or the Pakistan Audit Department, the
Government to which such a Government servant is permanently
transferred should not be regarded as a borrowing Government but
should be regarded as occupying the same position as the original
lending Government. In other words, for the purposes of these rules, it
is to be regarded in respect of that Government servant in future as a
lending Government. This principle shall not, however, apply to cases
in which a Government servant is transferred from one Government to
another to fill a permanent post for a limited period, e.g., a Secretary
ship in the Central Government's Secretariat.
An important corollary of this principle is that when an officer of the
Pakistan Army, Indian Medical Service or Royal Pakistan Engineers in
permanent civil employ is re-transferred temporarily to the Defence
Department for war work, etc., the Defence Department should be
regarded as a borrowing Government.
note 2.—In the case of Government servants borne on joint cadres,
service under a Government, other than the parent Government, will
be treated as service under a borrowing Government ; but see Rule 10.
note 3.-No share of the leave salary of a Civilian Government servant
belonging to the Army in India Reserve of Officers or the Pakistan
Territorial Force for the period he is called out for military training will
be debitable to the Defence Services Estimates.
note 4.—Leave earned by service under the Government of Burma
prior to separation will for purposes of allocation be treated as earned
under the Government under which the officer concerned was
permanently employed on the 1st April, 1937.
2) Except as provided in the two succeeding sub-paragraphs, the liability of a
borrowing Government should be taken in all cases (including those of
Government servants whose leave is regulated by the leave rules in the Civil
Service Regulations or any other leave rules) in terms of leave on average pay, at
5/22nds of duty in the case of Government servants subject to the Special Leave
Rules of the Fundamental Rules or the European Service Leave Rules of the Civil
Service Regulations or any other corresponding leave rules and at 2/Mths of duty
in the case of others, without regard to the maximum limit of leave that can be
earned or granted to the Government servant under the leave rules to which he is
subject. This principle applies also in the case of Military Commissioned Officers,
Departmental Officers and Warrant and Non-commissioned Officers whose leave
is regulated under Military Leave Rules and/or Fundamental Rule 100. For the
purpose of determining the liability for leave-salaries, these officers should be
considered to have earned leave as follows :—
a) Military Commissioned Officers—5/22nds of duty performed;
b) Others—2/11 the of duty performed.
In the case of officers serving in vacation departments the leave earned is
subject to reduction by one month or a fraction of a month, as the case may be, for each
year of duty in which the vacation was wholly or partly enjoy :d. For the purpose of
subsidiary leave accounts it may, however .be assumed, that vacation was enjoyed in
all cases prior to 1st January 1922, the true facts recorded in the leave accounts being
taken into account in all subsequent calculations.
In the case of High Court Judges, the calculations for the purpose of subsidiary
leave accounts should be made in accordance with the leave rules to which they are
subject under the Government of India (High Court Judges) Order, 1937.
3) When the leave salary of a Government servant has to be allocated under
these rules between an original lending Government and a second lending Government
(ride Note 1 under Rule I), it should, save as provided in Rule 4, be debited first to the
second lending Government to the full extent of the leave earned under it and a debit to
the first lending Government will be made only when all leave earned under the second
lending Government has been exhausted. Similarly, if the leave salary has to be allocated
among three lending Governments, the leave earned under the third or the last lending
Government will first be exhausted, then the leave earned under the second and finally
the leave .earned under the first or original lending Government. This principle of debit of
leave salary according to the reverse order to that of employment shall also apply, subject
to the provisions of Rules 1 and 4, when leave salary has to be allocated among two or
more borrowing Governments and in respect of different periods of service rendered by a
Government servant under a particular Government. In the latter case, the leave salary in
respect of the leave earned in each period of service under the particular Government will
be dealt with separately.
The example given below illustrates how the principle laid down in this Rule read
with Rule 1 should be applied in practice :—
Suppose a Government servant has rendered service under different Governments
as follows :—
Lent to Government P from the 1st April 1931 to 31st July 1931
Lent to Government Q from the 1st June 1932 to the 31st August
1932.
The leave salary of the Government servant will be debited to the different
Governments in the following order :—
Firstly, Government P in respect of leave earned under it for the period 1st
September 1932 to 30th September 1932.
Secondly, Government Q in respect of leave earned under it for the period 1st
June 1932 to 31st August 1932.
Thirdly, Government P in respect of leave earned under it for the period 1st April
1931 to 31st July 1931.
Fourthly, Government C in respect of leave earned under it for the period 1st
December 1932 to 31st March 1933.
Fifthly, Government B in respect of leave earned under it for the periods 1st
October 1932 to 30th November 1932 and 1st April 1932 to 31st May 1932.
Sixthly, go eminent A in respect of leave timed under it for the periods 1st August
1931 to 31st March 1932, 1st April 1930 to 31st March 1931 and in respect of leave
earned under it by service prior to 1st April 1930.
3 A. When a Government servant is granted an extension of service and the whole of
the leave at his credit on the date of compulsory retirement lapses under F. R. 86
(a) or any other corresponding leave rule and no leave is carried forward on
extension of service, the Government for whose benefit the extension is
sanctioned will bear the entire charge for leave salary in respect of the leave
earned by him during the period of extension, any liability of any Government on
that date as shown in his subsidiary leave account being automatically cancelled.
When, however, such a Government servant carries forward any leave on
extension of service, such liability continues, but only in respect of the leave
actually carried forward.
4) When a Military Commissioned Officer claims under Note 2 to Fundamental Rule
90 the privilege of drawing the minimum leave-salary fixed by military rules in
respect of any period of leave earned under those rules before coming under civil
leave rules, such portion of the leave as was actually earned by military service
should be debited to the Defence Department.
5) The Government which sanctions ' leave not due ' will bear the charge on account
of such leave in the first instance in all cases, but in cases where the Government
servant on return from such leave is transferred to another Government before the'
leave not due taken by him is completely earned by duty, such readjustment of the
charge may be made as may be agreed upon by the two Governments concerned.
6) Leave-salary in respect of Special Disability Leave granted to a Government
servant will be borne by the Government which sanctioned the leave, provided that
where a Government servant has served under more than one Government and is
granted Special Disability Leave on average pay under Fundamental Rule 83 (7)
(b), half of which is debitable to his leave account under Fundamental Rule 78 (b),
the debit for such leave should be made both in the main and subsidiary leave
accounts and the actual amount of leave-salary drawn by him for the whole period
of such leave will be apportioned among the Governments concerned in the
proportion in which that leave is debited to his leave accounts with those
Governments.
7) The allowances paid to a Government servant during study leave will be borne by
the Government under which he was employed when the study leave was granted.
8) The Government which received or remitted the contribution for leave salary of a
Government servant in Foreign service should bear the charges for his leave-
salary in respect of the leave earned by him during such service.
9) In respect of Government servants subject to the Central Government's Revised
Leave Rules, 1933, or similar rules issued by other Governments which make the
calculation of leave in relation to the period of duty impossible, contribution for
leave-salary is recovered from borrowing Governments. The liability of a borrowing
Government to pay contributions to the lending Government ceases when a
Government servant is permanently transferred to the former, but the lending
Government remains responsible for the leave-salary of the Government servant in
respect of " earned leave " at credit on the date of his permanent transfer to the
borrowing Government. This amount of " earned leave " should be exhausted first
by the Government servant before any leave in respect of service after permanent
transfer to the borrowing Government is taken by him. The leave-salary in respect
of any other kind of leave which may be taken by the Government servant after his
permanent transfer to the borrowing Government under the leave rules of that
Government will be borne by that Government.
note.—In the case of officers borne on joint cadres, allocation of
leave-salary will be made in accordance with the arrangement
mutually agreed upon by the Governments concerned.
10) Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules, the Government of Sind
liquidated their liability for the leave-salary of officers of the joint cadre services
serving under them by payment of leave-salary contribution to the Government of
Bombay in respect of such service up to and for 14th August, 1947.
11) Deleted.
III. Incidence of the cost of Passages.
The following rules govern the incidence of the cost of passages taken by
Government servants who have served under two or more Governments, under the
Regulations contained in Schedule IV to the Superior Civil Services Rules or under the
Central Services (Non-Superior Officers) Passage Rules, 1939, or under the Railway
Services (Non-Superior Officers) Passage Rules, 1939, or under identical terms in rules
or orders of a Provincial Government, or under the rules of the Defence Department. .
For the purposes of these rules, Commercial Departments are treated as separate
Governments and the Defence Department of the Central Government is also treated as
a separate Government.
note.—It has been agreed by the Central and the Provincial
Governments that no passage contribution should be paid in respect
of an officer employed as the Governor of a province. (This decision
does not apply to Governors who have demitted office prior to the 1st
April 1943.)
1)
i. When the services of a Government servant who is entitled to passage
concessions under the terms of the Service rules applicable to him are lent by one
Government to another, the borrowing Government will pay contributions in
respect of his passages to the lending Government at the rate, specified below for
the period of service, including leave, rendered by the Government servant under
the borrowing Government. The cost of all passages taken by him (including those
taken while serving under the borrowing Government) will then be borne by the
lending Government. The calculation of the total amount payable by the borrowing
Government may be made at the end of the Government servant's service under
the latter or at the end of the financial year, whichever is earlier and the adjustment
may then be made in one lump sum.
The rates of contributions applicable to the several classes of officers will be as
follows :—
Rs.
Government A 80
Government B 100
Government C 220
Rs. 100 is commuted; the commutation will have the effect of extinguishing the
share of Rs. 80 debitable to Government A and reducing from Rs. 100 to Rs. 80 the share
debitable to Government B.
The capitalised value of the amount commuted should, in such a case, be debited
to Government A and B in proportion to the amounts by which their monthly shares of the
pension have been reduced.
In respect of pensions which are divisible between the Central Government and a
Provincial Government, the Central Government may authorise the debit to Central
Revenues of the whole commuted value of a portion of the pension not exceeding the
commuted value of the share of the pension debitable to it, if the Provincial Government
concerned cannot find funds to meet the payment of its share of commuted value.
33) Commutations in respect of pensions adjustable between Sind and Bombay, which
are paid in India or by the High Commissioner in England will be divided into two
portions according to the length of pre-separation and post-separation service of
the Government servant, and the portion relating to the pre-separation service will
be shared between Bombay and Sind in the ratio of 85 :15.
34) When the payment of a pension which was sanctioned after 31st March 1921 and
paid outside India is transferred to India, and the transfer involves the payment by
one Government of a charge for which another Government is responsible under
Rule 8 (b) (i), the adjustment of the charge will be effected in accordance with Rule
26, In the reverse case of transfer outside India of such a pension paid in India, the
classification of the payments made out of India will be the same as it was at the
time of the transfer.
35) The allocation of pensionary charges of the officers and subordinate
establishments of the Ecclesiastical Department will be as follows :—
i. With effect from the 1st April 1942 the Defence Services, the Civil and the
Railway Estimates, will contribute towards these pensionary charges in
accordance with rule 21 of the Ecclesiastical Charges Allocation Rules, 1940 ; an
extract of the rule is given below :—
"21. Twenty per cent, of the expenditure incurred during a year on the pay
including overseas pay and leave pay but excluding the allowances of (i) the Bishops of
Calcutta and Bombay, so long as the present incumbents remain in office, (ii) Chaplains
on the Indian Ecclesiastical Establishment and (iii) subordinate ecclesiastical (church and
cemetery) establishments holding pensionable posts shall be taken as representing the
charges.
Subordinate ecclesiastical (church and cemetery) establishments, who are in
receipt of the benefits of provident fund and gratuity in lieu of pension, shall be deemed to
be holding pensionable posts for the purpose of this rule.
In respect of service rendered before the 1st April 1942, no recovery of pensionary
charges will be made from the Defence Services and the Railway Estimates."
ii. The pensionary charges in respect of pensions already sanctioned before
the 1st April 1942, will continue to be allocated in accordance with the ordinary
rules in this Appendix except that the Incidence of pensions of Chaplains will be
governed by the following rule :—
the Pensions of Chaplains sanctioned prior to the 1st April 1928 will be treated as
a charge against „„ Defence Services Estimates if paid or adjusted in India, and as a civil
charge against Central Revenues if paid out of India and adjusted finally in the Home
accounts ; provided that if a Chaplain rendered military service during the Great War, the
portion of this pension corresponding to that services will be charged against Defence
Services Estimates. Pensions sanctioned from the 1st April 1928 will be adjusted in
accordance with the ordinary rate in this Appendix,'
V. Incidence of charges for Bonus in respect of Government servants who are
employed on Bonus terms and who serve under more than one Government.
The Government to which a subscriber to a special provident fund originally
belongs is primarily responsible for payment of bonus and interest on his subscriptions to
the Fund. When the services of a subscriber to such a fund are lent to another
Government, the borrowing Government may be required to pay the bonus contribution to
the lending Government under such arrangement as may be settled between the two
Governments concerned.
The recoveries from the borrowing Government shall be classified as reduction of
charges under the major head " 55—Superannuation Allowances and Pensions—
Donations to Provident Funds ".
In the case of Commercial Departments or Undertakings in which the payment of
bonus to Special Provident Funds is debited to working expenses the recoveries should
be adjusted as reduction of charge under the appropriate head of account concerned.
VI. Incidence of Government Contribution to Indian Civil Service Family Pensions.
With effect from the 1st April 1937, the contribution payable by Government in
respect of Indian Civil Service Family Pensions should be allocated in accordance with
the following principles:—
1. Where the family pensions were sanctioned before the 1st April 1921, the liability
for the Government share of the pension should be wholly central.
2. Where the family pensions were sanctioned on or after the 1st April 1921, the
allocation of the Government contribution should follow the allocation of the annuity of the
officer in respect of whom the family pension is paid, and no fresh allocation should be
made in cases where the officers drew pension in undivided India but the family pensions
were paid in England, or vice versa.
3. In the case of an officer dying after 1st April 1921, without drawing pension, the
contribution should be allocated on the same basis as would be followed had the officer
retired from service on the date on which he died.
Note 1.—The principles of clauses (2) and (3) also apply in the case of
allocation of the donation of £250 payable to a female orphan on
marriage, which is provided by Government under Rule 19 (2) of the
Indian Civil Service Family Pension Fund Rules.
Note 2.—Deleted
Note 3.—In respect of Indian Civil Service Officers who have served in
Burma, retiring after 1st April, 1937, the allocation of Government
contribution to family pensions should follow the principles of
clauses (2) and (3) above.
2. The following basis of allocation should be followed in the case of Bombay-Sind
joint cadres :—
a) In the case of family pension sanctioned prior to 1st April 1936, the
allocation should be made on the same basis as the annuity of the officer.
b) In the case of family pensions sanctioned on or after 1 st April 1936, the
allocation should be made in proportion to the length of service under each
Government—-the term "length of service " being interpreted to mean completed
service.
3. The allocation of the Government contribution to the Family Pension Fund will be
made by the authority who disbursed the annuity in cases where both the annuity
and the family pensions are paid outside Pakistan. Where, however, the allocation
of the contribution has to be determined afresh with reference to the record of
service of the officer, the disbursing authority should allocate the contribution on
the basis of data which may be obtained from the Audit Officer concerned in
Pakistan.
The agency for allocating the contribution, where the family pension is paid in
Pakistan should be the Audit Officer who issued the authority for payment of the annuity
of the officer in Pakistan or would have issued the authority had the annuity been paid.
VII. Incidence of Government contribution to the Indian Civil Service (Non-
European Members) Provident Fund,
The contribution payable in each case under Rule 6 of the Indian Civil Service
(Non-European Members) Provident Fund Rules should be apportioned among the
Governments concerned in accordance with the principle laid down in Rule 8 (a) (//) of
the Rules regulating the incidence of pensions. This rule applies also to officers borne on
join i cadres.
Note.—In allocating the contribution in respect of officers of the
Bombay-Sind joint cadre the term' length of service' occurring in the
rule quoted above, should be interpreted to mean completed service.
VII-A. Incidence of Family Pensions in respect of Military and Naval officers
Family Pensions in respect of Military or Naval Officers granted under the Army
Regulations or the Regulations for the Royal Pakistan Navy—whether at the ordinary or
other rates—are charged to the Defence Services Estimates, even though the officers
concerned may have served under Civil Departments of the Central or Provincial
Governments. Family pensions in respect of Military or Naval officers in civil employ
granted under the provisions of Section III of Chapter XXXVIII of the Civil Service
Regulations or the Superior Civil Services (Extraordinary Pensions) Rules or under similar
rules framed by Provincial Governments are debited wholly to the Civil Department—
Central or Provincial—as the case may be.
C.—Other Charges
VIII. Incidence of expenditure involved in Audit and keeping Accounts. The
following rules govern the incidence of expenditure on Audit and Accounts:—
i. Under paragraph 13 (1) of the Government of India (Audit and Accounts)
Order, 1936 (hereinafter referred to in these rules as the Order), the Auditor
General is responsible for the audit of all expenditure from the revenues of the
Federation and of the Provinces, and of certain accounts specified therein. In
conducting such audit the Auditor General performs a statutory function entrusted
to him and the cost of this function is a charge of the Central Government.
ii. If a Provincial Government requests the Auditor General to arrange for a
more detailed or a local audit of expenditure, transactions or accounts which relate
to or form part of the accounts of the Province, the criterion for deciding the
incidence of the expenditure involved in such audit is whether or not the Auditor
General agrees to do the work as part of this legitimate statutory functions. If he
does, the cost of the audit should be treated as a charge of the Central
Government, since what is involved is an extension of audit for which the Auditor
General is statutorily responsible. The fact that such audit is undertaken in a single
Province is not a decisive consideration in the apportionment of cost as the extent
of audit to be conducted in any case is determined by the Auditor General in
consultation with the Governor General.
iii. The Auditor General is not responsible ab initio for the audit of any accounts
mentioned in paragraph 13 (2) of the Order, but when he undertakes the audit of
any such accounts he becomes statutorily responsible for the work. In this case
also, the cost of audit is a charge of the Central Government.
iv. The Auditor General is not statutorily responsible for the audit of the
accounts of local or quasi-public bodies whose accounts do not constitute part of
the accounts of the Federation or of any Province. Such audit can be undertaken
by the Auditor General only on a " consent" basis and on such terms and
conditions as may be settled between him (after consultation with the Governor
General) and the Governor of the Province concerned.
v. Expenditure involved in keeping the accounts of a Province, in so far as the
responsibility for keeping such accounts remains with the Auditor General under
paragraph 11 of the Order, is a charge of the Central Government. The cost of
keeping such accounts of a Province as are covered by the Initial and Subsidiary
Accounts Rules issued by the Governor General under paragraph 11 (3) of the
Order is a charge of the Province concerned. Similarly, if in any Province the
Auditor General is relieved of the responsibility for the keeping of the accounts of
any particular service or department of a Provincial Government in pursuance of
paragraph 11 (2) of the Order, the cost of keeping such accounts will be a liability
of the Government of the Province.
vi. The maintenance of the internal accounts of a department of a Province is
part of the ordinary duties of a Provincial Government and is therefore a Provincial
responsibility. Thus, it the Auditor General is asked to scrutinise or advise on the
modification of an existing system of internal accounts kept in a department of a
Province, such work can be undertaken by him on a consent basis and on
specified terms and conditions as in rule (/v) above.
IX. Incidence of 'Grants of 'Land and Alienations.
Provincial Governments receive compensation from the revenues of the Central
Government for all grants of land and assignments or remissions of land revenue
sanctioned on or after the 1st April 1921 in favour of officials and non-official in
recognition of exceptional services rendered by them to the Central Government.
1) The value of compensation for grants of land, etc., by the Defence Department
should be debited against the Defence Services Estimates.
2) All special pensions and Jagirs in the form of assignments of land revenue
sanctioned for Military Officers on a date previous to the 1st April 1921 under the
undivided Government of India Special War Rewards Scheme should also be
debited to the Defence Services Estimates.
X. Incidence of the cost of Police Functions on Railways including the cost of pro
feeling Railway Bridges.
Police functions in Railways are divided into three categories :—
a) Crime—for which Civil Governments are entirely responsible and
the expenses of which these Governments have to pay.
b) Order—for which Civil Governments are responsible but the
expenses of which Railways have to pay, and
c) Watch and Ward—for which Railways bear both responsibility and
cost.
Special requisitions on the police by Railways for (c) must be paid for by the latter:
special requisitions for (a) beyond what a Civil Government considers necessary should
also be debited to Railways. But Railways cannot be called upon to pay for special
measures under (a) which a Civil Government considers necessary.
2) The following rules regulate the incidence of the cost of protecting railway bridges :
—
1. Railway bridges, in common with railway goods and premises, will ordinary
be protected by watchmen in the employ of the Railway concerned.
2. In the event of the replacement of these watchmen by military or police
guards :—
a) When the services of the military or police guards are placed at the
disposal of the Railway at the request of the Railway Administration, the cost of the
guards will fall upon the Railway.
b) If the substitution is made on general grounds of State policy and
the service is taken over by the Police, Defence Services or other public service
department as part of their regular duties, the charges will fall upon the
Government and will be debited to Police, Defence Services or the public
department concerned, as the case may be.
XI. Incidence of the cost of (I) Forest Surveys carried out by the Survey of Pakistan
and (2) Forest maps prepared by that Department.
The rules governing the incidence of the cost of (1) Forest Surveys carried out by
the Survey of Pakistan and (2) Forest maps prepared by that department are given in
Chapter IX of the Survey of India Handbook of Topography.
XII. Incidence of the charges relating to the maintenance and demarcation of and
disputes over boundaries.
The incidence of these charges is regulated by the following principles:—
A. Between a Pakistan State and Pakistan (Governors' Provinces and Centrally
Administered Areas).—All charges relating to boundaries will be shared equally by the
parties concerned, provided that, where a boundary dispute is referred to arbitration, the
decision of the arbitrator in respect of costs also should be sought and the costs allocated
accordingly and that, where agreements with states in respect of boundaries exist, the
allocation of costs will be in accordance with the terms of those agreements.
B. Between a Pakistan State and a Foreign Country.
a) Maintenance.—Half the maintenance charges should be borne by
the Pakistan State the other half being recovered as far as practicable from the
Foreign Country, failing which the Foreign Country's share will be borne by the
Central Government.
b) Demarcation and Disputes.—Charges relating to demarcation of
boundaries and boundary
disputes will be borne by the Central Government under Entry 3 of the Federal
Legislative List subject to such recovery as may be made from the Foreign
Country.
C. Between a Foreign Country and Pakistan (i.e., Governors' Provinces or
Centrally Ad ministered Areas).
a) Maintenance.—Half the maintenance charges will be borne by the
Governor's Province or the Centre, in the case of a Chief Commissioner's Province
as the case may be, the other half being recovered, as far as practicable, from the
Foreign Country, failing which, the Foreign Country's share will be borne by the
Central Government.
b) Demarcation and Disputes.—Charges relating to demarcation of
boundaries and boundary disputes will be borne by the Central Government under
Entry 3 of the Federal Legislative List subject to such recovery as may be made
from the Foreign Country.
Notes 1 and 2. Deleted.
D. In cases where streams or other water courses form the boundary and where the
ordinary principle of median lire applies, the Governments concerned i.e., Pakistan
State, Foreign Country or Pakistan will bear the cost of maintenance of the
boundary line on its side. Where a separate set of survey marks is maintained by
each of the two Governments on its side, the cost of maintenance of the survey
marks should be borne by the Government concerned.
D.—Receipts
XIII. Incidence of Leave Salary and Pension Contributions recovered in respect of
Government servants lent on Foreign Service.
Contributions towards leave salary and pension recovered on behalf of a
Government servant in foreign service are creditable to the Government (Central or
Provincial) under which he was permanently employed at the time of his transfer to
foreign service.
Note.—Deleted.
2) Contributions towards the leave salary and pension of Military Officers and others
in permanent Military employ, including those in temporary Civil employ, should be
adjusted in the Defence Services accounts, while the contributions in respect of
such officers in permanent Civil employ should be credited to Civil estimates.
When a Government servant on whose behalf the contributions are received
belongs to the Posts and Telegraphs Department or Railways the credits should be
passed on to the Department concerned.
Note of Posting of Corrections
(Treasury Accounts)
REVISED EDITION
Amended & Up to-date
IDEAL BOOKS
43, LOWER MALL, LAHORE
Rights Reserved with the Publishers
This edition is an adaptation of the 1940 edition of the Account Code, Volume I,
published in undivided India. It includes all corrections issued upto the 14th August, 1947.
Opportunity has been taken to carry out certain verbal changes due to the» establishment
of Pakistan" from the 15th August, 1947.
Errors or omissions that may come to light or suggestions regarding amendments
should be brought to the notice of the Auditor General of Pakistan.
GHULAM ABBAS,
Auditor General.
KARACHI;
The 31st March
1951.
PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION (PAKISTAN)
this edition is a reprint of the Code, with such additions and a terations as have
been necessitated, due to the following factors:-
i. Unification of the Province of West Pakistan,
ii. Decimalization of Pakistan Currency,
iii. Change of Pakistan Financial Year.
iv. Abolition of Exchange Account with Railways, etc. opportunity
has been availed also to incorporate the amendments, corrections, etc.,
issued after 14th August 1947.
Errors or omissions, if any, may be brought to the notice of he Comptroller and
Auditor General
MUSHTAQAHMAD,
Comptroller and Auditor General
KARACHI:
Dated I8th August 1962
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I.—INTRODUCE RY
PART II
A.—gener al 4
G.—remittances—
I. Cash Remittances 17
II. State Bank of Pakistan Remittances 22
III. Military Treasure Remittances 23
H.----ADJUSTMENTS BY TRANSFER 25
A.—introductory 27
B.—treasurer’s r ecords—
I. Cash 29
II. Stamps and Opium 31
C.—account books—
I. Cash Book 32
II. Subsidiary Registers—
a) General 35
b) Register of Adjustments between Central 36
and Provincial Governments
c) Register of Adjustments with 38
other Provincial Governments—(inter-Provincial
Suspense) 38-A
d) Register of 39
Transactions with Railways 41
e) Register of Adjustments by
Transfer
42
f)Other Registers
44
III. Special Directions for Bank Treasuries—
a) General
47
b) Register of State Bank
Deposits 50
c) Register of Misclassifications by the Bank 55
IV. Incorporation of Sub-treasury Accounts
V. Daily Closing of Accounts
VI. VI. Monthly Closing of Accounts
A.—general 62
b.—-rev-nue deposits 64
C.—personal deposits 68
A.—GENERAL 92
PARTIII
A.—GENERAL 128
B.—ACCOUNTS TO BE KEPT 130
PAGE
list of for ms 31
form s 33
index 89
ACCOUNT CODE
VOLUME II
TREASURY ACCOUNTS
PART I
CHAPTER I.—INTRODUCTORY
The directions contained in this volume deal primarily with the initial accounts to be
kept at treasuries and with the accounts returns to be rendered by treasuries to
Accountants General. They are supplementary to the general directions in Volume I,
which shall apply to all treasuries unless there be something repugnant in the subject or
context or except to the extent that they are modified by the directions in this volume.
2) The forms of initial accounts described in this volume should be regarded as
standard or model forms which may be modified by Government according to local
requirements in consultation with the Accountant General concerned. Similarly, as
regards accounts returns the Accountant General may introduce such changes in detail
as he may deem necessary.
3) Unless there be something repugnant in the subject or context, the following
expression in this volume should be interpreted in the sense here explained :—
1. "Accountant General" includes a Comptroller and when used in relation to a
treasury means the Accountant General to whom that treasury renders accounts.
2. "The Bank" means the State Bank of Pakistan, or any branch or agency of
the State Bank of Pakistan and includes any branch of the National Bank of
Pakistan acting as the Agent of the State Bank of Pakistan in accordance with the
provisions of the State Bank of Pakistan Order, W48.
3. "Bank Treasury" means a treasury the cash business of which is conducted
by the Bank.
4. "Non-bank Treasury" means a treasury other than a bank treasury (see item
(3) above]
5. "Treasury" includes a sub-treasury.
6. "Government" when used in relation to a Central treasury means the Central
Government and when used in relation to a Provincial treasury means the
Provincial Government.
7. "Department" or "Departmental Officers" exclude the Railway Department
and the Railway Officers respectively.
PART II
CHAPTER II.—CLASSIFICATION OF TRANSACTIONS IN TREASURY ACCOUNTS.
A.—general
4) Save as provided hereafter in this volume, each item of receipt and payment
occurring at a treasury should be broadly classified in the treasury accounts.
a) firstly, with reference to the Government to which the transaction appertains,
namely the Central or the Provincial Government concerned.
b) and secondly, with reference to the department or such heads of receipts
and, with expenditure as may be required by the Accountant General.
Note—Deleted
5) Any transaction which cannot be allocated directly to any particular department or
to any of the prescribed heads of classification should be entered in the accounts
as an "Unclassified item", the debits and credits to this suspense head being
cleared by the Accountant General by adjustment against the Government
concerned under the appropriate head of account. Such transactions in a
Provincial treasury as cannot be allocated directly to the Central Government
should likewise be taken to the accounts of the Province to which the treasury
belongs.
B.—trahsactions with other governments
I. In Provincial Treasuries
6) The transactions of the Central Government in a Provincial treasury should be
accounted for in sets of books and registers entirely separate from those, of the
Provincial Government.
7) Transactions of the Central Government occurring at a bank treasury, which will be
taken by the Bank direct to the accounts of the Central Government, should be
incorporated in the "Central" section of the treasury accounts under the appropriate
heads of classification, the net ere lit or debit being taken to the head "State Bank
Deposits—Central". Such transactions occurring at a non-bank treasury should
likewise be accounted for under the appropriate heads of receipts and payments in
the "Central" section of accounts but the net totals of those receipts and payments
should be entered in the accounts of the Provincial Government under the
suspense head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments".
8) Transactions relating to other Provinces, whether taking place at a bank or a non-
bank treasury should be classified in the "Provincial" section of the treasury
accounts under the suspense head "Inter-Provincial Suspense Account—
Government of.................”
II. In Central Treasuries
9) Transactions on behalf of a Provincial Government originating in a Central treasury
should be classified in the treasury accounts under the head "Adjusting Account
between Central and Provincial Governments — Government of .......”. Such
transactions occurring at a Central non-bank sub-treasury working under a
Provincial District treasury should be accounted for under the appropriate heads of
receipts and payments in the "Provincial"' section of the treasury accounts, the net
amounts so accounted for being set .off by an entry under the suspense head "
Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments ".
C. — transactions on behalf of railways
9-A. Deleted.
D. — transactions oh behalf of foreign governments and pakistan states
10) Transactions on behalf of Foreign Governments (other than the Provincial
Governments in India and the Government of Burma) and Pakistan States should
be classified under appropriate heads of accounts in the Central Section of the
treasury accounts. Transactions on behalf of the Provincial Governments in India
and those on behalf of the Government of Burma should be treated as Central or
Provincial according as the treasury at which they originate is Central or Provincial.
E. — account with state
11) Receipts and payments on accounts of the State Bank originating in a Provincial
treasury or sub-treasury should be credited or debited to the head "Account with
the State Bank” in the Provincial Section of the treasury accounts. Such
transactions occurring at other treasuries or sub-treasuries should be credited or
debited to that head in the account of the Central Government.
F. — transactions with departments which draw money by cheques
12) Save as otherwise provided in this Code, or as may be authorised by the
Accountant General in any special cases, transactions with, or on behalf of,
departments which draw money from the treasury by cheques should be entered in
the treasury accounts in lump without detail as receipts or payments, as the case
may be, of the department concerned.
13) Pay and allowances and contingencies of officers of the Public Works Department
and the Department of Central Excises and Salt, drawn on regular Trills should be
classified under the particular heads of classification noted on those bills.
14) Payments on account of compensation for lands for the Public Works Department
made by Land Acquisition Officers not acting as Public Works "Disbursers should
be entered in the treasury accounts as debatable to the Public "Works Department,
the name of the division or office being specified in each case.
15) Earnest money deposits made by intending tenders of the Forest and Defence
Departments, either direct or through the Departmental Officers concerned should
be credited as “Revenue Deposits " and should not be carried to the credit of those
departments.
note-—Earnest money deposits made in a treasury in favour of a
departmental officer of another Government should be classified in the
treasury accounts in accordance with the directions in Articles 7 to 9.
16) Pensions derived from the old Military Orphan and Medical Funds paid on warrants
issued by the Controller of Military Accounts and Pensions, and payments in
connection with those funds on account of (I) benefits received by wards, such as
marriage dowries, passage money, etc. (2) passage money of widows and other
miscellaneous charges, should be debited to the head "55— Superannuation
Allowances and Pensions" and should not be included in the account of payments
on behalf of the Defence Department.
G.—remittances
I.—Cash Remittances
17) A remittance, whether made direct or through currency chests, between any two
treasuries should be classified as follows in the treasury accounts;—
1. if both the treasuries are under a single as " Local Remittance" in
the accounts of
Government, that Government ;
2. if they are under different Governments, as a “Foreign Remittance " in
the accounts of the Central Government.
note.—Remittances between treasuries under the Central
Government which render accounts to different Accountants General
should also be treated as "Foreign Remittances ".
18) Individual remittances through Currency between treasuries in the Punjab and the
State Bank of Pakistan, Peshawar, should be classified as "Local Remittances" in
the Central Section of the treasury accounts, the totals of the transfers against
which opposite payments are made at the Currency Office being re-adjusted under
"Foreign Remittances" on the books of the Accountant General on receipt of the
monthly list of transfers from the Currency Officer.
19) Remittances between two sub-treasuries in the same district or between a treasury
and sub-treasury subordinate to it should be treated merely as "Transfers within
the Treasury" and watched through the Accountant's balance sheet (see Article
50). If, however, the business of the remitting or receiving treasury or sub-treasury
is conducted by the Bank, the remittance should be classified as a “Local
Remittance ".
20) Remittances from a District treasury', whether bank or non-bank, to the Mint should
be accounted for in the treasury accounts as payments on account of the Central
Government and classified as " Foreign Remittances ". When, however the
treasury and the Mint render accounts to the same Accountant General, the
remittance should be classified as “Local Remittances “within the accounts of the
Central Government.
21) Remittances between treasury and a Small Coin Depot should be accounted for in
the treasury accounts as receipts or payments of the Central Government and
classified under the following heads: —
Small Coin Depot Remittances if the Depot and the Treasury render
accounts to the same Accountant General;
I.—Cash.
29) Under the Treasury Rules of the Government concerned the Treasurer, where the
cash business of the treasury is not conducted by the Bank, will maintain a simple
cash book (without subsidiary registers), in which each receipt and payment will be
posted at the time and on the date on which they actually occur and in Ac order of
occurrence. Payments made “by transfer " will not find a place in the cash book as
no payment of cash takes place. Cheques received in payment of value of service
stamps will, however, be entered on both sides of the cash book.
note.—The directions in Chapter II of this Volume shall not apply to
the Treasuries cash book.
30) When stamps, match excise banderols or opium are sold, the total sales will be
entered in to Treasurer's cash book before it is closed for the day, and a
memorandum will be prepared and forwarded to the Accountant, so that necessary
entry may be made in the account books.
II.—Stamps end Opium.
31) Under the relevant rules or orders of the Government concerned Stock registers
will be maintained for stamps, match excise banderols and opium in the custody of
the Treasury Officer in such form as may be prescribed by competent authority
after consultation with the Accountant General.
C.—account books.
I.—Cash Book
32) A complete account of cash transactions and book transfers relating to the District
treasury including those of the sub-treasuries within its jurisdiction should be kept
in Cash Book Form T.A. 1. This book should be maintained in two separate parts—
one for receipts and the other for disbursements.
note.—Separate sets of accounts should be kept in Provincial
treasuries for transactions of the Central Government (vide Article 6).
33) Every item received or paid as well as all adjustments by transfers should be
entered in the cash book or in some register subsidiary to the cash book (vide
Article 35) and numbered in a consecutive series for each register. The daily
totals from any subsidiary registers pass into the cash book (vide Article 70).
34) In non-bank treasuries cash receipts should be entered in the accounts as soon
as the connected memorandum or chalan is received from the Treasurer signed
by him in token of his having received the money. Similarly as regards cash
payments, the charge should be entered in the accounts as soon as the payment
is authorised on a voucher or other document. In the case of bank treasuries, the
receipts and payments should be entered in the accounts from the daily account
rendered by the Bank (vide Article 42).
note.—Adjustments by transfers should be recorded separately from
cash transactions, the fact of adjustment by transfer being noted in
each case. In the case of receipts remitted by postal money orders
and adjusted by book transfer, entries in the subsidiary register
concerned maybe made daily in lump under each detailed head of
account, provided that they are entered in sufficient detail in the
departmental registers and that daily returns are submitted to the
treasury by the revenue authority concerned.
II.—Subsidiary Registers
(a) General.
35) Save where other forms of registers are prescribed in these directions for
particular classes of transactions and subject to such modifications as may be
authorised by the Accountant General to meet local requirements, departmental
receipts for which separate returns are submitted should be recorded in separate
registers in Form T. A. 2. Departmental payments should likewise be recorded in
separate registers in Form T. A. 3, according to the various classes of payments.
For convenience of accounting, however, the initial record in respect of any
particular class of receipts or payments may, in special cases, with the approval
of the Accountant General, be kept in the same form as that of the corresponding
receipt or payment schedule rendered to the Accountant General and in such
cases the requisite number of carbon copies may be struck. — Vide Article 98.
note 1.—The words” separate registers” used in this Article do not
necessarily imply a separate volume. If it is convenient to include
several registers within the same volume, a set of continuous pages
may be set aside for each.
note 2.—When the receipts of a department (e.g. copying agency) are
liable to frequent refund they may be entered in a special Register—
Form T.A. 20 prescribed for Revenue Deposits (suitably modified in
manuscript) so that refunds when made may conveniently be noted
against the original credits.
note 3.—A separate Register in Form T. A. 2 should be kept for the
record of subscriptions realised in cash on behalf of each service
and other Fund.
(b) Register of Adjustments between Central and Provincial Governments.
36) A check register in Form T. A. 4 should be maintained in Provincial treasuries for
the record of all cash and transfer transactions which pass through the head
“Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments “in the Central
and Provincial Accounts. This register should be written up daily at the time of
closing the cash books. Part I of the register should record in totals the cash
receipts and disbursements relating to the Central Government in a non-bank
treasury and in non-bank sub-treasuries subordinate to it. Cash receipts and
disbursements of the Central Government in Provincial non-bank sub-treasuries
subordinate to a bank treasury should be entered in totals in Part II. Part III of the
register should be used in cases in which a Central non-bank treasury renders
account to a Provincial District treasury. Parts IV and "V should be written up
daily from the registers prescribed in Articles 39 and 46.
37) The entries made in this register should be compared daily with the amounts
posted in the cash books under the prescribed minor heads subordinate to 1he
head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments", care
being taken to see that net debit or net credit brought to account under this major
Tiead in the provincial cash book agrees with the net result of opposite
adjustments entered against the identical major head in the cash book for Central
transactions. "Monthly totals from this register should be carried into the
abstracts accompanying the Cash Account—Vide Article 97.
(c) Register of Adjustments with other Provincial Governments— (Inter-Provincial
Suspense Account).
38) The receipts and disbursements in a Provincial treasury on behalf of other
Provincial Governments should be posted in separate registers in Forms T.A. 2
and T.A. 3. The same forms should be used in Central treasuries for the record
of transactions on behalf of Provincial Governments which are adjusted through
the head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments ".
(d) Register of Transactions with Railways.
38-A. Deleted.
(e) Register of Adjustments by Transfer.
39) In Provincial treasuries, two Check Registers in Form T.A. 5, one for the Central
and the other for Provincial Government, should be kept for the record of receipts
or payments adjustable wholly or partly by transfer debit or credit (see Articles 25
and 26). The registers should be written up in accordance with the directions
given on the form. In Central treasuries, only one such register need be kept.
note.—The directions given on the form shall not apply to Central
treasuries.
40) At the end of each day's entries, an abstract should be prepared and recorded
showing the figures which should pass into the various Subsidiary Registers.
(f) Other Registers.
41) Special forms of registers are prescribed in Sections 2 to 5 for receipts and
payments relating to certain departments which draw money by cheques and for
deposits, bills and other specified classes of transactions.
III.—Special Directions for Bank Treasuries,
(a) General.
42) Where the cash business of a Provincial treasury or sub-treasury is conducted by
the Bank, the Bank renders two daily accounts of receipts and" disbursements for
Central and Provincial Governments, the latter embracing transactions not only on
behalf of the Province in which the Bank is situated but also on behalf of other
provinces. Such accounts, however, rendered in respect of Central treasuries and
sub-treasuries consist of a single account for the Central Government, all
transactions on behalf of any Provincial Government being taken by the Bank
against the balance of the Central Government.
43) The transactions reported by the Bank in the daily statement of receipts and
payments should, after examination with the chalans and vouchers accompanying
it, be posted into the cash book either direct or through some subsidiary register in
the same way as transactions taking place in non-bank treasuries (vide Article 33).
Note I.—The net amounts only of payments are entered in the
statements of the Bank; for example, when a deduction is made from
the amount of a bill on account of income-tax t he daily statements of
the Bank show only the net amount paid after deduction. In such
cases the posting should be done with due regard to the directions
contained in Articles 26 and 39.
Note 2.—When the cash book and the subsidiary registers are posted,
the vouchers should be numbered and arranged according to the
register in which they are entered.
(b) Register of State Bank Deposits.
44) The net difference between the total receipts and the total payments as shown in
the Bank's daily statement should be posted in subsidiary register called the
Register of State Bank Deposits (Form T. A. 6). In Provincial treasuries this
register should be kept in two volumes—one for the Central Government and
another for the Province. The figures posted in this register should be checked and
agreed with the pass book forwarded by the Bank along with its daily account and
also, in the case of Provincial treasuries, with the totals as shown in the daily
schedule rendered by the Bank to its Head Office, a copy of which is forwarded to
the Treasury Officer.
(c) Register of Misclassifications by the Bank.
45) Transactions that may be classified incorrectly in the daily account rendered by the
Bank should be taken by the Treasury Officer to the correct heads of account and
posted into the appropriate subsidiary registers but on no account should the
figures under the head "State Bank Deposits” be rectified in the treasury accounts.
Any differences resulting from the rectification of Bank's misclassification of Central
transactions as Provincial or vice versa should be taken in the treasury accounts to
the head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments—
Misclassifications by the Bank " in the manner indicated below.
46) Provincial transactions erroneously entered in the Bank's daily statement of
transactions of the Central Government and vice versa, should be entered in a
Register of Misclassifications by the Bank (Form T. A. 7). The form is divided into
two parts, viz. (i) Central transactions included in the Provincial statement and (ii)
Provincial transactions included in the Central statement so that separate totals
may be struck for each part. The total receipts posted into the first part should be
taken in the cash book for Provincial receipts but in one lump sum under the head
" Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments—
Misclassifications by the Bank". In the cash book for Central receipts the
misclassified items should be taken under correct heads of Central receipts, and
there should also be a deduct entry under the head " Adjusting Account between
Central and Provincial Governments— Misclassifications by the Bank ",
corresponding to the total amount taken to the identical head in the cash book of
Provincial receipts. In the same way. Central payments wrongly classified by the
Bank as Provincial should be posted under appropriate and correct heads in the
cash book of Central payments and set off by a deduct entry in lump under the
head " Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments ", while the
total amount of such misclassified disbursements should be posted in lump in the
cash book of Provincial payments under the head, " Adjusting Account between
Central and Provincial Governments ". Similar postings should be made of the
items of the second category in the Central and Provincial cash books.
Note.—Any correction under the head' State Bank Deposits " which
will be necessary as a result of the adoption of the correct
classification by the Treasury will be made by the Accountant General
through the Central Accounts Section of the State Bank.
IV.—Incorporation of Sub-treasury Accounts.
47) The transactions occurring at a sub-treasury should be reported to the District
treasury in a daily sheet in Form T. A. 8 (supported by vouchers) showing receipts,
disbursements and balance of the day. The receipts and disbursements should be
posted from these sheets on the day of receipt into ^the accounts of the District
treasury in the same way as if they had taken place at it.
48) The following items of receipts or payments in the daily sheets of sub-treasuries
should be excluded from the accounts of the District treasury in which they will
remain as part of the balance:—
i. remittances of cash to and from a sub-treasury from and to another sub-treasury
within the district or the District treasury.
ii. transfer of funds, through currency, to and from sub-treasuries against opposite
payments at the District treasury or at another sub-treasury subordinate to the
same District treasury.
Note.—This direction shall not apply if the cash business of the
remitting or receiving treasury or sub-treasury is conducted by the
Bank, see Article 19.
49) The transactions of the Central Government in a Provincial sub-treasury should be
reported to the District treasury in separate daily sheets. The receipts and
disbursements shown in such a daily sheet should be entered item by item in the
cash book or appropriate subsidiary registers relating to Central transactions, such
entries in the accounts kept in a non-bank treasury being set off by the closing
adjustment made through the head "Adjusting Account between Central and
Provincial Governments—Central transactions in non-bank treasuries "—vide
Article 51. In the account feet in a bank treasury, the totals of receipts and
disbursements of the Central Government appearing in the accounts of a non-bank
sub-treasury of the Province should be taken into the cash book of Provincial
receipts and disbursements under the head " Adjusting Account between Central
and Provincial Governments—Central transactions in non-bank sub-treasuries ",
while in the cash book for Central transactions, there should be deduct entries in
lump under the same head, both on the receipt and disbursement sides,
corresponding to the identical amounts entered in the Provincial cash book. This
method of accounting should also be adopted mutatis mutandis in regard to
transactions of a Provincial Government in a Central non-bank sub-treasury which
renders accounts to a District treasury subordinate to that Government.
V.—Daily Closing of Accounts.
50) After the several subsidiary registers have been written up and completed in
respect of cash and transfer items, the daily total of each register should be carried
into the appropriate cash book. The cash book should then be totalled and to the
gross totals of receipts and disbursements thus worked out the deductions and
additions indicated at foot of the cash book (Form T. A. 1) should be applied so as
to bring out the net tot." Is of receipts and disbursements which should agree with
the totals shown in the treasurer's cash book or in the daily account of the Bank, as
the case may be. Finally, a balance sheet should be drawn up in Form T. A. 9 and
the account balance worked out therein reconciled, where necessary, with daily
balance as per Treasurer's cash book.
Note.—The preparation of Accountant's Daily Balance Sheet in form T.
A. 9 is not required in the case of a Treasury and sub-Treasuries
subordinate to it when the cash business is conducted by the banks".
51) 51. In Provincial non-bank treasuries, before final totals are struck in the cash
book, the cash book relating to Central transactions should first be totalled in pencil
and from the gross totals of receipts and disbursements of the Central Government
necessary 'deductions should be made in respect of transfer adjustments as in
column 5 of the Central Check Register of Adjustments by Transfers (Form T. A. 5)
so that the totals of receipts and disbursements in cash may be deduced. The total
sums thus determined should be posted in the cash book of Provincial receipts and
disbursements under the head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial
Governments—Central transactions in non-bank treasuries ", while in the cash
book relating to Central transactions there should be deduct entries under the
identical head, both on the receipt and disbursement sides, corresponding to the
total amounts taken under that head in the Provincial cash book. At the same time
the amounts so adjusted should be posted in Part I of the Check Register of
Adjustments between Central and Provincial Governments (Form T. A. 4).
52) The cash book maintained for Central transactions in a Provincial treasury should
close invariably with a nil balance, the total receipts being always equal to the total
payments after incorporation of the adjusting entries under the head “State Bank
Deposits " and " Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments "
as may be necessary.
53) The cash books should be finally closed and signed after such further check and
methods of verification have been applied as may be prescribed in the treasury
rules or by executive instructions of the Government concerned.
54) Any amount found surplus or deficit in treasury balances should be brought to
account as such in the cash book on the receipt or payment side, as the case may
be.
VI.—Monthly Closing of Accounts
55) As it is absolutely necessary that the figures given in the different receipts,
accounts and returns exchanged with other departments should agree exactly with
those shown in the treasury accounts, the formal closing of the accounts of the
several sub-treasuries for the month should be fixed for the latest date by which
any risk of failure to receive that day's returns at the headquarters treasury before
the end of the month will be eliminated : any transactions of a later date should be
included in the returns of the treasury for the next month. The head-quarter's
accounts for June must, however, be kept open until receipt of daily sheet of every
sub-treasury for 30th June, in order that all receipts and payments taking place at
sub-treasuries within the official year may, without exception, be brought into the
accounts of the year. Every endeavour should be made to close the June accounts
not later than the 5th of July. All correcting entries affecting inter-governmental
adjustments should be intimated to the Accountant General so as to reach him by
the 12th of July at the latest.
56) In addition to the daily closing, the month's totals of the subsidiary registers should
be carried into the cash account in the case of receipts and into the lists of
payments in the case of payments (vide Article 96). The cash account should be
closed with an abstract in the form indicated in Article 97. The account balance at
the close of the month should be agreed with the actual cash balance in the
treasury as reported in the Cash Balance Report of the month.
SECTION 2.—TRANSACTIONS OF DEPARTMENTS WHICH RENDER SEPARATE
CASH ACCOUNTS.
57) Save as provided in Articles 58 to 60 below or as may be specially authorised by
the Accountant General in any particular case, moneys received from or on behalf
of departmental officers who render separate cash accounts to the Audit or
Account office should be recorded at once in a register in Form T. A. 10. In the
same way, funds supplied to such departmental disbursing officers on cheques
drawn against letters of credit or otherwise, should be entered in a register in Form
T.A. 11.
58) Remittances by Forest Officers should be entered in a register in Form T. A. 12
which may also be used for the purpose of consolidated receipt furnished to Forest
Divisional Officers. Funds supplied to Forest Disbursing Officers by means of
cheques or otherwise should be entered iii Register of Forest Cheques Paid, Form
T. A. 13.
59) The receipts and payments of the Defence Department should be entered in
separate schedules (Forms T. A. 14 to T. A. 17).
60) All receipts and payments on account of the Post Office should be posted in
Registers of Post Office Receipts and Payments (Forms T.A. 18 and T. A. 19). The
transactions of each Head Post Office having a separate letter of credit at the
treasury should be shown in a separate column subdivided for payments in cash'
and by transfer Receipts and payments originating in the Civil Department should
not be included under any Post Office but should be shown in a special column
headed "Miscellaneous."
61) In all the cases covered by the directions in this Section, the Treasury Office
should arrange to have a monthly settlement of account with the Departmental
Officer concerned in accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed by
Government,
SECTION 3.—ACCOUNTS OF DEPOSITS
A.—general
62) No item should be credited as a deposit save under formal order of competent
authority. Furthermore, no sums should be credited in any deposit register which
can be carried to any other head of account; for example, revenue paid to
Government on account of a demand not yet due should at once be carried finally
to the proper revenue head, and should not be placed in deposit.
63) The amount of a lapsed deposit refunded under the rules of Government should
appear in the treasury accounts as a miscellaneous refund and not as a repayment
of deposit.
B.—revenue deposits
64) Each item of deposit received should at once be entered in a register in Form TA
20 and numbered. There should be a separate series of numbers for each register,
beginning a new each year. The Treasury Officer should check carefully the
amount and particulars of each entry and then set his initials in the proper column
against each. A daily total only should be carried from each register to the cash
book.
65) Every item should be recorded in the name of the person from whom, not that of
the Government official through whom, it is received ; it should be passed through
the accounts even though repaid on the day of receipt, and be kept distinct,
however small it be, finally disposed of, never being consolidated with others.
66) Each repayment of deposit should at once be recorded both in the Register of
Repayments, Form T.A. 21, from which the daily total should pass into the cash
book, and in that of Receipts, Form T.A. 20, in the latter the date and amount of
the repayment also being noted.
Note.—When, in the case of a bank treasury, a deposit is repaid by an
order on the Bank the entry in the Register of Receipts should be
made when the order is issued and that in the Register of Repayments
when the repayment is reported in the daily account of the Bank. If in
any case repayment is not made on the date of the order on the Bank,
the actual date of repayment should also be noted in the Register of
Receipts just below the entry of the date of the order.
67) When a deposit is adjusted by transfer to some other head of account, the head of
account to which it is transferred, and the item in which it is included in the treasury
account, should be noted both in the Register of Receipts, and in the Register of
Repayments, and it should be credited separately in the cash book or the
subsidiary register concerned. The voucher submitted with the list of repayment
should state these facts the statement being attested by the signature of the
Treasury Officer.
C.—personal deposits
68) Receipts and payments on Personal Deposit accounts should be recorded in
personal ledgers in Form T. A. 22, which should be bound up into a volume. Every
personal account should have its own ledger page in which the receipts should be
entered in regular order without being numbered and the disbursements (made not
from any particular item, but from the aggregate balance in hand) noted as they
are made without any further remark.
69) An account of cash orders issued on sub-treasuries should be maintained, like that
of Personal Deposits, through a personal ledger for each sub-treasury in Form T.
A. 23. When paid at the sub-treasury, the amount of the cash order should be
entered in the sub-treasury cash book and daily sheet as a miscellaneous payment
but in the District treasury it should be posted in the personal ledger account as a
repayment of deposit.
70) The daily totals of receipts and payments should be carried from the personal
ledgers (Forms T.A. 22 and T.A. 23) in to the Register of Personal Deposits (Form
T.A. 24), from which again the aggregate daily total only should be carried to the
cash book.
D.—civil and criminal court deposits
71) There are two methods in which the accounts of civil and criminal court deposits
may be kept :
1. When each deposit is separately paid into and drawn from the treasury
upon documents passed by competent authority and setting forth the particulars
necessary for the entries in the deposit registers, the accounts of Civil and Criminal
Court Deposits should be kept in the manner prescribed in Articles 64 to 67 for
revenue deposits, although the sets of registers and returns should all be separate
from those of the revenue deposits proper.
2. In cases where the Civil Courts and Magistrates merely bank with the
treasury, remitting without detail their gross deposit receipts for credit in a personal
ledger, and making repayments by cheques on the treasury, the accounts at the
treasury should be kept in the forms prescribed in Articles 68 and 70 for personal
deposits, but quite separate from those of personal deposits proper; and the
deposits should be designated as Civil Court or Criminal Court Deposits.
Whenever the latter system is permitted the detailed record of deposit transactions
should be kept by the court concerned in the form prescribed in Articles 64 to 66 for
treasury officer's accounts of Revenue Deposits with such adaptations and modifications
as may be authorised by the competent judicial authority after consultation with the
Accountant-General.
72) In provinces where all branches of the civil administration, revenue, criminal and
civil, are under the same officer, the system may be adopted of including all
deposits of the district in one register as revenue deposits or the treasury officer
may receive and keep the accounts of all such deposits in exactly the same way
as revenue deposits but in separate registers and returns under the designation
of " Civil Courts and Magistrates' Deposits.”
E.—deposits of local funds
73) The transactions of all local funds, including municipal and cantonment funds,
should be recorded in the forms used for personal deposits (Forms T.A.22 and
T.A. 24), but should be kept quite distinct, and should pass into the treasury
accounts as Deposits of Local Funds, and not as Personal Deposits.
74) The transactions of each fund should be entered in a separate column in the
register (Form T.A. 24) which should provide a separate column for every such
fund in the district. Unless the funds are very few in number, there should be
registers and totals for municipal and cantonment funds separate from those of
other funds.
F.—deposits at sub-treasuries.
75) Deposits made at a sub-treasury should be brought, item by item, through the
daily sheet upon the district registers and must be numbered in the general
series. It may, however, be sufficient to enter in the district registers merely the
daily totals of transactions relating to personal deposits such as, Wards, Estates,
Dispensaries, Municipalities, etc., which take place at sub-treasuries, unless the
Accountant General for special reasons instructs otherwise in any case,
76) When the Officer in Charge of a sub-treasury has occasion to place in deposit
items which, according to rule, should be so dealt with, and which he is also
empowered to repay on his own authority without formal authority from the
District treasury, a register of such deposits should be kept at the sub-treasury in
addition to that at the District treasury.
77) In regard to repayment the sub-treasury account in which the credit originally
appeared should be indicated clearly so that it may be easy to trace the item and
to charge off payment correctly in the district account.
SECTION 4.—ACCOUNTS OF STATE BANK OF PAKISTAN REMITTANCES
A—issue of telegraphic transfers and drafts
78) Particulars of all Telegraphic Transfers and Drafts drawn by treasuries on other
treasuries and on offices and agencies of the Bank should be recorded in a
Register,—Register of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances Drawn,—in form T.A.
25, in which each drawing should be entered in a consecutive series in the order
of issue. This register which will be separated for each financial year should be
page-numbered and the pages should be ruled and the lines numbered in the
column headed “No. of Item".
79) The Treasury Officer should send an advice of State Bank of Pakistan
Remittances drawn by him during the day to the treasury or bank drawn upon in
the form prescribed by the State Bank (Advices of remittances sold) on the very
day on which the telegraphic transfer or draft is drawn. Detailed instructions in
this behalf will be found in the Treasury Rules of Government.
80) Telegraphic Transfers and Drafts drawn each day, as recorded in the Register of
drawings (Form T.A. 25), should be listed in a Schedule in the form prescribed by
the Bank. The Schedule inter alia contains separate columns for "Amount", and
"Exchange". The total of the columns "Amount" and "Exchange” should be
agreed with the total receipts for the day booked under head "State Bank of
Pakistan Remittances” in the Cash Book. This provides an independent check of
the totals in the Register of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances Drawn, which
are taken direct to the Cash Book. The total in the column “Amount “in the
Schedule should also be agreed with the total drawings as entered in the several
advices for the day. The Schedule accompanied by the applications for the
remittances should then be despatched the same day to the Accountant General.
B.—encashment of telegraphic transfer and drafts
81) As each Telegraphic Transfer or Draft is encashed the dale of payment should
be noted in the column provided for the purpose in the relevant advice, the entry
being initialled by the Treasury Officer.
82) A record of Telegraphic Transfers and Drafts encashed should be maintained in
a Register. Register of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances Encashed.—in Form
T.A. 26, in which the Telegraphic Transfers and Drafts should be entered as they
are paid, the daily totals being carried into the Cash Book. At the close of the day
all encashment made during the day, as recorded in the Register, should be
listed in a Schedule in the form prescribed by the State Bank and the Schedule
should be forwarded to the Accountant General the same day after the total in it
is agreed with the total payments for the day the head "State Bank of Pakistan
Remittances" in the Cash Book. The receipted drafts including payees receipts in
the case of telegraphic transfers, should accompany the Schedule as voucher.
C.—drawings and encashments at sub-treashriks.
83) Where State Bank of Pakistan Remittances are drawn b> or encashed at sub-
treasuries, the sub-treasuries will maintain Registers of drawings and
encashment and submit daily Schedules of drawings and encashment direct to
the Accountant Genera] in the same way as District treasuries, but the total
drawings and encashment for the day should be intimated by toe sub-treasury
officer (without details) to the District treasury in the usual way. In the Cash Book
of the District treasury the total daily receipts and payments at each sub-treasury
will be exhibited under a separate sub-head " State Bank of Pakistan
Remittances—sub-treasury ". Such receipts and payments should not however
be incorporated in the corresponding Registers of the District treasury. Sub
treasury schedules for all the days of {he month tip to and including the date of
closing of the sub-treasury accounts for the month should be prominently marked
as relating to the accounts for that month, the. schedules for subsequent days of
the month being marked as pertaining to, the accounts for the month following.
D.—drafts, ETC. cancelled.
84) When a State Bank of Pakistan Remittance is cancelled, the fact of cancellation
should be noted in the Register of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances Drawn
against the relevant entry and intimation sent to the treasury or bank drawn upon,
by which the fact should be noted conspicuously on the advice originally
received. The amount when refunded by the drawing treasury should be entered
in the Register of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances encashed and it must
appear in the Register even though issue and cancellation take place on the
same day. The amount of the cancelled draft should simultaneously be entered
m the proper columns of the schedule of drafts encashed for the day in which
cancellation takes place, suitable remarks being made in-the schedule indicating
that the payment is on account of cancellation of a draft already drawn by the
treasury. The cancelled draft should accompany the schedule of encashment.
E. -DRAFTS, ETC., EXCHANGED
85) When a draft is exchanged for another the original should be treated and entered
as a draft presented for payment and the amount again credited as received for
the issue of a new draft.
SECTION 4-A.—ACCOUNTS OF MILITARY TREASURE REMITTANCES
86) A record of Military Treasure Remittances drawn on Military Treasure Costs
should be kept in a Register in Form T.A. 27 in which each drawing should be
entered in the order of issue. The "Register should be page-numbered and a
sufficient number of pages should be set apart for each Military Treasurer Chest
on which drawings are usually made. The pages should be ruled and the lines
numbered in the column headed "Serial". The serial numbers will thus be
separate for each Military Treasure Chest and should commence anew with each
financial year.
87) Military Treasure Remittances drawn for the day as recorded in the Register
should simultaneously be entered in a list in Form T.A. 28. The daily total of the
list (worked out in pencil) will be entered without details in the Schedules of
Defence Department Receipts (Form T.A. 14) of the Account Circle concerned, in
the column "Military Treasure Remittances Drawn ". After the drawings for all the
days of the month have been entered in the first five columns of the list, the list
should be submitted to the Accountant General along with the monthly Cash
Account.
88) An advice of Military Treasure Remittances drawn should be sent to the Officer in
charge of the Military Treasure Chest concerned on the very day on which the
Remittance is drawn in such form and according to such procedure as may be
laid down in the Treasury Rules of the Central Government.
89) Deleted.
SECTION 5.—MISCELLANEOUS ACCOUNTS
90) In every treasury from which revenue advances are made one or more plus and
minus memoranda (Form T.A. 46) should be kept, in which the advance should
be debited and all recoveries credited. One of these plus and minus memoranda
should be the ordinary account of revenue advances; and other special accounts
may be opened from time to time for any special officers authorised to make
such advances, who may, under the orders of revenue authorities keep and
submit accounts separate from the accounts of the district officer. Unless the
Government requires otherwise, the treasury shall keep no detailed accounts of
these advances.
Note—An advance held to be irrecoverable by the Revenue
authorities should be written off the treasury plus and minus
memorandum under the authority of the Accountant General any
subsequent recoveries should not affect the treasury plus and minus
memorandum but should be taken direct to revenue.
91) In addition to the registers prescribed in the foregoing Articles the following
subsidiary registers should be kept for the record of transactions specified
against each. Separate registers should be kept, where necessary, in Provincial
treasuries for transactions relating to the Central Government.
i. Register in Form T. A. 31 for the record of advances (other than those
mentioned in Article 90) made/recovered under the heads "Loans and Advances"
and "Advances Repayable".
ii. Register in Form T.A. 32 for payments relating to personal claims of Gazetted
Officers.
iii. Register in Form T. A. 33 for payments of Pensions. Separate registers should
be kept for different classes of pensions such as pensions chargeable to ''55.—
Superannuation Allowances etc." Assignments and Compensations and Political
and other pensions, etc.
iv. Register in Form T.A. 34 for payment of coupons on Bearer Bonds.
v. Register in Form T. A. 35 for payment of interest on Promissory Notes/Stock
Certificates.
CHAPTER IV.—ACCOUNTS RETURNS TO BE RENDERED BY
TREASURIES
A.—general
92) Except as specified otherwise the directions in this Chapter shall apply to all bank
and non-bank treasuries at the headquarters of the district.
93) The returns prescribed in this Chapter "should be prepared from the accountant's
cash book and the registers subsidiary thereto and despatched to the Accountant
General punctually on the prescribed date. The returns due for despatch on a
holiday may be sent one day (but not more than one day) late.
94) Separate returns should be rendered by Provincial treasuries in respect of
transactions of the Central Government and in respect of those taken against the
Province.
B.—compilation of monthly accounts.
I.—Cash Account and List of Payments
95) The Cash Account and list of Payments should be prepared in Forms
T.A. 36 and T.A. 37, respectively, in which heads of receipts and payments
should
be printed in the order prescribed by the Accountant General. The Cash Account
should show the total receipts collected, and the List of Payments the total
payments nude during the month (vide article 56).
96) The entries from the cash book and register subsidiary thereto into
the Cash Account. List of Payments and schedules pertaining to these
documents
(vide Articles 96 to 109) should be made in accordance with the following
directions :—
i. Those transactions which, under the instructions of the Accountant General,
have to be recorded in full in any one of these documents should be entered
therein on the date on which they appear in the cash book, or, on the following
day, provided that the transmission of the accounts and returns on the due dates
(vide Articles119 to 120) is not thereby retarded.
ii. The lump entries appearing in the Cash Account. List of Payments and
schedules pertaining to these documents should be made therein in time to
permit of the completion of those returns and their submission to the Accountant
General on the due dates.
iii. The difference between the monthly totals of receipt and payment columns of the
subsidiary register of State Bank Deposits (vide Article 44) should be carried into
the appropriate Cash Account or the List of Payments according as the
difference represents net drawings from or net payments into, the Bank during
the month.
iv. In Provincial treasuries, the difference between the monthly totals of receipt and
payment columns, of Part VIT of the Check Register of Adjustments between
Central and Provincial Governments, Form T.A. 4 (vide Article 36), should be
carried into the Cash Account or the List of Payments, as the case may be. under
the head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments", care
being taken to see that the net payments brought to account under this head in
the Provincial Account are entered" under the identical head as net receipts in
the account of the Central Government and vice versa.
97)
1. The cash accounts (Central and Provincial) rendered by Provincial
treasuries should be supported by a closing abstract in Form T.A.38. The differ-
ence between the monthly totals of the Receipts and Payments columns of the
different part of the Check Register of Adjustments between Central and
Provincial Governments (Form T.A. 4) should be carried into this abstract under
the appropriate minor heads subordinate to the head "Adjusting Account between
Central and Provincial Governments" (vide Articles 36 to 37). "the entries in the
abstract of Provincial Cash. Account being reconciled with the adjusting entries in
the abstract of Central Cash Account.
2. The cash accounts compiled by other treasuries should be supported by a
closing abstract in the following form :—
Form of Closing Abstract of the Cash Account
Rs. Paisa.
Opening balance
Cash receipts
total receipts
Payments, 1st to 10th as per Schedules / List
Payments, 11th to 31st
TOTAL PAYMENTS
Closing balance as per Cash Balance Report
total
II.—Supporting Schedules.
(a) General
98) Save as provided in Articles 100 to 109 below and subject to the observance of
the following general principles, the form and number of the schedules may be
determined by the Accountant General according to the local convenience.
i. There should be separate schedules of the receipts and expenditure for each
department and for each major head of account not relating to any particular
department. All revenue receipts and service payments should appear in one or
other of these schedules. Receipts on account of departments for which
descriptive major heads are not opened on the receipt side should be included in
the schedule for the major head "XLVI Miscellaneous".
Note 1.—In the case of small departments or of major heads under
which the transactions are few, two or more such departments or
major heads may, at the discretion of the Accountant General, be
treated for the purpose of this rule as relating to a single department.
Note 2.—Where a separate schedule has been prescribed by the
Accountant General, it should be prepared invariably, even if there
be no transactions in the treasury accounts under the head,
concerned during the period in respect of which the schedule is
prepared. In such cases the schedule should show the transactions
as 'nil'.
ii. Miscellaneous items of receipts and recoveries of service payments should be
shown with full particulars in the receipt schedules of the department by, or at the
instance of which the money is presented at the treasury.
iii. Advances of pay, travelling allowances, etc., to Government servants and
recoveries of such advances should be included in the schedule of the
department to which the Government servants concerned belong.
iv. Payments relating to personal claims of Gazetted Officers should be-shown in a
separate column of the schedule of payments of the department concerned or in
a separate schedule (Form T.A. 32) altogether, the total of which should be
brought forward as a single item in the relevant schedule of payments. In the
former case schedules containing such payments should be prepared in
duplicate.
v. The vouchers for refunds of revenue should be entered in a separate-subsidiary
schedule for each department, and the total of this schedule should be entered
as a distinct item in the relevant schedule of payments. As an alternative to this
procedure, refunds of revenue may be shown in a separate column in the
payment schedule of the department or major head concerned.
vi. Each schedule of payments should be prepared in two parts, the first part relating
to the payments made from the 1st to the 10th of the month and the second part
to those made during the rest of the month. The total of the first schedule of
payments should be brought below, and added to the total of the second
schedule of payments, so that the grand total in the latter may agree with the
entry in the List of Payments.
Note:—The general directions contained in this Article shall apply to
treasuries rendering accounts to the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues, subject to such modifications as may be authorised by
him.
99) The vouchers pertaining to each schedule should be numbered consecutively in
a monthly series as they are entered therein, and attached to it arranged in their
numerical order.
(b) Schedule of Income-tax Receipts.
100) Apart from the schedules of income-tax receipts, if any, required by the Income-
tax Officer concerned, two separate schedules of receipts should be prepared in
respect of income-tax deductions from bills for salaries and pensions —(a) one
for the tax collected on salaries and pensions wholly debitable to the Central
Government and (b) another for income-tax deducted from salaries and pensions
debitable to other Governments. If Income-tax is recovered at a higher rate from
any Central Government servant or pensioner on account of additional income
from properties situated in a Province, the entire amount of the tax realised
should, nevertheless, betaken to the schedule relating to deductions from Central
emoluments. Similarly, the income-tax deducted from a pension which is
debitable partly to the Central Government and partly to the Provincial Govern-
ment, should be taken to the schedule relating to deductions from Central emolu-
ments. Any refund allowed in such a case during the course of the year should
also be taken to that schedule.
(c) Schedules for Railways and Departmental Disbursing Officers.
101) Save as provided in Articles 102 to 104 below, the schedules of receipts and
expenditure for Railways and for those Departments which render separate cash
accounts to Audit and Accounts offices (vide Article 57) should be prepared in
the same forms and with the same details as have been prescribed in Chapter
111 for the Registers of Receipts and Payments of those Railways and
Departments concerned.
102) A simple schedule of Forest Remittances showing separately the cash received
into the treasury from each Forest Division and acknowledged in the
Consolidated Treasury Receipt (Article 58) should be prepared in Form T.A. 39.
103) Schedules of Receipts of the Posts and Telegraphs Department should be
prepared separately for Postal and Telegraph Sections in Forms T.A. 40 and T.A.
41 respectively.
104) For Public Works Department, the Telegraph Branch of the Posts and
Telegraphs Department and the Salt Revenue Branch of the Department of
Central Excises and Salt, a separate schedule of cheques paid/payments made
on account of each department should be prepared in Form T.A. 42 and attached
to the List of Payments.
This direction should apply also to the following departments whose operator’s
extend over several provinces and whose accounts are collected under the charge of a
single Account Officer :—
i. Survey of Pakistan,
ii. Meteorology,
iii. Archaeology,
iv. Geological Survey.
v. Intelligence Bureau, Government of Pakistan,
vi. Mines,
vii. Department of Supply and Development.
(d) Schedules of Deposit Transactions.
105) An ".Extract Register of Revenue Deposits received" should be written up daily in
Form T.A. 43 from the Register of Receipts, Form T.A. 20. It is of importance that
each deposit should be confined exactly to its own cage, as the Accountant
General has to detail repayments against it.
106) in some cases where many deposits are received for very short periods,
permission may be given by the Accountant General to detail in the returns only
tin items not repaid in the month of receipt : but the permission should not be
extended without clear proof of its necessity. When such permission is given, the
return can not be written up till after the close of the month, and there will be
breaks in the series of numbers representing the deposits received during the
month, which have been wholly repaid before its close, fn these cases, "Deposits
received and repaid during the month " should be entered in lump sums at foot of
each extract register, both of receipt and repayment (vide Articles 105 and 107)
in order that extracts might agree with the accounts.
107) As” Extract Register of repayment of Revenue Deposits " Form T.A. 44, should
also i»e written up daily in respect of transactions for the entire month. Although
no extract register accompanies the first schedule of payments entry should be
made in it of the total payment on each head, made during the first ten days of
the month ; the entry in the second schedule should be of the total made from the
11th to 31st
108) An “Extract Register of Receipts and Payments of Personal Deposits'". Form T.A.
45, should be written up from the Register of Personal Deposits (Form T.A. 21).
The return should show only the monthly totals of receipts and repayment on
each persona! ledger: the totals of the two columns. "Receipts of the month “and
"Payments of the month “alone will be traceable in the Cash Account and the List
of Payments. The monthly totals brought out on the return should be the same as
those brought out by submission of the daily total columns of Form T.A. 24.
(e) Schedule of Seamen’s Money Orders.
109) At die end of each month the Treasury Officer should prepare a consolidated
schedule giving particulars of the Seamen's money orders issued during the
month and forward it to the Accountant General with the monthly cash account.
The schedule should be prepared in the form appended to the '”Instructions 10
Snipping Masters in Pakistan “issued by the Board of Trade.
III.—Plus and Minus Memoranda.
(a) General.
110) Plus and minus memoranda should be prepared in Form T. A. 46. for the
transactions on account of each class of deposits (including cash orders) of each
Local Fund of each kind of stamps (general, adhesive, bill, court fee), of match
excise banderols and of excise opium. The deductions from balance should tally
with the corresponding entries of receipts in the accounts (except as regards
stamps referred to in Articles 112 to 114 and stamps sent to other treasuries or
sub-depots), and the closing balances should be certified as agreeing with the
stock registers and accounts maintained in the treasury. Memoranda may also
be required of the outstanding balances of any class of advances which the
District or other revenue officer has authority to make (vide Articles 90 and 91 ‘)].
Note 1.—The plus and minus memoranda should be prepared in
such separate parts as may be determined by the Accountant
General. Those relating to particular departments may be furnished
wherever this is possible, on the reverse, of the receipts schedules
concerned.
Notes.—No difference should ever exist between the closing balance
of one month and the opening balance of the next: any addition lo, or
deductions from, the balance should be made by a special entry to
be explained by a foot-note.
(b) Deposits.
111) Each head of deposit and each Local Fund should be detailed separately in the
appropriate memorandum. The balance in the plus and minus memorandum of
deposit transactions for the month of July should he reduced by the amount
reported for laps under Article 127. so that it may agree with the aggregate of
repayable deposit balances upon the deposit register.
Note.—In the case of local funds, which ha\e a provincial balance,
the balance column should not be filled up.
(c) Stamps.
112) When, under proper sanction, permanent advances of postage stamps are made
to Heads of .Departmental Telegraph offices without payment, their value should
not be credited in the treasury account but deducted in the plus and minus
memorandum of postage stamps, the deduction being supported by the receipt
granted by the Head of the Departmental Telegraph office and the sanction of the
competent authority.
113) When on the eve of holidays (when treasuries are closed for more than one day)
temporary advances of postage stamps are made to Heads of local
Departmental Telegraph offices without payment on the requisition of the Post
Master General (Telegraph Traffic Branch), the value of those stamps should be
deducted in the plus and minus memorandum, the requisition of the Post Master
General being attached to the receipt given by the competent Telegraph
Authority in support of the reduction appearing in the plus and minus
memorandum.
These temporary advances should be adjusted immediately on the reopening of
the treasury by the return of the unused stamps and the money value of those sold and
care should be taken that no delay occurs in effecting the adjustment. The cash
received should be credited in the cash book as proceeds of postage stamps sold in the
usual course, with a corresponding entry in the plus and minus memorandum. In the
latter in a separate entry, the full amount of •stamps advanced should be shown as
returned.
Note.—If the stamps are issued and returned in the same month,
neither the deduction on issue nor the addition on return should be
shown in the plus and minus memorandum.
114) The value of damaged and obsolete stamps should be deducted, from the plus
and minus memorandum, after they have been destroyed or otherwise disposed
of in accordance with the prescribed rules.
IV.—Statement of Lapsed Sub-treasury Cash Order
115) A statement of Cash Orders which are held as lapsed under the rules of
Government should be prepared monthly specifying (i) in the case of cash orders
issued for service payments, the number and date of the vouchers in which the
charges were drawn originally and the name of the officer by whom they were
drawn, and (ii) in the case of cash orders issued on behalf of a Ward's Estate or
a Municipality, the number and date of the cheques.
116) 116. The total amount of cash orders included in the monthly statement should
be deducted from the closing balance in the plus and minus memorandum
(Article 110) and a note should be made at the same time against the items
concerned in the Ledger (Form T.A. 23), that they have been" reported to the
Accountant General for adjustment as lapsed.
C.—Submission to Accountant General
117) On the 8th, 16th. 24th and the last day of each month (or on the previous open
day if any of these days is a holiday), or at such other convenient intervals as
may be settled between the Accountant General and the Government of the
Province. Provincial non-bank treasuries should forward to the Accountant
General a statement in Form T.A. 47 showing Central transactions. No voucher
should accompany these statements.
118) Statements in the same form should be submitted to the Accountant General by
the treasury weekly or after such periodical intervals as may be settled between
the Accountant General and the Government in respect of Central transactions
occurring in Provincial non-bank sub-treasuries subordinate to a Provincial bank
treasury.
119) The first schedules of payments (vide Article 98 (vi)] with connected vouchers
and a Memorandum in Form T.A. 48 should be sent to the Accountant General
on the 10th and in the case of bank treasuries, on the 11th of the month and the
Cash Account and the List of Payments (vide Article 95) with supporting
schedules and the connected vouchers together with the Memorandum in Form
T.A. 48 'should be despatched to him on the first day of the following, month.
Note.—Deleted.
120) The following and such other schedules as the Accountant General may require
(vide Article 98) shall accompany the accounts mentioned above;
(a) With the Cash Accounts
2) Deleted.
10) Extract Register of Revenue Deposits. Form T.A. 43 (vide Article 105).
10) Extract Register of Repayment of Revenue Form T.A. 44 (vide Article 107).
Deposits.
1) Extract Register of Receipts and Payments Form T.A 45 (vide. Article 108).
of Personal Deposits (supported by the
original paid cheques.)
121) The Cash Account should be signed and certified by the Collector or if he is
absent on tour or otherwise unable to sign the accounts on the first of the month
by such other officer to whom the duty may be entrusted under rules made by
Government. If the account is not signed by the Collector, the reason should
invariably be stated.
122)
1. The Cash Account should be supported by a certificate that the cash
balance shown in the account has been verified according to prescribed rules
and agrees with the balance reported in the Cash Balance Report of the treasury
for the last day of the month.
2. Where the cash business of the district treasury or any of its sub-
treasuries is conducted by the Bank, a certificate to the following effect should be
given on the Cash Account :--
“Certified that the net amount credited/debited under the head
“State Bank Deposits General/Provincial agrees with the net
disbursements/receipts shown in the daily statements of
Central/Provincial receipts and disbursements received from the
Bank during the month, the totals of which were checked and agreed
with the totals shown in the copy, received in this treasury, of the
daily schedule rendered by the Bank to its Head Office.
123)
1. The plus and minus memoranda in respect of stamps and opium
transactions should be accompanied by a certificate of actual count or
weighment of stock in the treasury and the sub-treasuries subordinate to it. The
certificate should be given in such form and at such intervals as may be
prescribed by Government in consultation with the Accountant General.
2. A certificate should also be recorded monthly on the plus and minus
memorandum for cash orders (Article 110) or Form T.A. 45 to the effect that the
balance of cash orders on sub-treasuries shown in Form T. A. 45 corresponds
with the totals of the outstandings as shown in detail in Form T.A. 23.
124) At the end of every quarter a certificate should be
furnished with the Extract Register of Receipts .of Deposits (Form T.A. 43) by the
Collector or by a Gazetted Officer of the district staff (not being the Treasury
Officer) selected by the Collector for the purpose, that he has examined the
register personally, and that the entries are made with the utmost care and
regularity.
Note. — This examination is not intended to be mechanical!, and to
secure only that all necessary entries are made and initialled without
fail at the time of the transaction, but also that no moneys are
necessarily in deposit, or allowed to remain there without good
cause.
125) In July each year, the Treasury Officer should
examine the Registers of Receipts of Deposit "(Form T.A. 20) of the second
preceding year and transfer to a Clearance Register in Form T.A. 43 with suitable
change in the headings, all the outstanding balances which are not reported for
lapse under the rules of Government (vide Article 127). To this Clearance
Register should also be transferred any items in the last preceding Clearance
Register but one, that are for special reasons not allowed to lapse to
Government. It should then be submitted to the Accountant General in order that
repayments during the next two years may be recorded in it in the columns
provided for the purpose.
note.—It is not intended that the Clearance Registers should be used
in District treasuries; the repayment of items entered in the
Clearance Register should continue to be recorded therein the
original Receipt Registers, vide Article 66.
126) For other classes of deposits which are accounted for
as personal deposits a certificate from the administrator of every personal ledger
account to the effect that the balance claimed by him is of a named amount, and
detailing his outstanding cheques in order to explain the difference between his
balance and that admitted by the Treasury Officer in his plus and minus
memorandum should be sent with the Clearance register.
note.—In respect of sub-treasury personal ledger accounts, the
Treasury Officer should certify annually that the credit balance of
each sub-treasury personal ledger account agrees with the sum of
cash orders ascertained to be outstanding.
127) Immediately after 30th June each year, a list of
deposits or balances of that year which lapse under the rules of Government
should also be submitted to the Accountant General in Form T.A. 49. The list
should be signed by the Collector.
For this purpose the registers of deposit should be taken up early in June and an
extract made on ruled paper of those of each class which will, in ordinary course,
whether from age or pettiness, lapse at the end of the month. This list should then be
reviewed by the Collector, and any item which in his opinion should not be so dealt with
should be struck out and at the same time (if it be an item lapsing from age) entered on
the first page of the Clearance Registers (vide Article 125) for that class, full detail of the
reasons why it is not to lapse being given in a covering memorandum. Similarly, if any
item is repaid in the course of the month, it should be struck out .of this list at the same
time as the payment is entered in registers of receipt and repayment. On 30th June
each of these lists should be checked again with the registers of receipts, in which the
items pertaining to the list should be marked off as having, lapsed and been
credited to Government on 30th June.
Note.—In preparing the lapsed statement the items should be
entered in chronological order and separate totals should be given
for deposits relating to different years.
PART III
CHAPTER V. ---ACCOUNTS OF SMALL COIN DEPOTS
A.—general
128) The directions in this Chapter shall apply primarily to accounts of Small Coin
Depots located at treasuries and sub-treasuries. They shall also apply to
accounts of Small Coin Depots located at Currency Offices and at any branch of
the National Bank unless the Governor-General directs otherwise.
129) The accounts of Small Coin Depots are treated as departmental accounts of the
Central Government, the balances in those depots not being included in the
general cash balance of the Central Government. The accounts and balances of
a Small Coin Depot located at a treasury should, therefore, be kept entirely
separate from the accounts and balance of the treasury.
B.—accounts to be kept
130) The accounts of the depots should be kept in Form T.A. 50. T.A.50 A. Every
transaction should be entered at the time of its occurrence and the closing
balance struck.
C.—accounts returns
131) On every day on which transactions occur a slip in Form T.A. 51/51-A, being a
copy of the entry of the transaction in the depot accounts, with the balance
before and after it, should be despatched to the Accountant General and to the
Currency Officer concerned.
132) As an alternative to the submission of a daily slip to him, the Accountant General
may require the submission of a monthly account in Form T.A.51 on such date as
may be settled by him with the Currency Officer concerned.
133) Early in July each year, a certificate in the following form signed by the Collector
or in his absence by the officer who signs the accounts under Article 121 should
be submitted to the Accountant-General to whom the accounts of the depot are
rendered :—
"The closing balance of the Small Coin Depot at .............. on the 30th
June...................... according to the Depot Book maintained in
Form................ is Rs. ................ ............This balance has been duly
verified according to the prescribed rules".
134) For depots located at the Currency Offices/Branches of the National Bank of
Pakistan a certificate in the following form in respect of the last verification
conducted in the preceding financial year should be submitted to the Accountant-
General by the State Bank of Pakistan July each year :—
"The balance of the Small Coin Depot at ..................on...............
according to the Depot Book was Rs............This balance has been
duly verified according to the prescribed rules ".
1
List of Forms
FORMS
FORM T. A. 1.
(See Chap. Ill, Arts. 32 and 50).
Cash Book of Receipts/Payments of the Treasury for the Month of----------------19-----
Register 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st Total from Total for Regist
No. the 11th to the month er No.
the end of
the month.
Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P.
Revenue/Expenditure heads
to be prescribed according to
local convenience by the
Local Account Officers.
TOTAL --
Closing Entries.
Deduct----
3
Sub treasuries
Transfer payments
State Bank Deposits
Add---
Remittances and transfers
within the District (applies to
non-bank treasuries)
Net Receipts/Payments
3
These entries should be omitted from the cash book for central transactions maintained by provisional treasuries.
FORM T. A. 2.
(See Chap. Ill, Arts. 35 and 38).
REGISTER OF------------- RECEIPTS
Remarks
Date of Mum her of Dale of Sub-Treasury Return From Whom received or Daily total Daily total Initials of
Receipt Chalan from what Treasury of each carried to Treasury
Detailed heads
Treasury Cash Officer
Book
Total ...
FORM T. A. 3.
(See Chap. Ill, Arts, 35 and 38.)
REGISTER OF -------------------------EXPENDITURE
Treasury for the month of-----------19 -----
Date Reference To whom paid, Particulars Detailed Heads Daily total Initials of Remarks
etc. Treasury Officer
of Payment number of Vouchers
Treasury office
non-bank sub-treasuries non-bank sub-treasuries bank sub-treasuries
subordinate to it. subordinate to a bank subordinate to a
treasury. Provincial treasury.
Receipts Payments Receipts Payments Receipts Payments Receipts Payments Receipts Payments Receipts Payments Receipts Payments
Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P.
Total for
the
month
Net Total
carried
into the
Cash
Accounts
or Lists
of
Payment
s.
4
Receipts/payments entered in Part III are Receipts/payments of the Provincial Government occurring at a Central non-bank sub-treasury subordinate to a treasury of that Province.
5
Receipts/payments entered in Part IV are totals of columns 4/5of the Central/Provincial Register of Adjustment by Transfers (Form T.A.5) posted as deduct entries.
6
Receipts/payments entered in Part V are Receipts of Part A---Receipts of Part---B/Payments of Part A---Payments of Part---B of the Register of Misclassification by the Bank(Form T.A.7.)
FORM T. A. 5
(See Chap. Ill, Art.39.)
TREASURY---------------------PROVINCIAL/CENTRAL
Check Register of Adjustments by Transfer for the month of-----------------------19.
Date Particulars of bills or chalans Net Amount Amount adjustable by transfer Gross Amount to be Head of Accounts Initials by Treasury
credit to entered in the Officer
1 2 3 7
Departmental Register
8
6
Provincial Central
Government Government
4 5
General Simultaneously the items should be taken to the Cash Book of Central Receipts under the
appropriate heads of accounts by a deduct entry under the head 'Adjusting Account between
Note 1.—Vouchers or items debitable by transfer to the Central Government should be
Central and Provincial, III—Adjustments by Transfer'.
classified -Central" and posted in the Central Register in the column “Provincial” and vice versa.
Central Register
Provincial Register
Note 4.—The total of items in column 4 of this Register should be taken to the Cash
Note 2.—Items as per column 4 of the Provincial Register should be taken to the Cash
Book of Central Payments as deduct entry against the head 'Adjusting Account between
Book of Provincial Receipts under the appropriate heads of accounts. When the daily
Central and Provincial, 111—Adjustments by Transfers'. At the same time the items should
agreement of the Cash Book figures is made with the corresponding figures in the accounts of
be posted in the Cash Book of Provincial Receipts under the appropriate heads of account
the Bank or the Treasurer's Cash Book, the total of the items in this column should be deducted
by a deduct entry against the head Adjusting Accounts between Central and Provincial, etc.
both from the Receipts and Payments sides of the Cash Book.
Note 5.—The items in column 5 of the Central Register should be posted in the Cash
Note 3.—The total of items of column 5 of the Provincial Register should he taken to the
Book of Central Receipts under the appropriate heads of accounts. See also the second
Cash Book of Provincial Payments as a deduct entry against the head 'Adjusting Account
sentence of note 2 above.
between Central and Provincial, III—Adjustments by Transfers.
FORM T. A. 6.
(See Chap. III. Art. 44.)
Register of State Bank Deposits central /provincial for the month of-----------19----
TREASU RY
Date (I) Net Payments (2) Net Receipts (3) Initials of Treasury Officer (4)
Rs. P. Rs. P.
Note. ---There will be only one entry in column (2) or column (3), as the case may be, against each date. When the total receipts exceed the total
payment the difference will be posted in column (2) and when the total payments exceed the total receipts, they will be posted in column (3).
FORM T. A. 7.
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 47)
Register of Misclassifications by the _ _ _ ______ Branch of_ __________ Bank of Pakistan
TREASU RY
Rs. P. Rs. P.
Total A
Rs. P. Rs. P.
Total B
FORM T. A. 8.
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 47.)
DAILY SHEET OF SUB-TREASURY
Siaha of--------------------------Tehsil of the---------------- District for-----------------------19---
RECEI PTS
Rs. P.
Total Receipts
DISBURSEMENTS
Rs. P.
Total Disbursements
Opening Balance...
Receipt of the day...
Total...
Balance ...
Net difference between receipts and
payments of the Central.
7
Closing Balance
Total
FORM T. A. 9.
7
These entries will not appear in the Central Daily Sheet of a Provincial Sub-Treasury.
Signature of Treasury Clerk
with date of posting. Tehsildar
Siaha-Nawis
Sub-Treasurer
Initials of Treasury Officer
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 50.)
Accountant’s Daily Balance Sheet for---------------------19---
Rs. P.
Opening balance as per last page.
Receipts as per cash book.
Total
Disbursement as per cash book.
Closing Balance.
Payments made into treasury by officers of the department Payments made into treasury on account of the department
Date of receipt
Remarks
---- ---- ---- ---- Daily total
From when
carried to
account.
received
On what
On account On account On account On account Cash Book.
Other items
of----- of----- of----- of-----
Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P.
FORM T. A. 11)
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 57.)
Register of Payments made to Officers of the------------------------------------------------ Department on Cheques against Letters of Credit or otherwise from----------------------to----------------19--.
8 9 10
Daily total of
payments carried
Cheque Book Ho. Cheque Book No. Cheque Book No. Cheque Book No. Book
Serial No.
Serial No.
Serial No.
Serial No.
Date of
Payment
No of
No. of Initials Initials No. of Initials of No. of Initials
Amount Balance Chequ Amount Balance Amount Balance Amount Balance
cheque of T.O. of T.O. cheque T.O. cheque of T.O.
e
8
Entries should be made in the column of 'balance' only when the amounts are drawn against letters of credit. Each such entry and each payment entry must be attested by the Treasury Officer's initials, who should see that the balance is correct in each case.
9
In the case of payments at the Bank or at sub-treasury, it should be sufficient to enter in the register the daily total paid and to note the balance available after each such entry,
10
A separate column should be used for each officer having a letter of credit or separate account on the treasury.
FORM T. A. 12.
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 58.)
Treasury. ----------------------------- From ---------------------------------Forest
------------------------Division
Consolidated Receipt cum schedules for Forest
Cash Remittances. ----------------------------------------------------------- For--------------------19--
Rs. Ps.
Countersigned
Forest Officer
Division
Officer-in-charge of Treasury
19—-. Dated---—--19-
FORM T. A. 13.
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 58.)
TREASU RY
Register/Schedule of Forest Cheques paid during -------------------------------------19-----
Particulars of
Cheque
Date of
By whom drawn Division Division Remarks
Payment
No. Date
Rs. P. Rs. P.
FORM T. A. 14.
(See Chap. Ill, Arts. 59 and 87)
(DEFENCE MI NISTRY REMITTANCES DIVISION
List of Receipts on account of Defence Ministry Remittances (from
Defence Ministry to Civil) in the---------------------------------- Treasury for the
month of -------------------------------- 19---.
N.B.—Departmental receipts are received from or on the authority of the officers of the
Defence Ministry.
FORM T. A. 15
(Sec Chap. Ill Art 59).
MISCELLAN EOUS RECEIPTS OF DEFENCE MINISTRY DIVISION
List of Miscellaneous Receipts of Defence Ministry in the
Treasury during the month of------------------------------19---.
Rs. P. Rs. P.
FORM T. A. 16
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 59)
Register/ Schedule of payments made to officers of the Defence
Ministry-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Circle on account of
cheques against
Assignments during the month of---------------------19---
Date of payment
Serial No. of Voucher
Remarks
Daily total
for other
carried to
Departmental
Number of
cashbook
Amount11
Cheque
Officers
Balance
Initials of T.O.
Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P.
11
A cash remittance made, under special orders, to a military treasure chest, is to be entered
in this column.
FORM T. A. 17
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 59).
DEFENCE MINISTRY----------------------------------------------------- DIVISION.
List of Miscellaneous Payments on account of Defence Ministry at the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------from the-----------------to the--------------of---------------------------19--.
Consecutive No. of
Initials of Treasury
Sale of Daily Total
Officer 1
No. of large Sale of carried to
Date Sale of
Chalan sized service the Cash
By book By book Postage
In Cash In Cash Regis- stamps Book
transfer transfer stamps
tration
ordinary
envelopes
Total...
FORM T. A. 19.
(See Chap. Ill, Art.60.)
Register of Payments made to Post Office for the month of
TREASURY
Total...
Date of receipt.
Number of deposit.
Rs.
Amount of each deposit.
P.
Rs. Initials of T.O
Date.
Initials of T.O
Date.
Rs.
Initials of T.O
(See Chap. Ill, Arts.64, 66 and Note 2 to Art.35).
Date.
Details of repayments.
Rs.
Initials of T.O
Date.
Initials of T.O
Rs.
Total
P.
repayments
Rs.
P.
credited to
Lapsed and
Government.
Note. The entry in the column “Nature of deposit” should be sufficient explain why the amount deposited.
FORM T. A. 21
(See Chap. Ill, Art. 66).
Register of Payments of------------------------------- Deposits at ------------------------------Treasury in the month of
Balance after
Amount each transaction.
Date No. of Payment cheque. Amount paid. Treasury Officer's initials.
received.
12
I f there be large number of transactions on the same day, a balance reed not be struck after each transaction bin the Treasury
Officer, if there be any possibility of an overdrawal, should by totalling the items of receipts and refunds and striking the balance
whenever necessary satisfy himself that the balance is not overdrawn. The Treasury Officer, should, however, strik invariably, a total at
the end of each day's transact ions.
FORM T. A. 23.
(See Chapter III, Art. 69)
REGISTER OF ORDERS ON SUB-TREASURIES ISSUED AND ADJUSTED
The column "Payment at Sub-Treasury" is provided under "Orders issued" in order to give space for making off paid orders and ascertaining whether the total of the orders outstanding
agrees with the balance on the books. The balance month by month (the difference between the sums of the two columns of daily totals) should he carried for warded to the new month to the
column "Dally total" under "Orders issued". Under Orders paid" the entries should be made in the order in which the paid orders are received back from the sub-treasury without reference
to period of issue, and the total should be agreed with the total charge in the sub-treasury account; the payments should at the same time be marked off in the issue columns from the original
paid orders. The orders may be numbered in a general series for the whole district, but those on each sub-treasury must also be numbered in a separate annual series. The column “Value how
received” is intended for remarks denoting cash or transfer.
FORM T. A. 24.
(See Chapter III, Arts. 70 and 73)
Register of Daily Receipts and Repayments of Personal Deposits at the-----------------Treasury in the month of------
Receipts Payment
Daily
Daily total
total to Account
Date to cash
Date Account No. cash No.
book.
book.
Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P.
Total Total
A separate column each side should be assigned to each account, in which the daily gross receipt and gross charge
should be entered from the personal ledger. Thus there should be lister One single line in this register for the transactions of all
personal ledger accounts each day, and its gross totals should give the figures to pass into the cash book. A page of foolscap
has probably breath enough for nine such accounts if there be more than one page can accommodate either the two sides may be
separated into different parts of the same volume, the same columns being carried a cross both pages or more than one register
may be opened and the totals of the second, third, etc. , carried into separate column of the first,
FORM T. A. 25.
(See Chapter III, Art. 78).
Register of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances drawn on the
Rank
Treasury at
Sub-Treasury
No. of Item Date Drawn. Nature of Name of Name of Serial No. Exchange. Amount. Initials of Sub- Remarks
drawing. Remitter. Payee. of treasury
On. Place. Remittanc Officer
e13. Treasury,
Rs. P. Rs. P.
13
In the case of Telegraphic Transfers the Name of the beneficiary should be given.
FORM T. A. 26.
(See Chapter III, Art. 82).
Register of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances encashed during the period----------------
from--------------------------to-------------------------
Initials of Treasury
Drawn By
No. of Nature of Serial No. of
Place. Date Amount. Remarks.
Item. drawing Remittance14
Sub-treasury Officer.
Rs. P.
14
In the case of Telegraphic Transfers the name of the beneficiary should be given.
FORM T. A. 27.
(See Chapter III, Art. 86).
Register of Military Treasure Remittances drawn by Treasury on the Military Treasure Chest at
Numbers.
Remarks.
Initials of
To whom To whom
Date. Serial. Printed (or Amount. Treasury
granted. payable.
General). Officer.
Rs. P.
FORM T. A. 28.
(See Chapter III, Art. 87)
List of Military Treasure Remittances drawn by the--------------------------Treasury on the Military Treasure Chest at--------------------------------
Date
Number Amount
To whom
The columns to right of this space should be left blank for use in the Accountant
(printed or To whom Balance at close
payable. Amount pa/d in Amount paid in Amount paid in paid in rest of
general). granted. Amount of Amount paid first month after second month after third month after of quarter next
quarter after quarter of
each Remit- in month of Issue. issue. issue. succeeding issue.
tance. issue.
quarter of
5 6 11
4 10
2 3 7 8 9
1
General’s Office.
FORM T. A. 29
Deleted.
FORM T. A. 30
Deleted.
FORM T. A. 31.
(See Chapter III, Art. 91)
TREASU RY
Register of Advances made/recovered in thee month of------------19--
1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of Voucher.
Names of Pensioners.
Charitable Allowances.
TREASURY
Allowances.
(See Chapter III, Arts. 91)
Compassionate Allowances.
Gratuities.
Register of------------------------pensions paid during the month of-------------------------------19--.
FORM T. A. 34.
(See Chapter 111, Art. 91)
REGISTER / SCH E D U LE OF PAYM E NT O F COUPONS ON BEARER BON DS
Treasury---------------------------------for the month ----------------------------19---
Particulars of the coupons paid. Amount of coupons paid.15 Net Payments. Treasury
Officer's
Date No of bond. Amount Deductions Daily Total
Initials.
of Income of Net
15
S u b -co lu m n s sh o u ld b e o p e n e d a cco rd in g to lo ca l re q u ire m e n ts.
Half year, rep- Tax. payments.
of bond. resented by Dividend Nos.
coupons. 3 % of 2 ½ % of 3 % of
of coupons.
OfficerInitials of Treasury
No. of half years for
Date up to which paid.
Deduction of Income-tax
Amount of Note.
Interest paid. credited per contra.
Name of payee
No. of voucher
which paid.
No. of Note.
Daily total of
Date.
Total
Name of loan should be entered in the Blank columns as required. Total (in words). ----------------
Treasury Officer.
FORM T. A. 36.
(See Chapter IV. Arts. 56 and 95)
TREASU RY
Central/Provincial Cash Account for the month of-----------------------------------------------------------------19--.
Number
Heads of Revenue or Receipts. Amount. Remarks.
of Schedule.
Rs. P.
FORM T. A.37.
(See Chapter IV, Arts. 56 and 95)
TREASURY
Central/Provincial List of Payments from the------------------------to the---------------of
Number Heads
Amount.
of of
Schedule. Disbursements. Remarks.
Total.
16
1. Opening balance 1. Opening balance (in non-bank treasuries and sub-
treasuries)
2. Central Receipts / Payments
2. Provincial Receipts / Payments (including unclassified
(Detailed under relevant heads)
items and transactions on behalf of other Provinces)
3. State Bank Deposits—(Central) (Detailed under relevant heads).
(in bank-treasuries and sub-treasuries). 3. State Bank Deposits of—Provincial)
17
4. Adjusting Account between Central and (in bank treasuries and sub-treasuries).
Provincial Governments—
4. Adjusting Account between
Rs. P. Central and Provincial Govern-
ments—
Rs. P.
I. Difference between Cash receipts and
disbursements of the Central Government in I. Difference between Cash receipts and
non-bunk treasuries and sub-treasuries. disbursements of the Central Government in
Provincial non-bank treasuries and sub-
II. Difference between Cash receipts and treasuries.
disbursements of the Provincial Government
of in Central sub-treasury subordinate to the II. Difference between Cash receipts and
Provincial treasury. disbursements of the Provincial Government of
in Central sub-treasury subordinate to the
IIl. Adjustments by transfers Provincial District treasury.
IV. Misclassifications by the Branch Bank III. Adjustments by transfers
IV. Misclassifications by the Branch Bank
5. Total 5. Total
6. Closing Balance as per Cash Balance Report 6. Closing Balance as per Cash Balance Report (in Non-
bank treasuries and sub-treasuries).
16
These lines are intended for Cash balance in a Central non-bank sub-treasury, if any, subordinate to a Provincial District treasury.
17
Only the net amount under this head should be shown in the money column body of the "Receipts" or "Payments" as the case may be, the details by sub-heads being given in the
Abstract.
FORM T. A. 39.
(See Chap. IV, Art. 102)
T R EASU RY
Schedule of Forest Remittances credited during---------------------
19-------------------------------as acknowledged in separate consolidated Treasury
Receipts (Form T. A. 12).
Rs. P.
Total
Form T. A. 40.
(See Chap. IV, Art. 103)
TREASU RY
Schedule of Receipts of the Post Office Department for the month of
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------19---.
Ditto of
Ditto of
Ditto of
Ditto of
Ditto of
Total
Treasury Officer.
FORM T. A. 41.
(See Chap. IV, Art. 103)
TREASURY
Schedule of Receipts of the Telegraph Department for the month of
Rs. P. Rs. P.
Total ...
Treasury Officer.
FORM T. A 42.
(See Chap. IV, Art. 104)
Schedule of Payments/Cheques paid on account of-----------------------
Department from-------------------------------------------------------------------
to-----------------------------------19---.
Rs. P.
FORM T. A. 43.
(See Chap, IV, Arts. 105 and 125)
N.B. ---- It is not necessary to total the last 3 columns of this register.
FORM T. A. 44.
(See Chap. IV, Art. 107.)
[For use only where a duplicate (carbon) copy of Form T. A. 21 is not utilised for the purpose.]
List of Repayments of ---------------------Deposits of-------------------------Treasury for the month of
-----------------------------------19--.
Rs. P. Rs. P.
FORM T. A. 45.
(See Chap. IV, Art.108)
Extract Register of Receipts and Personal Deposits at the---------------------------------------- Treasury in the month of.
Accounts Opening balances Receipts of month Total credits No. of Payments Closing balances
Vouche
rs
Total
FORM T. A. 46.
(See Chap. IV, Arts.90 and 110.)
Plus and minus memorandum of----------------------for-------------------------19—
Nature of Transactions Balance from the last Additions to balance this Total Deductions from Balance at the end of the
month month balance month
1 2 3 4 5 7
Treasury
Dated 19 Treasury Officer
FORM T. A. 47.
(See Chap. IV, Art.117.)
--------------------
TREASURY
Weekly intimation of central transactions
From 1-8-------------------------------19
From 9-16-------------------------------19
From 17-24-------------------------------19
From 25-30/31-------------------------------19
Cr. Dr.
(i ) Central Transactions
Treasury
Dated 19 Head Treasury Clerk Treasury Officer
FORM T. A. 48.
(See Chap. IV, Art.119.)
TREASURY
Memo. Of Vouchers appertaining to the List of Payments and the Cash Account for the month of
19
Number of
Treasury
Dated 19 Head Treasury Clerk Treasury Officer
FORM T. A. 48.
(See Chap. IV, Art.127.)
18
STATEMENT OF LAPSED DEPOSITS OF THE
Treasury, for the year 19
Rs. P. Rs. P.
18
Civil Criminal Courts or Revenue
FORM T. A. 48.
(See Chap. IV, Art.130.)
Small Nickel, Bronze and Copper Dept. Book
Article
Accounts Returns—
See Returns.
Accounts (Treasury)—
Cash Book—
See Cash Book.
Central transactions in Provincial treasuries kept in separate set of Books
Daily closing of— 32 Note
Deposits, of 50—54
See Deposits.
Incorporation of Sub-treasury—
June— 47—49
Date of closing
Last date of intimation of corrections 55
Monthly closing of— 55—56
61
Monthly settlement of—
Subsidiary Registers
See Registers.
Transactions of Departments which render separate cash accounts
57—61
Treasurer's—
Cash Book
Stock Registers
29—30
31
Adjustments by transfer---
Classification 25—26
Entry of—in Treasurer's Cash Book 29
Entry of — in Accountant's Cash Book 33—34
How — relating to Deposits accounted for 67
Register of— 39—40
Advances—
Recoveries of — of Government servants, schedule of— 98(iii)
Register of— made/recovered
Revenue—
See Revenue Advances.
Temporary—of stamps. How adjusted 113
Bank---
Expression—defined 3(2)
Bank Treasury—
Daily account of receipts and payments received from the Bank by---
Expression—defined 42
Register of Misclassifications by the Bank kept in— 3(3)
Register of State Bark Deposits kept in— 45- 46
Special directions for posting the Cash Book— 44
43
Balance Sheet---
Form of Accountant's— 50
Bearer Bonds—
Register for payment of interest on—
91(iv)
Burma Government---
Classification of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances between Pakistan and —
22
Classification of transactions on behalf of —
C 10
Cash Account—
Certificate of Cash balance to be given in— 122
Form and preparation of— 95—79
Month's totals of the subsidiary registers carried of— 56
Signing of— 121
Submission of—to Accountant General 119—120
Cash Balances—
Account balances agreed with actual— 56
Certificate of verification of— 122(1)
Cask Book---
Accountant's—
Daily closing 50—54
Form and upkeep 32—34
Posting of transactions incorrectly classified in Bank's daily account 46
Posting of transactions reported by the sub-treasury 49
Special directions for posting in bank treasuries 43
Treasurer's— 29—30
How posted
Cash Orders—
Certificate of agreement of balances of— 123(2)
Plus and Minus Memorandum of— 110,116
Register of— 69,116
Statement of Lapsed— 115,120
Central Departments---
Railway transactions to be accounted for as those of— 4 Note
104,120
Schedule of payments made on behalf of certain
Certificates---
Actual count or weighment of stock of stamps and opium, of 123(1)
Agreement of figures under the head "Slate Bank Deposits" with Bank's account, of 122(2)
Annual— of balances of personal deposits 126
Annual—of Small Coin Depot Balances 133
Monthly—of balance of Cash orders 123(2)
Verification of Cash Balance, of 122(1)
Classification—
Board—of receipts and payments 4
Earnest money deposits of Forest and Defence Departments 15
Misclassifications by the Bark 45-46
Pay and allowances of Public Works Department and Department of Central 13
Excises and Salt 14
Payments on account of compensation for lands for Public Works Department 16
Pensions derived from old Military Orphan and Medical Fund 22
Remittances (State Bank of Pakistan)— 22
State Bank of Pakistan Remittances 17—19
Transaction between Pakistan and Burma 21 Note
Remittances (cash) — Local and Foreign Mint— 21
Small Coin Depot-Transfers within the treasury 19
Transactions adjusted by transfer 25—26
Transactions on account of the State Bank 11
Transactions on behalf of Burma 10
Transactions on behalf of Foreign Governments and Pakistan States 10
Transactions which cannot be allocated to any particular Department or head 5
Transactions with Departments which draw money by cheques 12—16
Transactions with other Governments — 6—8
In Provincial treasuries In Central treasuries Transactions with Railways 9
9-A
Clearance Register—
See Deposits.
Closing Abstract—
Form and preparation 97
Monthly totals from the Register of Adjustments between Central and Provincial 37
Go-earned to —
Collector 124
Examination of the Extract Register of Receipts of Deposits by the 121
Signing of the monthly account by-
Consolidated Receipts---
Form of— furnished to Forest officers 58
Currency Chests-
General rule for classification of Remittances through—between treasuries 17
Special rule for classification of remittances through— between treasuries in
Provinces where there is no State Bank and the State Bank 18
Daily Sheet---
Form and preparation 47
Items in the—excluded from the accounts of the District treasury 48
Separate — for transactions of the Central Government in a Provincial Sub- 49
treasury
Deductions— 26
When accounted for as receipts
Defence Department—
Accounts of receipts and payments of— 59
Classification of transactions with or on behalf of— 12,15,16,23
Schedules of transactions on behalf of— 101,127
Deposits—
Civil and Criminal Courts— Method of accounting 71—72
Clearance Register of— 125—126
From and preparation
Local Funds—
See Local Funds Personal—
Certificate of balances
Register of Cash Orders on Sub-treasuries
Register of Daily Receipts and Repayments 126
Register of Personal Deposits 69
Plus and Minus Memorandum 70
Refund of Lapsed— 68
Slate Bank— 110
See State Bank Deposits. 63
Returns—
See Returns.
Revenue—
Earnest money deposits
Record of adjustment by transfer 15
Register of Receipts 64—65
Register of Repayments 66
Schedules—
Extract Register of receipts and payments of Personal Deposits
Extract Register of repayments of Revenue Deposits
Extract Register of Revenue deposits received 108,120
See Extract Register. 107,120
Statement of Lapsed— 127
Form, preparation and submission
Sub-treasury items— 126 Note
Annual certificate of agreement of balances 69
Cash Orders—adjustment 77
Credit to be quoted against repayments 123
Monthly certificate of agreement 76
Register of deposits at the sub-treasury 75
To be brought separately upon the district registers 26(iii)
When gross should be charged
E
Earnest Money Deposits---
Classification of — made by tenders of Forest and Defence Departments 15
Foreign Government— 10
Classification of transactions on behalf of—
Foreign Remittances—
Cash Remittances 17—18, 20—
21
Forest Department—
Accounts of receipts and payments of— 58
Classification of transactions with or on behalf of— 12,15
Schedule of transactions on behalf of— 101—102,
120
Forms—
Extent, to which—can be modified Government and the Accountant General 2
Treasurer’s Records prescribed by Government 29,31
General Direction—
Directions in Volume I of the Account Code applicable to Treasuries 1
Government—
Expression—defined (3)6)
Income-tax —
Deductions on account of —from bills accounted for as receipts 26(i)
Schedule of— Receipts 100, 120
J
June Accounts—
See Accounts
Lapsed Deposits—
See Deposits.
Local Funds-
Accounts at the treasury 73—74
Deductions on account of—When credited as receipts 26(ii)
Plus and Minus Memorandum 110
Local Remittances—
Cash Remittances 17-20
Mint Remittances—
Between Small Coin Depot and Mint 21 Note
Between Treasury and Mint 20
Monthly Settlement---
Account with certain Departmental officers, of 61
Net Payments—
Are entered in the daily account of the Bank 43, Note 1 26
To be entered in Treasury account, exceptions
Non-bank Treasury—
Expression—defined 34
Opium
Plus and Minus Memorandum for— 110, 123
Treasure's records of— 30—31
P
Pakistan States—
Classification of Transactions on behalf of 10
Pensions---
Classification of— derived from the old Military' Orphan and Medical Funds 16
Register for payments of— 91(iii)
Personal Deposits —
See Deposits.
Personal Ledgers---
Certificate regarding balances 126
Form of— used for account of cash orders 669
Form of— used for personal deposits 8
Promissory Notes---
Register for payment of interest on— 91(v)
Quarterly Certificates—
See certificates.
Railway Transactions—
Classification of 9-A
Form of Accounts kept for — 38-A
Schedule of— 101,104,120
Weekly statements 117— 118
Returns (Treasury)—
Cash Account—
See Cash Account.
Dates of submission to Accountant General 93
How prepared 93
List of Payments—
See List of Payments.
Plus and Minus Memoranda—
See Plus and Minus Memoranda
Separate—of Central transactions rendered by Provincial treasuries 94
Statements—
Submission to Accountant General—
See Submission.
Supporting schedules—
See Schedules.
Revenue Advances—
How accounted for 90
Irrecoverable—hew to be accounted for 90 Note
Plus and Minus Memoranda 110
Revenue Deposits—
See Deposits.
Schedules---
Daily—of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances drawn 80
Daily—of Slate Bank of Pakistan Remittances encashed 82
Departmental Disbursing Officers, for 101—104
Deposit transaction, of—
See Deposits
General directions for preparation of— 98-99
Income-tax receipts, of 100
List of—accompanying the Cash Account 120
List of—accompanying the List 120
--------------------------------of Payments Schedule
Nil— 98(i),Note2
Railways, for
Seamen's Money Orders, of 101, 104
Special directions for preparation of—submitted to Accountant General, Pakistan 109
Revenues 91 Note
Submission of first Schedule of payments 119
Scope of Directions—
Small Coin Depot accounts 128
Treasury accounts 126 Note 27,
92
Cancellation of drafts---
How accounted for 84
Classification 22
Exchange of drafts—
How accounted for 85
Register of drawings 78
Register of encashments 82
Schedule of drawings 80
Schedule of encashments 82
Transactions in Sub-Treasuries 83
Statements—
Daily—of receipts and payments by the Bank 42—43
Lapsed Deposits, of 127
Lapsed Sub-treasury Cash Orders, of 115, 120
Weekly—of Central/Railway transactions in Provincial non-bank sub-treasuries 118
sub
ordinate to a Provincial bank treasury
117
Weekly—of receipts and disbursement on behalf of the Central! Government and
Railways in Provincial non-bank treasuries
Stock Certificates---
Register for payment of interest on— 91(v)
Subsidiary Registers---
Daily closing of— 50
Forms of—for specified classes of transactions 41
Monthly closing of— 56
See Registers also.
Sub-Treasury—
Account of Cash Orders issued on— 69
Daily Sheet---
See Daily Sheet.
Date of closing the—accounts for the month 55
Deposits at—
See Deposits.
Drawings and Encashments of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances at— 83
Form of accounts to be kept at— 27
Incorporation of—accounts in Treasury Accounts 47—49
Treasurer—
Forms of—'s records to be prescribed by Government 29,31
Treasury—
Bank---
See Bank Treasury.
Expression—defined 3(5)
Non-bank—
See Non-bank Treasury.
Unclassified items 5
Weekly Statements---
See Statements.
Serial No. of
Correction
Article affected
Date of Posting
Serial No. Of
Correction
Article affected
Date of Posting
Note of Posting of Corrections
Serial No. Of
Correction
Article affected
Date of Posting
VOLUME III
(Departmental Accounts)
(Applicable to the Federal Civil Servants)
Upto-date Amendments
REVISED EDITION
1992
IDEAL BOOKS
PART I.—GENERAL
CHAPTER 1.—GENERAL
ARTICLES
A.—INTRODUCTORY 1
D.—DEFINITIONS 9
A.—GENERAL 10-13
E.—WORKS EXPENDITURE—
I. Original Works or Repairs 22
II. Civil Works 23-24
III. Irrigation, Navigation, Embankment and Drainage Works 25-30
IV. Non-Government Works 31-34
V. Famine Relief Works 35
VI. Road Development Works 36
F.—EXPENDITURE ON STORES 37
H.—GRANTS-IN-AID 43-46
I.—SUSPENSE TRANSACTIONS—
I. General 47
II. Purchases 48-50
III. Stock-
51
a) General 52
b) Manufacture 53
c) Land and Kilns 54-57
IV. Miscellaneous P. W. Advances 58-61
V. London Stores 62
VI. Workshop Suspense
L.—DEPOSITS 73-74
A.—General 79
B.—cash book—
I. Upkeep 80,80A-81
II. Balancing 82-83
III. Rectification of Errors 84-85
A.—GENERAL 91-93
B.—STOCK—
I. General 94-95
II. Initial Accounts 96-99
III. Subsidiary Accounts 100
IV. Rectification of Errors 101-103
A.—GENERAL 105
A.—GENERAL 112
A.—GENERAL 117-119
B.—DETAILED RECORDS—
I.—Cash Charges-
a) Introductory 120
b) Muster Rolls 121-122
c) Measurement Book 123-124
d) Bills and vouchers 125
II.—Charges on account of materials—
a) Introductory 126
b) Issues to Contractors 127
c) Issues Direct to Works 128-130
d) Carriage and Incidental Charges 131
III.—Book Adjustments 132
C.—CONSOLIDATED RECORDS—
I.—Works Abstracts—
a) General 133-134
b) Sub-heads 135-136
c) Records of Progress 137
d) Liabilities against the Work 138-139
e) Preparation. Completion and Disposal 140
II.—Register of Works-
a) Form and Preparation 141-142
b) Closing of Accounts on Completion of Works 143-1487
c) Correction of Errors after the Closing of 149
Accounts
III.—Contractors' Ledger- 150-151
a) Form and use 152
b) Posting 153-154
c) Balancing and Reconciliation
A.—GENERAL 155-156
A.—GENERAL 173-174
A.—GENERAL 180
A.—GENERAL 204
1. Stock
Stock (including manufacture)
2. Work concerned
Transfer from another work
3. Purchases
Transfer from another division, department or
Government.
4. Purchases
Suppliers
5. London Stores.
Obtained through the High Commissioner for
Pakistan, London.
6. Head concerned
Charges in Pakistan on (5)
If the amount thus credited differs from the charge made to the contractors' account,
the excess of the former over the latter, should be treated as additional final outlay (plus or
minus as the case may be) on the work, and a separate sub-head entitled " Additional
Charges for Materials issued to Contractors ", opened for the purpose in the accounts of
work of which accounts are kept by sub-heads, vide Article 135.
Note 1.—The object of these rules is to ensure that the full amount
recoverable from the -contractor is debited to his account as soon as
the materials are delivered, so that (l)he may not receive payment, at full
rates, for the completed items of work before the value of the
Government materials used by him therein, has been charged to his
account, or (2) his final bill for the work done may not be settled before
the full value of materials recoverable from him has been debited to his
account.
Note 2.—Issues from Stock (including Manufacture) should be
accounted for through the Stock returns. For other issues, a transfer
entry should be prepared b\ the Sub-divisional Officer in Form P. W. A. 7
as soon as each transaction takes place.
Note 3.-—The provisions of this Article shall not apply to tools and plant
which are borne on the Tools and Plant lists of the division and are,
under the rules of Government, lent temporarily to contractors for use
on Government works.
(c) Issues Direct to Works
128)
a) In all cases materials issued direct to a work should, as soon as
received, be brought to account as indicated below:—
The full value credited to the head concerned should be debited to the work (Article
129).
b) In the case of materials received direct from suppliers full details of
the articles received should at the same time be entered in a measure-merit book,
with the full name of the work as entered in the estimate, vide Article 119.
129)
a) When materials are issued direct to a work their cost should either be
treated as a final charge or debited to the suspense head " Materials '' in the
accounts of the work, as prescribed in Article 136.
b) When the suspense head “Materials " is used, a detailed account of
materials issued to, or returned from, the work will be kept in such form as
Government may prescribe in consultation with the Accountant General in order that
the total issues of each kind of materials may be watched with reference to the
estimated requirements.
c) Government will also lay down rules for the periodical verification of
unused balances of materials debited to works and for the disposal of the
Verification Reports.
130) If any surplus materials at site of works are transferred to works in progress or
brought on to stock account, their value should be credited to the work to which they
were issued originally and debited to the work to which they are transferred or to the
stock account, as the case may be,
(d) Carriage and Incidental Charges
131)
a) The cost of carriage of stock materials to site of work, and of all carriage
charges in connection with the movement, from place to place, of other materials
issued to or provided specially for a work should be debited direct to the account of
the work, the exact classification of charge being as indicated below :—
I. Issues to Contractors allowed under the The sub-head “Additional Charges for
terms of their contracts. Materials issued to Contractors"' or "Final
Charges ", according as the accounts of the
a) To the promised place of delivery
work are or are not Kept by sub-heads.
b) Beyond the place of delivery, if
incurred. The personal account of the contractor
under the suspense head "Contractors —
Other Transactions ".
III. Issues Direct to Works The sub-head to which the cost of the
materials is debited.
a) When surplus materials are returned from a work to stock, the cost of
carnage should be borne by the work, but if they are transferred to another work, the
charge may be debited to either work as may be equitable.
b) Incidental charges connected with the movement of materials issued
to or provided specially for a work or returned from a work should be adjusted in the
same way as the cost of carriage.
c) In all cases the places from and to which materials are conveyed, the
distance, the quantity and the approximate weight should be stated clearly in the
payment vouchers.
III.—Book Adjustments
132) The detailed rules governing these adjustments are given in Section 3 of this
Chapter.
C. — CONSOLIDATED RECORDS
I. — Works Abstracts
(b) General
133) An account of all the transactions relating to a work during a month, whether in
respect of cash, stock or other charges Should be prepared in Works Abstract Form
P.W.A. 10 if the accounts of works are required under the rules of Government to be
kept by sub-heads, or in Form P.W.A. 11 if they are not required under those rules to
be so kept. In the case of petty works the accounts of which do not involve suspense
transactions (e.g., advance payments, secured advances or other transactions of
contractors) and for which the estimate, account and completion reports are
prepared on a single form prescribed by Government, no separate Works Abstract
need be prepared,
Note.---Percentage charges on account of Establishment, Tools and
Plant and Account an Audit, levied on works expenditure, should be
shown in Works Abstracts arid Registers of Works through (hey are
included eventually in the cost of works, vide Note 2 on Form P.W.A.27
134) Ordinarily there should be one Works Abstract for each working estimate. if,
however, the estimate is for a large work which is divided into several sub-works, a
separate Works Abstract may be prepared for each sub-work provided that no part
of an estimate should be separated from the rest if any contract for the execution of
work connected with it covers also work connected with the other parts.
(b) Sub-heads
135) Subject to the following directions and subject also to such detailed rules as may be
made by Government in this behalf, the various sub-heads into which the final
charges of a work should be distributed will be determined by the classification
sanctioned in the abstract of the estimate : —
a) Miscellaneous charges of a general nature which do not pertain to
any sub-head in particular, should be treated as separate sub-heads e.g., work-
charged establishment, contingencies, etc.
b) If any part of a work is pulled down and rebuilt to any serious extent,
the extra charges for construction should be debited ordinarily to the sub-head
concerned unless they are recoverable from the contractor under the terms of his
agreement. But if the amount involved be so large as to affect seriously the cost or
rate of the sub-head, it should be debited to the sub-head “Contingencies " or, with
the sanction of competent authority, to a new sub-head additional to the original
sanctioned sub-heads of the estimate.
c) If any receipts or recoveries are credited under the rules to the
account of a work of which accounts are kept "by sub-heads, a special sub-head
should be opened in the Works' Abstract for, the reception of all such credits.
d) In the case works carried out on lump sum contracts the expenditure
need not be booked by sub-heads if all the charges represent nothing but payments
on a lump sum contract.
136) In addition to the head " Final charges ", or the final sub-heads in the case of works
of which accounts are kept by sub-heads,, the following suspense accounts should
be opened in Works Abstracts to record transactions of a temporary character which
are either not adjustable as final outlay in the accounts of the works concerned or of
which the correct classification cannot be determined immediately :—
1. Materials ''—for the record of the cost direct to work. of
materials issued
Note.—When provision is made in the abstract of estimate separately
for "labour" and "materials " under any sub-head, (he account of the
cost of a/1 materials issued to the work from stock, or by purchase,
manufacture or transfer, should be kept under a single head, entitled "
Materials " the sanctioned amount of which should be taken to be
equivalent to the aggregate provision for "materials " in the estimate.
The "labour" divisions only will thus appear in the Works Abstract as
separate subheads of final outlay. The charges booked under the
suspense head materials" should be transferred to the final sub-heads
of works by the divisional office at the time of closing the accounts of
the works, vide Article 145.
2. “Contractors—Advance Payments “for the record of advance
payments and of their recoveries.
Note.—In the case of lump sum contracts, payments, for measured up
additions and alterations, as well as for the work covered by the lump
sum for which no detailed measurements are necessary, should be
-treated like advance payments and brought to account in the woks
accounts under -the suspense head "Contractors— Advance Payments
". If a percentage or any other portion of the value of work done is with-
held as security for the due fulfillment of the terms of the contract, the
net amount remaining after the deduction of the portion withheld,
.should be entered as the advance payment.
3. “Contractors—Secured Advances "—for the record of secured.
advances and of their recoveries.
4. “Contractors—Other Transactions "—for the record of all other
debits or credits to contractors awaiting settlement.
Note.—If a Running Account Bill or Muster Roll's only partly paid, the
total amount due thereon as value of work done or supplies made
should be brought to account in the Works Abstract as final charges or
as expenditure on the sub-heads concerned, and the amount
remaining unpaid should be shown as a minus entry in the appropriate
suspense columns—" Contractors— Other Transactions " or
"Labourers ".
5. “Labourers "—for the record of unpaid wages of labourers and
of their subsequent payment.
Note.—See Note under item (4) above.
(c) Record of Progress
137) Entries of “Progress “in the Works Abstract will be made according to such
instructions as the Government may lay down in this connection.
(d) Liabilities against the Work
138) If a contractor delays receiving final payment for more than one month after his final
bill has been passed, the account of the work as passed on the bill should be
incorporated in the Works Abstract on the authority of the bill and the balance due to
him should be removed from the accounts of the work by credit to the head " Public
Works Deposits " to be dealt with thereafter under the rules of Government, if the
final account of a contractor shows that he has already been overpaid or that the
account closes with a balance due by him and if an immediate recovery is not
practicable, the balance should be removed from the Works Abstract by debit to the
head " Miscellaneous P.W, Advances ".
139) If any wages of labourers remain unpaid after the completion of a work the accounts
of the work may be kept open for a period of one month, which may be extended to
three months at the discretion of the Divisional Officer. Thereafter the accounts of
work should be closed, the balance under the suspense head “Labourers “being left
unadjusted. If unpaid wage- of labourers are claimed and paid subsequent to the
closing of the accounts of a work, the accounts of the work may be re-opened at the
discretion of the Divisional Officer.
(e) Preparation, Completion and Disposal
140) The Works Abstract should be prepared in the sub-divisional office in u«= first
instance. It should be posted day by day from the Cash Book and the connected bills
of contractors and suppliers, cash refunds and readjustment of final charges being
posted as minus entries. At the end of the month, stock and adjustment transactions
should be added and, in the detailed statements provided for the purpose, quantities
of work executed should be posted in accordance with the instructions mentioned in
Article 137 and the closing balance of contractors' accounts should be detailed so
that the correctness of the up-to-date totals under the suspense heads (1)
Contractors—Advance Payments, (2) Contractors— Secured Advances and (3)
Contractors—Other Transactions should be proved. The closing balances arrived at
under, the suspense head ''- Labourers “in each case, should be agreed with the
connected record of unpaid wages and its correctness should be certified over the
dated initials of the Sub-divisional Officer. The Works Abstract should then be for-
warded in original to the divisional office, where all necessary completing entries will
be made in respect of the direct charges and adjustments made by the Divisional
Officer.
Note 1.—The posting of stock and adjustment transactions may, if
preferred, be done entirety in the divisional office.
Note 2.—Postings made in the sub-divisional office should be in black
ink and all postings and corrections made in the divisional office in red
ink.'
Note 3.—Office copies of Works Abstracts need not be kept, as the
originals are returned by the divisional office after completion. Before
the Works Abstracts are sent to the divisional office, the up-to-date
totals should be entered in advance in the returns for the following
month and these should be corrected, if necessary, on return of the
Works Abstracts from the divisional office.
II.—Register of Works (a) Form and preparation
141) A permanent and collective record of the expenditure incurred on all works carried
out during a year should be maintained in the divisional office in Registers of Works.
Form P.W.A. 12 and P.W.A 13 (corresponding respectively to the two forms of
Works Abstracts, Forms P. W. A. 10 and P. W. A. 11) in accordance with the
instructions printed on these forms. These registers should be posted monthly from
Works Abstracts. When Works Abstracts are prepared, under article 134, for the
sub-works or parts of an estimate, the transactions relating to each Works Abstracts
should be posted separately and an abstract for the entire work should be prepared
on a separate folio or set of folios to compare the cost of the work and its sub-works
with the provision in the estimate.
Note.—The maintenance of a register, in Form P.W.A. 13, for petty
works for which the estimate, account and completion reports are
prepared on a single form prescribed by Government (vide Article 133)
is optional.
142) Before the date of submission of the monthly accounts to the Accountant General,
the posting of the Registers of Works should be completed and the registers should
then be laid before the Divisional Officer for review. The monthly account of each
work on which there has been expenditure during the month should be initialled (and
dated) by the Divisional Officer in the column set apart for the purpose, in token of
his having examined the entries and found them correct.
Note.—If the transactions of a division are very large, the Divisional
Officer may allow an extra period of a few days for the completion of the
Registers of Works, but the submission of the monthly accounts to the
Accountant General and (he completion of the Works Abstracts should
not be delayed on this account.
(b) Closing of Accounts on Completion of Works.
143) It is an object of great importance to close the accounts of works-as soon as
possible after the actual work of construction is completed. If there is necessarily any
delay in closing the accounts, it should be seen, in particular that further charges are
not incurred without the permission of the Divisional Officer.
144) Before the accounts of a work can be closed on its completion, it should be seen
that any adjustments of. cost necessary under the rules, have been made in the
accounts, that all liabilities not originally brought to account have either been
liquidated or since brought to account and that the balances under the suspense
accounts, " Contractors" and "Lab ours" have been cleared, vide Articles 138 and
139. If the whole or any part of the expenditure on the work is recoverable from
another Government, department, local body or individual, action should be taken to
effect or complete the necessary recovery before the accounts of the work are
closed.
145)
a) The suspense account “Materials " should be cleared and the total cost of
materials should be distributed over the final sub-heads or other accounts concerned
in accordance with such rules as the Government may lay down for the purpose.
b) The sub-head "Additional Charges for Materials issued to Contractors” should
receive the special attention of the Divisional Officer who*should, if necessary,
investigate large closing balances under this head before he permits the accounts of
the work to be closed. It is not necessary to clear this head by transferring the
charges booked under it to other final sub-heads, but profits or losses which are not
clearly traceable to known differences between the rates chargeable to contractor
and the actual cost of Government, should not be accepted as correct without closer
examination.
146)
1. The accounts of annual maintenance estimates should be closed in the
month fixed by Government concerned, as the last month of the working year for the
purpose. Ordinarily, it will be possible to complete all the repair work and to settle
the accounts of contractors and other suspense accounts, before the expiry of the
working year. If, in any exceptional case, any work remains to be done and, it is
proposed to carry it. on to completion, action, should be taken as described below:—
2. The expenditure incurred in the next working year should be treated as
expenditure against the annual maintenance estimate for that year.
3. The suspense accounts of the work should be closed in the last month of the
working year, by transferring the balances of all those accounts to the general
suspense accounts " Public works Deposits or " Miscellaneous P. W. Advances ", as
the ease may be, which should be relieved in the following month by re-transferring
the balances to the suspense account concerned in the accounts of the
maintenance estimate for the next working year. All unsettled liabilities and assets
should then be treated as those pertaining to the next working years estimate.
Note.—In the case of Takavi Works, ordinary maintenance and repair
works should however, be considered as completed on the 31sl
January of each year (or any other date that nay be prescribed by
Government as the Hast date of the Takavi year( and expenditure
thereon incurred subsequently should be accounted for as pertaining to
a new work of the following year so that the transactions and balances
relating to each Takavi year may be kept distinct and separate.
147) When the work is completed and the accounts of it have been settled and written up
as indicated in Article 144 and 145, a double red ink line should be ruled below the
final entries and a note made in red ink " Work completed in ...... ............... 19 ".
This note should be signed by the Divisional Officer in token of his satisfying himself
that all action has been taken under those Articles. It will be the authority for treating
the accounts of the work as closed, and a work should not be reported as completed
in the divisional accounts unless this authority has been placed on record.
148) If the total expenditure on the work is in excess of the sanctioned estimate and the
excess is passed by the Divisional Officer under his powers, the words " Excess
passed by me” should be added to the completion note recorded under Article 147.
If, however, the excess is such that the Divisional Officer cannot pass it within his
powers the completion note in the Register of Works should be amplified thus:—
“Work completed in .......... 19 ... Completion Report’ Statement submitted with this
office letter No. .......... dated........
Note.—The completion Report/Statement will be submitted to
competent authority in the form prescribed by Government. .
b) Correction of errors after the Closing of Accounts.
149) Should an error or omission in the recorded expenditure of a work come to light after
its accounts have been closed, the accounts may be reopened in order to rectify the
error or omission unless the amount involved is not more than ten rupees (or any
other limit prescribed b> Government) in which case a note of the error or omission
should be made in the relevant documents concerned.
III. — Contractors’ ledger
(a) Form and Use
150) The accounts relating to contracts should be kept in the Contractors' Ledger, Form
P.W.A. 14, a separate folio, or set of folios being reserved for all the transactions
with each contractor for whom a personal account is maintained, vide Article 151.
151) Except in the following cases, a personal account should be opened in the ledger for
every contractor, whether or not a formal contract has been executed : —
if the work or supply entrusted to him is not important and no payment is made to
him except on a First and Final Bill on completion of the work. If any materials are issued to
the contractor or any payments are made on his behalf, a ledger account should be
opened;
if under the rules of Government, a consolidated monthly account for " on account "
payments to petty contractors employed on the same work or section of a work is prepared
in preference to a separate bill for each payee, a single ledger head, "Petty. Contractors",
should be opened for the running accounts of all such contractors.
Posting
152) Except when a contractors account is to be closed and the procedure prescribed in
Article 138 is observed in respect of unpaid bills, the value of work done or supplies
made by a contractor should not be credited to his account until his bill has been
passed and payment made thereon. Debit entries in the ledger should be made only
on the basis of transactions recorded in the accounts and the postings should be
made from the supporting cash, stock or adjustment vouchers; liabilities not yet
liquidated should be excluded altogether. The value of materials issued to a
contractor should be debited to his account on the authority of his
acknowledgement, see Article 127.
Note1. — Security deposits of contractors should not be included in
their personal accounts in the ledger, ' vide Article 74.
Note 2. — When a deduction made from a contractor's bill for one work
is creditable to the account of another work and such credit is in
connection with his contract for the latter work, two distinct sets of
entries should be made in the ledger one for the payment made en
account of the former work, and the other for the recovery creditable to
the latter, as if that recovery had been made in cash.
Note 3. — If there are several contracts in connection with a work or
account, the transactions relating to each should be distinguished,
preferably by quotation of the number and date of the agreement or
work order.
Note 4.—If a petty contractor's account has to be removed from the
combined ledger head "Petty contractors' account " [vide Article 151
(b)] to a separate personal account for him, the total value of work done
up to date and the total payments up to date should be debited or
credited respectively, to the " Petty contractors' account" and taken on
to the personal account as credits and debits.
Balancing and Reconciliation
153) The ledger accounts should be closed and balanced monthly. The closing balance of
each personal account should be in such detail as-to show in respect of each
separate work or account (Stock or Purchases), the amount outstanding under each
of the three suspense accounts, (1) Advance Payments, (2) Secured Advances and
(3) Other Transactions with a quotation, in each case, of the last Running Account
Bill and 'of all the vouchers supporting unadjusted out-standings under "Other
Transactions", not incorporated in the last Running Account Bill.
Note.—The Petty Contractor's Ledger account should also be closed
and balanced in the same way, the balances being recorded as
pertaining wholly to the suspense head ''Other Trans~ action ".
154) Periodically all the personal accounts in the ledger should be-examined and it should
be seen (1) that balances do not remain outstanding for a long time without
justification and (2) that, in the case of running accounts, bills are prepared at
reasonable intervals.
Section 6.—Manufacture Accounts
A.—GENERAL
155) When materials are manufactured departmentally, either for the general
requirements of works or for a particular work, a separate account, called a
Manufacture Account, should be kept of the transactions connected with each
manufacture under a distinct sub-head "Manufacture” of the suspense head " Stock "
: vide Article 95.
Note.—The accounts of road metal digging are not treated as
manufacture accounts, but the charges connected with land and
quarries acquired for such sections should be dealt with in accordance
with Article 53.
156) Save as provided in this section, the detail accounts of the expenditure on a
particular manufacture process should be maintained in the same way as the
accounts of a work (vide Section 5) and, in addition, an account should be kept of
the quantities and values of the products of the manufacture. The two sections of the
accounts are known, respectively, as the “Operation” and the “Outturn " accounts.
B.—OPERATION ACCOUNTS
157) To a manufacture account should be debited directly (1) the value of raw materials
issued from stock or obtained otherwise, (2) the cost of the labour employed and (3)
other incidental charges connected with the operation.
158) The following directions should apply to certain incidental charges : —
a) Capital charges, such as the cost of land, kilns, special
plant, etc., incurred in connection with a manufacture operation which does not
extend beyond a single season, should be debited wholly to the account of the
manufacture.
b) Capital charges in connection with a manufacture
operation extending over more than one season should be debited, in the first
instance, to a special account under the sub-head "Land, Kilns, etc", of the stock
account vide Article 95. To this account should also be debited the cost of repairs
and renewals of the kilns, etc. All these charges should be recovered in suitable
instalments by debit to the “Operation " accounts of the several seasons, the number
of instalments and the amount for each season being determined in each case
under the orders of competent authority.
Note.—When the land, kilns, plant, etc., acquired for departmental
manufacture operations are leased to a contractor of the division or
other person, the rent recovered should be credited to this special
account and not to Revenue.
If the manufacture is undertaken on behalf of other divisions, departments or
Governments, or local bodies or individuals, a charge should be made on account of
establishment and tools and plant, if leviable under the rules of Government for outlay on
works undertaken on their behalf.
Save as provided in clause (c) above no charge should be made on account of
general establishment and ordinary tools and plant charges or on account of interest on the
capital cost of land, kilns, plant, etc., unless Government directs otherwise.
C.—OUTTU RN ACCOUNTS
159) To a manufacture account should be credited the value of the manufactured articles
and of the surplus materials sold or otherwise disposed of.
Note 1.—The rates for valuing manufactured articles will be such as
may be fixed by com-' patent authority.
Note 2 —If the rate, at which any article of outturn manufactured for a
particular work is valued, turns out to be different from the issue rate of
a similar article already in stock, the value of the two articles may be
averaged for the purpose of stock account unless Government decides
otherwise, allowance being made necessarily for the different quantities
at the different values.
160) A detailed outturn account for .each month should be prepared in Form P. W. A. 15,
Outturn Statement of Manufacture, and should bi attached to the Works Abstract for
the operation. The account is mid show, month by month, the quantities and values
of each class o articles manufactured and also the corresponding figures shown in t
e estimate (if any).
D.—CONSOLI DATED ACCOUNTS
161) The record of the monthly transactions connected with manufacture operations
should be kept in the divisional office in a separate Register of Manufacture, Form
P.W.A. 16, instead of the ordinary forms of the Registers of Works (vide Article 141).
E.—CLOSING OF ACCOUNTS
162) The accounts of manufacture operations should not remain open indefinitely. If the
operations are seasonal, the accounts of each season should be kept separate and
closed as soon as the operations are closed. In cases in which operations are
continuous, the accounts should be closed periodically or at least once a year.
163) Before the accounts are closed, the difference between the “operation " and "
outturn “should be adjusted under the orders of competent authority. If the orders
issued have the effect of enhancing or lowering the value of the outturn already
brought to account, the adjustment should be made by a suitable entry (without any
fresh quantities) in the Outturn Statement, Form, P. W. A. 15; in other cases, the
loss or gain, is the case may be, should be taken to the expenditure or revenue
head, concerned by a regular transfer entry, which will affect the "Operation"
account only. In all cases, the total "operation" and “outturn " should equal each
other when the Manufacture Account is closed.
Section 7.—Accounts of Deposits and Suspense Transactions
A.—accounts of heads other than “London stores " and "workshop suspense"
164) Subject to the provisions of Articles 165 and 166 below, a detailed account of the
transactions relating to the suspense heads "Purchases" "Stock" and "Miscellaneous
P. W. Advances" should be maintained in the divisional office in a Register called the
Suspense Register, Form P.W.A. 17, separate sets of folios being reserved for each
of the several classes of items under the heads concerned (vide Articles 48 and 54).
The account of the debt head "Public Works Deposits” should also be kept in the
same form.
165) In respect of items relating to deposit works (including items falling under the class "
Expenditure incurred on Deposit works in excess of deposits received ") which are
accounted for in detail in the schedule of Deposit Works, (vide Article 219), a single
entry for the monthly transactions relating to all such works should be made both in
the Deposit and the Suspense (Miscellaneous P.W. Advances) Registers, as the
case may be.
166) As the detailed accounts for individual transactions relating to Stock are kept in
Forms P. W. A. 4 to P. W. A. 6 prescribed in Section 2 of this Chapter the monthly
totals only in respect of each sub-head of stock should be posted in the Suspense
Register, the transactions of the several sub-divisions being detailed as separate
items and the totals of all sub-divisions as another. Transfers within the division
should be accounted for against a single item “Deduct—Transfers within Division
“before the total for the entire head “Stock “is struck.
B.—ACCOU NTS OF SUSPENSE H EAD "LON DON STORES"
167) The transactions under this head should be recorded in detail in monthly schedule
Form P. W. A. 18.
C.—ACCOUNTS OF WORKSHOPS SUSPENSE
168) The detailed account of the transactions under this head will be kept, in a suitable
form to be settled by Government in consultation with the Accountant General so as
to show the cost of each job or operation and its adjustment from time to time.
169) The recorded expenditure on a job should be removed from the suspense head only
when and to the extent that, an adjournment is effected against the deposit received
or against the service or other head concerned; vide Article 176. This removal
should be effected by a credit to the account of the job. But when any charges are
transferred from one job operation to another, the transfer should be made by plus
and minus debit entries.
D.—U NADJ USTED BALANCES
170) In the accounts for [June] each year, the outstanding items in the Deposit Register
and the Suspense head “Purchases", which under the rules of Government are to be
treated as lapsed, should be credited to the Revenue head concerned. Any
subsequent repayment of such an item should be treated as refund of receipts under
the head to which the item was credited and the repayment should be noted in the
Deposit or Suspense Register against the entry for its credit to Government.
171) The balance under the sub-head " Storage” of the Suspense head " Stock"
outstanding at the end of the year should also be adjusted finally as a surplus or
deficit, vide Article 102, i.e., as profit or loss on stock, according as it is a minus or
plus balance, and should not be carried forward to the following year.
172) Items or balances under the suspense head " Miscellaneous P. W- Advances "
which become irrecoverable, or any balances under the head " London Stores " due
to short deliveries, which cannot be cleared by recovery of cost should not be
removed from the accounts until a competent authority has sanctioned their being
written off. For balances under the head “Workshop Suspense " see Article 62.
Section 8.—Workshop Accounts
A.—GENERAL
173) The directions in this Section shall not apply to the accounts of small shops kept in
divisions for the execution of repairs to tools and plant or of small manufacture jobs.
The accounts of works executed in such shops should be kept in the forms
prescribed for repair works or manufacture operations, as the case may be; 'vide
Section 5 and 6.
174) Larger workshops, with special plant or machinery should be treated as separate
sub-divisions, or divisions, for account purposes. When such workshops are of 'the
character of quasi-commercial undertakings, the system of accounts shall be that
prescribed locally for similar undertakings. When they are run mainly for
departmental purposes, the accounts should be kept in accordance with the general
directions laid down in this Section. In either case, the exact forms to be used and
the procedure to be observed will be settled by Government in respect of each
workshop in consultation with the Accountant General concerned.
B.—DETAILED ACCOU NTS OF JOBS
175) Subject to the provisions of Article 63 and 64, all direct charges pertaining
exclusively to any job should be debited at once to the accounts of that job under the
suspense head " Workshop Suspense " and those of a general nature should be
treated, in the first instance, as general charges (under one or more suitable
headings) and apportioned subsequently amongst the jobs concerned in accordance
with a definite procedure.
Note.—All liabilities should be taken into account, even though
undisbursed, so that the general charges may be allocated correctly
month by month, and the recorded expenditure on each job may
represent, as far as possible, the actual cost up to date.
176) In the case of jobs of all classes, the cost of operations should be cleared or
adjusted in transfer (vide Article 169), as the case may be, month by month, but in
the following cases the accounts of a job may be settled once a year in [June], or in
an earlier month if the job is completed earlier (vide Article 62) : —
when the total cost during the year is not larger than Rs. 500 or any other limit that
may be fixed by Government in consultation with the Accountant General;
when the monthly settlement of account is convenient to the indenting division or
department.
Note.—When the estimated cost of a job is recovered in advance, it
should be kept in deposit in the first instance, and the adjustments of
actual cost made under this Article should be effected against the
deposit, the unexpended balance being refunded under the rules of
Government only when the job is completed and the account of it
settled.
177) In addition to the direct charges mentioned in Article 175, to the account of each job
may be debited, not through the Workshop Suspense account but directly under the
head of account concerned, suitable 'percentages to cover the indirect charges
determined by Government. The following are the examples of the charges usually
levied.
a) Supervision charges.
b) Interest on the capital cost of buildings, plant and machinery.
c) Maintenance charges of buildings, plant and machinery.
d) Depreciation of buildings, plant and machinery.
e) Establishment charges (including the percentage fixed by the
Central Government for Audit and Accounts Establishment.)
f) Profit.
See also Article 64.
Note.—The percentage realised on account of establishment charges
should be treated as a reduction of expenditure or as revenue receipts,
as the case may be, in accordance with the directions in Article 69. All
other percentages should be treated as revenue receipts.
178) The indirect charges mentioned in Article 177 should be brought to account
whenever the settlement of the account of direct charges is effected under Article
176.
C.—AN NUAL ACCOUNTS
179) Pro forma accounts of each workshop will be prepared annually in such form and in
such detail as may be prescribed by Government in consultation with the Accountant
General.
Section 9.—Transactions with other Divisions, Departments and Governments
A.—GENERAL
180) When a transaction has to be cleared by a book transfer, the transfer should be
effected by debiting or crediting it to the remittance or other head concerned in the
Cash or Stock Accounts if it appears therein, or by an entry in the Transfer Entry
Book; see Articles 14 to 19 also.
Note 1.—Such percentage charges on account of supervision and
establishment and tools and plant as may be leviable under the rules,
should also be included, by a transfer entry, in the amount transferred.
Note 2.—The cost of workshop jobs need not be adjusted monthly, vide
Article 176.
B.—TRANSACTIONS ORIGINATING IN TH E DIVISION
181) When a transaction originates in a Public Works division, the necessary transfer
should appear ordinarily in the accounts of the division for the month in which the
transaction occurred, but in the case of work done in workshops the cost should be
adjusted in accordance with the directions in Article 175 to 177.
182) In respect of work done in a division for other divisions, departments cr
Governments, the intimation of the transfer will be given after audit (see Notes
below), by the Accountant General to the Accounts Officer concerned, or to the
division or department for which the work is clone, if in the same province. The
division undertaking the work should bring the transactions to account under the
remittance or other head concerned, and submit vouchers to the Accountant Gene-
ral in the same way as for works of the division itself.
Note 1.—For the purpose of this Article work done should include jobs
executed in workshops.
Note 2.—The provision regarding audit before intimation of transfer may
be relaxed in the case of any item appearing in the accounts for [June]
and requiring adjustment with another Government, vide Article 234.
183) For other transfer transactions between Public Works divisions subordinate to the
same or different Governments, the originating division should send an Advice of
Transfer Debit (or Credit), Form P. W. A. 19, accompanied .by necessary vouchers
in the case of debits, to the division concerned as soon as the transaction occurs.
The division required to adjust the amount should, if it accepts the transfer,
acknowledge it on the prescribed form of Acceptance of Transfer, Form P. W. A. 20.
The entry in the accounts of the debiting division should be supported by the
Acceptance of Debit or Advice of Credit, as the case may be.
Note—In cases of transfer debit transactions all relevant vouchers,
including such as do not pass ordinarily beyond the divisional office,
should company the Advice. If this requirement cannot be complied
with in any case in respect of a cash voucher which cannot be replaced
by a certificate of payment, an advice should be attached to the Monthly
Account for transmission by the Accountant General, after the audit of
accounts, to the division concerned.
C.—TRANSACTIONS ORIGINATING IN ANOTHER DIVISION
DEPARTMENT OR GOVERNMENT
184) Transactions originating in another division, department or Government should as a
rule be adjusted in divisional accounts only on receipt of intimation of the debit or
credit through the Accountant General. The following are, however, exceptions in
which the adjustment may be made without receipt of intimation from the Accountant
General:--
1. recoveries of rent realised on behalf of the Public Works Department by
disbursing or Accounts Officers of other accounts circles, provided these entries are
supported by certificates (signed by the disbursing or the accounts officer, as the
case may be) to show that the amounts adjusted in the accounts have' been realised
from the parties concerned ;
2. transactions for which advices and acceptances of transfers are exchanged
direct between one division and another vide Article 183;
3. any other transactions authorised by the Accountant General.
184-A. The transfers advised by the Accountant General for adjustment as per contra credit
or debit to the head " P. W. Remittances— Items adjusted by P. W. D." should be
registered in a Special Register (Form 57-A).
185) The Divisional Officer should examine every transfer advised to his division for
adjustment, but should not reject a transfer because the voucher is not in order, or is
wanting. Nor should a transfer sent for adjustment be partly accepted and partly
rejected; it may be rejected altogether if it does not pertain clearly to the division;
otherwise it should be accepted provisionally in full and the dispute, whether as to
the amount or as to other particulars of the transaction, should be settled separately
in communication with the officer who advised the transfer.
Note.—Railway debits for amounts due on Warrants and credit notes
passed on by the Accountant General for adjustment in the divisional
account, should be accepted in full subject only to readjustment later
on of under or over charges. The adjusting officer is not responsible for
the correctness of the charges with reference to the railway tariffs but
only for proper scrutiny with reference to the propriety of the charges
as against the 'head of the service concerned; the calculations made by
the Railway Account Department which are test checked by the Railway
Audit Department should be accepted as correct.
186) When a charge is transferred to another division, department or Government for
adjustment, the transfer must be supported either by the necessary vouchers,
complete in all respects, or by a certificate (signed by the Accounts Officer) of the
department originating the transfer to the effect that the payment vouchers have
been audited and passed in accordance with the rules. Divisional Officers are,
therefore, responsible for obtaining proper vouchers in support of all charges to
remittance heads in their accounts.
187) In cases in which Advices and Acceptances of Transfers are exchanged direct by
Divisional Officers of two accounts circles, those officers shall be jointly responsible
for clearing remittance transactions expeditiously in direct communication with each
other. If an item cannot be accepted, and the intimation of its rejection issues too
late to reach the originating officer within the month in which he has brought it to
account, the officer who is called upon to adjust it, should also inform his own
Accounts Officer, of the number and date of the originating officer's Advice of
Transfer and of his own intimation of objection, giving him also brief particulars of the
debit or credit and tance heads in their accounts.
188) In cases in which no Advices and Acceptances of Transfer are exchanged, the
Divisional Officer should examine, as expeditiously as possible, the transfers which
his Accountant, General intimates to him for adjustment in the divisional accounts,
and report all his objections to the Accountant General, whether the transfer is
brought to account provisionally or rejected.
189) The directions given in Articles 187 and 188 shall apply also to transfer transactions,
not relating to the execution of works, with (1) Railways, (2) Military Engineer
Services, and (3) Posts and Telegraphs Department (Telegraph Section).
Section 10.—Accounts of Cemetery Endowments
190) Deleted.
191) Deleted.
192) Deleted.
193) Deleted.
194) Deleted.
A.—MONTH LY CLOSING OF TH E ACCOU NTS
195) The initial accounts of cash and stores which are maintained in sub-divisional offices
under the directions" contained in Sections 1 and 2, should be closed on the 25th or
such earlier date between the 19th and tr. 3 25th is may be fixed by the Accountant
General for the purpose, in order to fit the accounts returns of the sub-division may
reach the divisional office in sufficient time for the compilation of the monthly account
of the division and its submission to the Accountant General by the prescribed date
Note.—In cases where sectional officers are authorised to maintain
separate initial accounts of stock in their charge, which have to be
incorporated in those of the sub-divisions, they may be permitted
except in (June) to close their monthly accounts three days before the
date of closing fixed for the sub-division. This limit of three days may be
relaxed by the Accountant General in exceptional cases.
196) The cash and stock accounts of the divisional office should be closed on the last
working day of the calendar month. The transfer Entry Book of the month should be
closed as soon as possible after the expiry of the month, but before this is done, all
necessary transfers, e.g., those relating to the levy of the prescribed percentages for
establishment, tools, and plant, supervision charges, etc., should be made
B.—REVIEW OF U NSETTLED ACCOUNTS
197) The several registers and schedules relating to the suspense and deposit heads of
account, the Contractors' Ledger, Works Abstracts and Registers of Works, should
be reviewed monthly so that the action necessary to effect the expeditious clearance
of outstanding balances, whether by actual recovery or by adjustment in the
accounts, may be taken regularly throughout the year. In (May) or early in (June)
special steps should be taken to bring about all possible reduction in the number and
amounts of outstanding items at the close of the year,
198) Similarly, special action should be taken early in [June] to bring to account all
remittance transactions and other liabilities and assets awaiting settlement, and to
effect clearance, in the accounts of [June] of as many outstanding items as possible.
Liabilities, as well as outstanding debits and credits remaining unadjusted at the end
of [June] should be watched individually to secure their clearance before the
accounts of the year are closed finally. It is not sufficient that the divisional office
should bring to account all the transactions the responsibility for which devolves on
itself. It is equally important that necessary action be taken to move the other parties
concerned to bring to account or settle the outstanding items; the intervention of the
Accountant General may be sought where necessary. All the original transactions
under the head "Transfer between P. W. Officers" which cannot be got adjusted by
the responding Divisions in the accounts for June Supply (referred to in Article 236)
should be transferred to the general suspense accounts "Miscellaneous Public
Works Advances" or "Public Works Deposits" as the case may be in the above
accounts. The adjustment thus made may be reversed in the account for the Current
month of the next financial year, quoting reference to the original advices.
Note.—In connection with transactions with other Governments it
should be borne in mind that the Central Accounts Section of the State
Bank close their books for the year on the 15th(July) vide Article 234.
C.—CLOSING OF THE ACCOUNTS OF THE YEAR
199) The financial year terminates on the [30th June] and actual transactions taking place
after that date should on no account be treated as pertaining to that year. In order,
however, that as many of the unadjusted outstandings of the year as possible should
be cleared and the errors in accounts coming to notice after the [30th June] should
be rectified, if possible, within the accounts of the year, the Transfer Entry Book and
the Stock Accounts should be kept open for inclusion of transfer entries relating to
rectification of errors and for settlement of outstandings, but not (in the case of stock
accounts) for actual transactions. These accounts should be closed on the 20th
[August] or on such date as may be prescribed by the Accountant General (see
Article 236).
Note.—Accounts of transaction with other Government must be settled
completely and communicated to the Accountant General by the 12th
(July)at the latest vide Article 234.
D.—CORRECTIONS I N ACCOU NTS
200)
a) If an item in the accounts which properly belongs to a
revenue or expenditure head is classified wrongly under another revenue or
expenditure head, the error may be corrected at any time before the accounts of the
year are closed, but, after the accounts are closed, no correction is admissible
except as permitted in Article 251 of Volume IV and except in cases affecting the
accounts of works including those falling under Article 149.
Note 1.—Errors in suspense accounts are governed by the rule in
clause (b).
Note 2.—If an error is detected after submission to the Accountant
General of the Divisional Officer's Supplementary Account of the year
(vide Article 236), it should be reported to the Accountant General for
his instructions unless the amount is not more than ten rupees.
b) All errors affecting debt (including suspense) and
remittance heads must be corrected, however old they may be.
When a correction is permissible, it should be made by a formal transfer entry, but
when it is not permissible, a suitable note of it should be made in the account -concerned.
201) All corrections in accounts which may be advised by the Accountant General on his
auditing the documents should, after verification be carried out in all relevant records
in red ink and attested by the dated initials of the Divisional Accountant. A reference
to the audit note or other advice also be noted against the -correction.
E.—PROFORMA ACCOU NTS
202) If for the purposes of any profarma account which the Accountant General is
required to prepare or check, it is necessary to determine the charges incurred on a
particular work or service or a group of works or services, the expenditure on it
should be booked separately in the general accounts, even though, under rule, it
may not be customary to estimate or account for such expenditure separately.
Detailed instructions in this connection will be issued by the Accountant General in
consultation with the Government concerned, where necessary.
F.—ACCOUNTS IN OFFICES TO BE RECONSTITUTED.
203) When in consequence of the reconstitution of executive charges or of any other
arrangements, the accounts of two or more divisional offices are to be amalgamated
or those of any office are either to be broken up into parts or closed, the
Divisional .Officers concerned should apply in time to the Accountant General for the
instructions to be observed in regard to accounts in giving effect to the
arrangements.
CHAPTER IV.—ACCOUNTS RETURNS RENDERED BY PUBLIC WORKS OFFICERS.
A.—GENERAL
204) The directions contained in this Chapter shall regulate the procedure relating to the
compilation of divisional accounts and to their submission to the Accountant General
In their application to the accounts of Divisional Officers in East Pakistan they are
subject to such modification as may be authorised by the Accountant General, East
Pakistan
B.—SU B-DIVISIONAL ACCOUNTS
205) Arrangements should be made, under the orders of the Divisional Officer, for the
despatch of the sub-divisional returns mentioned below, to the divisional office on
such dates as may render possible the compilation of the monthly or other periodical
amounts of the division on the due dates :—
Note 1 .—The totals of the "Cash" columns on both sides of the copy of
the sub-divisional cash book should be expressed in words in the Sub-
divisional Officer's own hand in token of his having satisfied himself
that it is a true copy and correct in all respects.
Note 2.—The Accountant General to eliminate the work of preparing
copies may permit sub-divisions at the headquarters of a divisional
office to maintain two alternative Cash Books— one being submitted in
original to the divisional office at end of the month and the other being
used in the month following.
Note 3.—The Accounts Returns received from sub-divisions should be
further checked in accordance with the rules prescribed in this behalf in
the Audit and Departmental Codes.
C.—COMPI LATION OF MONTH LY ACCOU NTS
I.—Introductory
206) Save as provided in Article 207, all the transactions of the division, as recorded in
the initial accounts of cash and stock and in the Transfer Entry Book, should be
posted direct from those sources in one or other of the schedules prescribed in this
section, the details being in some cases recorded in supporting schedule dockets
(vide Article 209).
207) The cash and stock transactions booked under the head “Transfers within Division"
should not be included in any of the schedules leading to the monthly accounts. Nor
should the following transactions be posted in the schedules from the initial accounts
specified against each :—
i. transactions recorded in the Cash Book under the head " Cash
from Treasury" (These are brought to account as a part of the entry " Total amount
of cheques drawn ") ;
ii. transactions brought to account in the initial accounts of stock
(forms P.W.A. 5 and P.W.A. 6) through the Cash Book or the Transfer Entry Book;
e.g., stock purchase in. cash, stock sold for cash and stock received from works.
208) Before the actual compilation of the various schedules and schedule dockets, etc., is
undertaken, the Abstract Book, Form P.WA, 23 may be written up from the original
Cash Books Abstracts of Receipts and Issues of Stock, and the Transfer Entry Book
in accordance with the instructions printed on the standard form. The book will
consolidate all the transactions of the division and will thereby facilitate the location
of errors and omissions made in the compilation of the Monthly Account from the
schedules and also serve as an independent check over the compiled accounts.
II.—Schedule Dockets.
209) As cash vouchers and transfer entry orders, relating to (i) charges on works, other
than percentages charged for establishment, tools and plant, etc., and (ii) other
items of expenditure or disbursement for which a contingent bill is not required (see
Article 226), are received and are scrutinised, they should be posted into Schedule
Dockets in. Form P.W.A. 24, a separate form being used for—
a) each work to be accounted for in a Schedule of Works Expenditure,
Form P, W.A. 27 or in the Schedules of Deposit Works and Takavi Works; Forms
P.W.A. 33 and P.WA. 36, vide Articles 219 and 221;
b) each manufacture or other item of expenditure debitable to Stock and
to-be accounted for in the Schedule of Debits to Stock, Form P.W.A. 28, vide Article
216; and
c) each separate class of charges (including refunds of revenue) for
which a schedule in any other form has to be prepared under the rules in this
Chapter.
Cash receipts which have to be taken in reduction of expenditure (vide Article 20)
should be posted as refunds, with brief particulars of the transactions.
210) At the end of the month, the schedule dockets should be completed in respect of the
Stock transactions. All the Stock debits and credits of the month as recorded in the
lower part of Forms P.W.A. 5 and P.W.A. 6, Abstracts of Stock Receipts and Stock
Issues, respectively, other than those brought to account through the Cash Book
and the Transfer Entry Book, vide Article 98, should be posted in the schedule
dockets. The total of the month’s Stock transactions relating to each schedule
docket should be entered therein as a single figure, plus or minus according as it is a
debit or a credit, and if there are both debit and credits to be entered, the net result
only should be posted.
211) The schedule dockets should then be totalled and reconciled with the works
abstracts in the case of works, and with the schedules concerned in the case of
dockets of class (c) of Article 209. All the vouchers (including acknowledgements for
stock supplied to contractors), transfer entry orders, survey reports, and sale
accounts which are required to be submitted to the Accountant General (vide Article
232) should then be attached to the respective schedule dockets which should Le
numbered in a separate series for each month.
Note.—Accountants General may at their discretion, permit Divisional
Officers to post the Schedule Dockets at the end of the month from the
Works Abstracts as soon as the latter are completed and checked.
Accountants General may also at their discretion dispense with the pre-
paration and submission of a Schedule Docket for a work when the
outlay on that work consists entirely of payments on muster rolls or
other vouchers not required to be submitted to the Accountant General.
In' that case, the Divisional Accountant should record a certificate in the
last "V column of the Schedule of Works Expenditure against the
relevant item that the vouchers in support of the item are such as are
not required to be submitted to the Accountant General under the rules.
Note 2.—Some of the schedules mentioned in clause (c) of Article 209
include charges for works supported by a Schedule of Works
Expenditure. Such charges and other transactions relating to the works
expenditure should be posted in the schedule deckles for the works
concerned.
212) For percentage recoveries made on account of establishment, tools and plant, and
accounts and audit charges, a single schedule docket should be prepared in Form
P.W,A. 25 which should embrace all Government as well as non Government works
on which these percentages may be leviable under rule.
Note—This form serves as the transfer entry order relating to there
recoveries (vide Article 196) and should, therefore, be signed by the
Divisional Officer, and should therefore, be signed by the Divisional
Officer
III.—Schedules.
(a) Schedule .of Monthly Settlement with Treasuries.
213) After the settlement of account mentioned in Article 89 has been effected with
treasuries, a Schedule of .Monthly Settlement with Treasuries should be prepared
in Form P.W.A. 26 separately in respect V- of the treasuries of each accounts
circle.
(b) Schedule of Revenue Receipts
214) The following schedules which are only extracts of the Registers prescribed in
Articles 113 to 115. should be prepared in the same form as that of the
corresponding registers :—
i. Schedule of Revenue Realized.
ii. Schedule of Refunds of Revenue.
iii. Schedule of Receipts and Recoveries on Capital Account.
Note.—A separate schedule should be prepared for each class of
receipt for which a separate register is maintained under Article 113.
(c) Schedules of Works Expenditure
215)
a) After a reconciliation has been effected between the totals of works
abstracts and relevant schedule dockets, a Schedule of Works Expenditure should
be prepared in Form P.W.A. 27, separately for expenditure relating to each of the
following classes :—
i. each major head (or a division thereof shown separately in
Appendix 2 to Volume I) under which expenditure is recorded, a separate schedule
should be prepared for " Central" and " Provincial ", in the case of " 50—Civil Works
" in Governors' Provinces;
Note—This form is not used for manufacture, vide, Article 216.
ii. Military Engineer Services ;
iii. Royal Pakistan Air Force ;
iv. Railway Works ;
v. Posts and Telegraphs Department Works ;
vi. Archaeological Works of the Central Government connected
with the conservation of ancient monuments which are debitable to the
Archaeological Department;
vii. all other Government works including occasional works of
classes (ii) to (vi) and
viii. all non-Government works other than Deposit Works, vide
Articles 219 and 221.
b) Only those works on which expenditure has been incurred during
the month should be included in the schedule. The entries should be detailed in the
order of the prescribed heads of the accounts classification in the case of works of
classes (i) to (vi) and grouped separately for each Government, department,
division, local body or other party concerned, in the case of works of classes (vii)
and (viii). All works which form part of a single project or system should, in all cases,
be grouped together.
(d) Schedules of Suspense Transactions.
216)
a) All debits to stock should "be collected in Form P.W.A. 28,
Schedule of Debits to Stock. The entries in this schedule should be arranged in four
groups—(1) " Manufacture", (2) " Land, Kilns, etc.",(3) "Storage” and (4) "Other sub-
heads," Under (1), should be detailed all manufacture operations in progress and
under (2), all works in progress in connection with the acquisition of land,
construction and repairs of kilns, etc. Under (3), should be shown, the expenditure
which is incurred, after the acquisition of the stores, on work-charged establishment
employed on handling and keeping initial accounts, the custody of stock and the
maintenance of the store godown or yards, etc. Under (4), should be shown (a)
individually, all items of expenditure on the carriage, handling, etc., of stock
materials when the cost of such processes is debitable to the sub-head of stock
under which the materials are classified (vide Article 98 and 131), (b) individually, all
items of acquisition of stock materials for which an estimate is required, and (c)
collectively, all other items of acquisition of stock materials. In respect of each
manufacture operation, the outturn of the month (vide Article 156) should also be
shown in the schedule. The operation and outturn should be entered in two separate
lines.
b) An account of suspense head “Stock " should next be prepared in
Form P. W. A. 29, Stock Account. Part I of this form is the main account which
should show the receipts, issues and balances, classified by sub-heads. Separate
figures should be' given in respect of the subheads "Manufacture", "Land, Kilns,
etc.", and "Storage", and all other sub-heads (vide Article 95), should be lumped up,
Part II, the Detailed Account of Issues, should be written up first, and from this part
and the Schedule of Debits to Stock, Form P. W. A. 28, should be prepared Part I.
217) The schedules relating to Purchases and Miscellaneous P W. Advances should be
prepared in Form P. W. A. 30 (or Form P. W. A. 31, vide Note 1 below) and Form P.
W. A. 32, respectively, on the basis of the entries made in the Suspense Register,
Form P W A 17 vide Article 364.
Note 1.— In respect of Purchases the Accountant General may
authorise the use of Form P. W A. 31 in the case of divisions where the
number of outstanding items is very large but the number usually
affected by the monthly transactions is small.
Note 2. — In the schedule of Miscellaneous P.W. Advances for the
months other than (June] items which do not exceed Rs.5 each may be
shown in a lump sum if the Accountant General so
218) The schedule for the Suspense head "London Stores" has already been described in
Article 167, The schedule for “Workshop Suspense " should be prepared in such
form as may be prescribed by Government in consultation with the Accountant
General.
(e) Schedules of Deposit Transactions.
219) After the reconciliation mentioned in Article 211 has been effected, a consolidated
record of the transactions of a month relating to all deposit works of the division
should be prepared in Form P W A 33, Schedule of Deposit Works. This schedule
should show in respect of each work, the amount of deposit received and the
expenditure incurred, both during the month and up-to-date. The amount of deposit
received for each work should be numbered as a single item but the transactions
which relate to (1) the share available for works expenditure and (2) the total amount
recoverable as establishment, tools and plant and audit and accounts charges, if
any, should be shown separately, thus—
For Works Expenditure
For Percentage charges
Note.—Refunds of unexpended balances of completed works should be
taken in reduction of the deposits and, therefore, shown in the Schedule
as minus realizations and not as expenditure
220) After the transactions relating to Deposit Works have been posted in the Deposit
Register, Form P. W. A. 17, a schedule of complete transactions, as accounted for in
that Register, should be prepared in Form P. W. A. 34. It should show for each item
the opening balance, the receipts and adjustments of the month, and the closing
balance.
Note.—The Accountant General may authorise the use of alternative
Form P. W. A. 35 under the conditions prescribed in Note 1 to Article
217. This form is in two parts—Part I, Abstract Account, which should
show the totals for each class of deposits and Part II, Detailed Extract
from the Deposit Register. In Part II, only such items should be
extracted from the Deposit Register as are affected by the month's
transactions, but in the schedules for the months of (September,
December, March and June) all current items should be shown, those
not affected by the month's transactions should also be included.
(f) Schedule of Takavi Works.
221) After the necessary reconciliation between the totals of works abstracts and relevant
schedule dockets (vide Article 211), the transactions i elating to Takavi Works
should be consolidated in the Schedule of Takavi Works Form P. W. A. 36, which
should show the expenditure incurred on each work, the amount realised on account
of it and the outstanding balance of the account.
(g) Schedules of Debits/Credits to Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial
Governments”
222)
a) In Forms P.W.A. 37, separately for debits and credits under each
major head should be brought together all transactions which originate in the division
and have to be adjusted by the Accountant General through the major head
"Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments” vide Article 15.
b) In Provincial divisions the transaction included in the schedules of
Debits/Credits to "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments"
should be grouped according to the prescribed heads of classification, where in the
Central divisions the transactions included in them should be detailed by each
Government.
c) Deleted.
note.—Percentage recoveries for audit and accounts should appear in
these schedules in the case of Provincial divisions only.
d) Items or groups of items for which details are given in the
separate schedules, e.g., Schedules of Receipts (Form P. W. A. 9), and Works
expenditure (Form P. W. A. 27 or P. W. A. 41), should be shown as a single item.
(h) Schedule of Debits /Credits to "Inter Provincial Suspense Account".
223) In divisions under the administrative control of a Provincial Government, any
transactions which originate in the division on behalf of any other Provincial
Government should be collected in Form P. W. A. 38, separately for debit and credit
transactions. The items in the schedule should be detailed by each Government.
(i) Schedules of Debits/Credits to Remittances.
224) All remittance transactions other than those mentioned in Articles 222 and 223
should be collected in Form P. W. A. 39, separately for debits and credits and the
entries grouped under the headings given in the sample entries in the form.
(j) Schedule of Debits/Credits to Miscellaneous Heads of Account.
225) Subject to such instructions as may be issued in this behalf by the Accountant
General, all disbursements and receipts, which cannot be accounted for in any of the
other schedules prescribed in Articles 213 to 224 should be collected in Form P. W.
A. 40. The transactions to be accounted for in this schedule must be such as are
adjustable finally in the books of the Accountant General under one of the non-
Public Works major heads of revenue and expenditure or a debt head, appertaining
to the accounts of the Government to which the division is subordinate.
Note. 1—In Central division’s income-tax recoveries from work-charged
establishments should appear in the Schedule of Credits to
Miscellaneous Heads of Account. Similarly, in these divisions,
percentage recoveries for accounts and audit should appear as credits
or minus debits in the Schedule of Credits or Debits to Miscellaneous
Heads of Account, according as the amount are creditable to XLVI—
Miscellaneous—Fees for Government Audit “or "26—Audit”; vide
Article 72.
Note. 2—Save as provided above no transactions should be accounted
for under the final or debt head concerned and shown in the Schedules
of Credits or Debits to Miscellaneous Head of Account except under the
authorisation of the Accountant General. Ordinarily, they “should be
shown under the remittance head” Public Works Remittances—III Other
Remittances and included in the Debit or Credit Schedule (Form P. W. A.
39) as the case may be.
IV.—Consolidated Account of Contingent Expenditure
226) When cash required to meet contingent charge is drawn from treasuries by cheques,
all contingent charges (including stock and adjustment charges) should be
consolidated in the form prescribed in Treasury Rules of the Government concerned
for the monthly detailed bill of contingent charges countersigned after payment
(headed "Not Payable at the Treasury"). Particulars of charges need not be entered
in this account except in the case of miscellaneous items which do not fall under one
of the classified sub-heads for specific charges.
V.—Classified Abstract of Expenditure
227) A consolidated account of all expenditure debited against the grants of the division
should be prepared in Form P. W. A. 41, Classified Abstract of Expenditure. The
figures relating to the several major heads (or divisions thereof shown separately in
column 1 of the Classification table in Appendix 2 to Volume I) should be entered in
separate sections, arranged in the order indicated in the Appendix, and in the case
of the major head "50—Civil Works in Governors' Provinces the "Central" and "
Provincial" transactions should be shown in two different sections.
Note 1.—When works for Military Engineer Services, Royal Pakistan Air
Force, Railways Posts and Telegraphs Department and Archeological
Department are undertaken as a standing arrangement, vide Article 215,
and funds for the purpose are allotted to the division the expenditure
transactions connected therewith should also be abstracted in Form P.
W. A. 41 in accordance with the classification prescribed in respect of
the works concerned vide Article 17.
Note 2.—Refunds of Revenue should be excluded from this Abstract as
they are treated as minus Revenue, vide Article 21. On the other hand,
"Receipts and Recoveries on Capital Account" should be included in
this Abstract as minus expenditure, as they are taken in reduction of the
charges under the proper head concerned.
VI.—Monthly Accounts
228) Finally, the Monthly Account should be prepared in Form P. W. A. 42. This account
is an abstract of the entire receipts and disbursements of the month, as detailed in
the various schedules and registers, and shows also the opening and closing cash
balances. On the back of the form are recorded (1) a memorandum of miscellaneous
cash receipts paid into treasuries and (2) a certificate in respect of the closing cash
balances of the subordinate disbursing officers.
229) The entries in the Account should be divided into three groups : (1) Revenue entries,
which are totals of receipts of the Government concerned under the several major
heads, as taken, from the Registers of Revenue Realised, Form P. W. A. 9, (2)
Expenditure entries, which are the totals of expenditure of the Government
concerned for the several divisions of major heads and are posted from the
Classified Abstracts of Expenditure, Form P. W. A. 41, and (3) Other Heads, under
which both receipts and disbursements are posted from the Schedules of Deposits,
Takavi Works, " Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Government", "
Inter-Provincial Suspense Account", " Remittances 'r and Miscellaneous Heads of
Account, Forms P. W. A. 34 to P. W. A. 40.
Note 1.—The entries posted under the several heads in the monthly
account should be checked with corresponding entries in the
Abstract Book (Form P. W. A. 23).
Note 2.—The totals of the columns for receipts and disbursements must
agree and, if there is any difference due to cash being in transit between
two disbursing officers its amount should be included in the closing
balance and the certificate of cash balance should be amplified to
explain the amount and the steps taken to adjust the difference.
230) The monthly Account should be submitted so as to reach the Accountant General's
office by such date between the 7th and 10th of the month following that to which it
relates, as may be fixed by the Accountant General in consultation with the
Divisional Officer It should be supported by the following documents : —
Passed
Divisional Forest Officer
c) If the error is discovered after the accounts for June supplementary have
been closed and despatched to the Accountant General (Article 294), it should be
reported by letter to the Accountant General who will deal with it in accordance with
the rules in Volume IV and advise to the Forest Officer the corrections (if any) which
he should make in his accounts.
d) In all cases in which a formal correction is not permissible, a suitable note (in
red ink) should be made in all the accounts concerned.
H.—SU BSI DIARY ACCOU NTS OF COMM ERCIAL UN DERTAKINGS
279) If the activities of any individual Forest Unit or of any self-contained exploitation
scheme like a Saw-mill or a Forest Railway are such as to require the maintenance
of subsidiary accounts on a Commercial basis, the form of accounts to be kept may
be settled by Government after consultation with the Accountant General.
CHAPTER VII. ---ACCOUNT RETURNS RENDERED BY FOREST DEPARTMENT
OFFICERS.
A.—GENERAL
280) The directions contained in this Chapter shall apply primarily to accounts of
Divisional Officers. They shall also apply mutatis mutandis to accounts of
Conservators and other Forest Officers who draw funds against their own drawing
accounts and render separate accounts to the Accountant General in respect of
transactions passing through them.
B.—I NCORPORATION OF SUBORDI NATES' ACCOUNTS
281) Before closing the accounts of a month the Divisional Officer should satisfy himself
that the accounts of his subordinate officers for the month have been examined and
incorporated truly and accurately in his owe accounts. For this purpose, the
accounts of the latter should reach the office of compilation in time for the
preparation and submission of the accounts returns on the due date (see Article
288). If they do not arrive in time to be so incorporated, they should be taken in the
following month's accounts but such an occurrence should be avoided as far as
possible. In the case of accounts for June, however, the Divisional Officer must keep
open his accounts until receipt of all the subordinates' accounts in order that all
receipts and payments of the official year may, as far as possible, be brought into
the accounts of the year (see also Article 277).
C.—COMPI LATION OF MONTHLY ACCOUNTS.
I.—Cash Account.
282) The monthly Cash Account should be prepared in Form F.A.L It should show in
respect of the following items merely the totals for the month and all other items of
receipt or charge should be entered in detail:—
a) Debtor side.— (1) Cheques drawn; (2) Recoveries or advances from
contractors and disbursers; (3) Revenue received and credited in the Cash Book
under X.—Forest; (4) Recoveries made by deduction from pay bills on account of
service and other Funds, provided the bills are accompanied by schedules showing
the full particulars of each recovery; (5) refund of Forest Revenue taken by
deduction from Revenue ; (6) Receipts and recoveries credited to the Central
Government; (7) Receipts and recoveries credited to other Provinces.
b) Creditor side. — (1) Remittances to treasuries; (2) Advances made to
contractors and disbursers ; (3) Expenditure debited in the Cash Book to 10.—
Forest; (4) Expenditure debited in the Cash Book to 65.—Capital Outlay on Forests ;
(5) Receipts and Recoveries to be deducted from capital outlay ; (6) Payments
debitable to the Central, Government ; and (7) Payments debitable to other
Provinces.
II.—Classified Abstracts of Revenue and Expenditure.
283) A classified abstract of revenue and expenditure should be prepared in Form FA. 5,
the expenditure debited to the head “65. — Capital Outlay on Forests “being shown
separately from that debited to10.—Forests. All items of revenue and expenditure
recorded in the Cash Book for the month should be classified and arranged in this
return in accordance with the prescribed classification—the entries being made in
such details as may be required by the Accountant General.
III.—Schedule of Remittances to Treasuries.
284) A schedule of remittances to treasuries should be prepared in Form F. -A. 6. The
entries in this schedule should show each item of remittance separately and a
reference to these items should be made invariably against the corresponding
entries in the last column of the Consolidated Treasury Receipt received from, the
treasury concerned.
IV.—Schedules of Transactions with other Governments.
285) A schedule should be prepared in Form F.A. 7, separately for receipts and payments
in which all items of receipts and payments originating in the division on behalf of
other Governments (vide Article 243) should be detailed by each Government.
V.—Abstracts of Contractors’ and Disbursers' Ledgers
286) An abstract of the Contractors' and Disbursers' Ledger should be prepared monthly
in Form F. A. 8. In this Abstract should be shown in consecutive order first, the
contractors' accounts and then the disbursers' accounts. The columns should be
totalled separately for contractors' and disbursers' accounts and grand totals of all
accounts should be given at the foot of the Abstract.
287) The abstract for June in each year should be accompanied by a brief statement
explaining the circumstances in which each item outstanding for more than twelve
months remains unadjusted, and the steps which have been taken with a view to its
early clearance.
D.—SUBMISSISN TO ACCOUNTANT GENERAL
288) A copy of the Monthly Register of Cheques Drawn (Article 267) should be submitted
to the Accountant General on the last day of each month, and the other accounts
mentioned below should be submitted on or before the 5th of the month following
that to which they relate:—
These should be accompanied by all vouchers other than those which may be
destroyed after payment (Article 290)' and by the Consolidated Treasury Receipts. The
entry in the accounts in respect of the payment made en Muster Rolls should be supported
by a voucher setting forth the brief particulars of work done by the labourers and containing
a certificate of the disbursing officer to the effect that the labourers were employed actually
on the work and paid on Muster Rolls.
289) A certificate signed by the Divisional Officer should be attached to the Monthly Cash
Account to the following effect:—
1. that the lump sums, shown agree with the details in the Cash Book
and also with "the subsidiary returns after making allowance for :—
i. cash recoveries of service payments noted in the Cash Book
but net shown in the Cash Account as separate items,
ii. refunds of forest revenue noted in the Cash Book but taken by
deduction from revenue in the Cash Account, and
iii. receipts and recoveries on Capital Accounts noted in the Cash
Book but deducted from expenditure under the head " 65.—Capital Outlay on
Forests " in the Cash Account,
and (2) that the account balance agrees with the actual cash balance.
290) 290. A certificate in the following form signed by the Divisional Officer, should be
attached to each Classified Abstract of Expenditure :—
“I certify that (so far as I have been able to ascertain by an examination of the
accounts and vouchers and by personal inspection of the works carried out which I have
been able to visit)' the expenditure entered in this account could not with due regard to the
interests of the Government service, be avoided. I certify that, to the best of my knowledge
and belief, the payments included in this account have been duly made to the parties
entitled to receive them. All vouchers for payments of salaries and travelling allowances
and of refunds and advances, vouchers for all other- payments above Rs. 25 in amount,
and vouchers for all items adjusted by book transfer with other Governments, departments,
etc., are attached to the account. I have, so far as possible, obtained vouchers for other
sum, and personally responsible that they have been so destroyed that they cannot be
used again ".
291) When stores are purchased it should also be certified that:—
i. all the articles detailed in the vouchers attached to the account
and in those retained by the Drawing Officer have been duly received in good order
and accounted for in the Stock Register ; and
ii. the quantities noted in the vouchers are correct, the quality is
good, the rates paid are not in excess of the accepted and the market rates and that
suitable notes of payment have been recorded against the indents and invoices
concerned to prevent .double payment.
292) For special reasons the Divisional Officer may -authorise a few days' delay in the
submission of the accounts, but if they are not despatched on of before the 10th of
the following .month the reason for delay must be intimated invariably on that date.
293) As regards the accounts for June, schedules for transactions with other
Governments (Article 285) should invariably be despatched so as to reach the
Accountant General, not later than the 7th of July of the succeeding year and all
correcting entries affecting those schedules should be intimated to the Accountant
General so as to reach him by the 12th July at the latest.
294) In addition to the ordinary accounts for June, a supplementary account for that
month, in the form of the Cash Account (Form F. A. 1) with the necessary
accompaniments, comprising the transactions included in the supplementary
account books (Article 277) should be submitted to the Accountant General so as to
reach him by the 1st September, or such other date as may be prescribed by him.
295) When the Divisional Officer signs the accounts while on tour and cannot give the
required certificates (Article 289 to 291) these should be furnished separately when
he returns to headquarters: Similarly when owing to the absence of the Divisional
Officer the monthly accounts have been signed and despatched by his Head Clerk
or other official authorised by Government in this behalf, the Divisional Officer
should, on his return to headquarters, examine the accounts and submit to the
Accountant General a report of such examination in such form as may be prescribed
by him.
296) In addition to the accounts prescribed above, such other accounts of revenue due
and outstanding and of timber and other transaction should be submitted to the
Accountant General as he may from time to time require.
297) The monthly Abstracts of the Contractors' and Disbursers' Ledger may be submitted
to the Accountant General through the Conservator or other superior officer, if so
desired by Government to ensure the control of the latter over the adjustment of the
outstanding balances, but that officer should, within ten days of receipt of the,
Abstracts in his office, pass them on to the Accountant General.
LIST OF FORMS
Serial Nos. Of
DESCRIPTION OF FORMS
Forms
FORM P. W. A. 1
(See Chap. Ill, Article 80)
CASH BOOK
10. If the disbursing officer draws on more than one district or sub-treasury, the total
amount of cheques drawn during the month on each (excluding the amount of
cancelled cheques), should be recommended in another note at foot of the Cash
Book.
11. Cash Books should have their pages machine-numbered. As far as possible, no
lines should be left blank, but if any space on a page of the Cash Book has to be left
blank owing to the whole of the other page of the same folio being written up
completely, a diagonal line should be drawn to cancel the blank space, so that it
may not be possible to make any subsequent entries therein. Interpolation of entries
should be avoided as far as possible, but when it becomes necessary to make any
entries between two ruled lines or to make any additions to, or interpolation
between, entries already made such additions should be attested invariably by the
dated initials of the disbursing Officer.
FORM P. W. A. 1
(See Chapter TU, Article 80)
CASH BOOK
---------------Division, Cash Book of---------------------------for the month of --------------------------------19----------
RECEIPTS SIDE PAYMENT SIDE
PAYMENT
Bank or Treasury
No. of From To No of
Date
voucher whom Amount Classification Date of No of whom cheque Classification
of Cash
or received (cash) of Receipts payment voucher paid (with of charges
receipt Amount
Receipt etc etc. No of
cheque
Book)
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
FORM PWA 1-A
(See Chapter iii Article 80-A)
Register of Cheques
Name of
On what Date of
From the Bank Divisional
Date of account dispatch Date of
S. No. whom Cheque Amount Officer’s Remarks
Receipts to be to the adjustment
Received No and initials
credited bank
Date
Rs Ps
FORM P.W.A.2
(See Chap. Ill, Article 82)
CASH BALANCE REPORT
Part 1.—Statement of the actual balance of Cash in the hands of
On the -------------------------------day of -----------------------------19-------19-----and of standing imprests and temporary advances
with subordinates
Description No Amount Remarks and
explanation of
large balances etc.
Rs Ps
Cheques received in favour of self,
but not cashed Bank drafts not
cashed Notes
Sovereigns Rupees
Fifty Paisa Coins As detailed below :
(Signature)
Date the -----------19---- (Rank)
FORM P. W. A. 3
(See Chap. Ill, Articles 86 and 88)
IMPREST CASH ACCOUNTS
N.B. —This form should be printed in two foils and bound in book form. Notes to be printed on the fly-leaf
1. Government servants entrusted with fixed imprests or temporary advances should maintain acid render accounts of their
disbursements there from in this form.
2. The round sum with which an Imprest cash account is opened, should be entered at once in red ink in column 5, “Total ". The
date and manner of the remittance, and, if recouped by cheque, the cheque and cheque book number should also be
entered, column 3 being utilised for the latter purpose. The disbursements from this imprest should be entered daily as they
are made, clearly and in full detail; and from time to time as the imprest-holder finds it necessary, as also a few days before
the due date for the monthly closing of the Cash Book of the disbursing officer from whom the imprest is held, the account
should be closed and balanced, the right-hand half-page being cut off and .sent to the disbursing officer, the counterfoil being
retained by the imprest-holder. The account should be supported by a voucher in proper form, for each payment, numbered
and attached to the account so as to correspond with the order of the entries in column 2, "Voucher No.". The sums received,
from time to time, in recoupment of the imprest should be entered in column 5 in red ink in the same way as the fixed amount
with which the account was first opened.
3. The account should contain no entries of receipts other than the opening entry, of the fixed imprest and the subsequent
recoupment of expenditure, nor any entries of expenditure other than those paid directly by the Imprest-holder himself from
the amount of his imprest.
4. Money received by imprest-holders on behalf of Government is not to be mixed up with their (imprest cash, or brought into
the imprest cash book, but should be disposed of in the manner prescribed in the relevant treasury rules.
5. To facilitate the abstracting of charges by the recouping disbursing officer the imprest holder must enter invariably in column
3, along with other particulars of payment, the name of the work, etc., to which each payment is debatable and also the name
of the contractor or other person, if any, from whom the amount paid is recoverable. Column 6 is intended for the head of
account to which each payment relates and should be left blank by the imprest-holder. The date and manner of recoupment,
and, if recouped by cheque, the cheque and cheque book number should be entered by the recouping disbursing officer on
every imprest account disposed of by him, also a note of increase, reduction, or withdrawal when such occur. When the
account is incorporated in his own Cash Book, it should be numbered to correspond with the voucher number quoted in the
Cash Book, so as to be readily traceable from it.
6. Temporary advances should also be accounted for in this form, but the accounts of these advances should be quite distinct
from those for permanent advances.
FORM P. W. A. 3
(See Chap. Ill, Article 86 and 88)
IMPREST CASH ACCOUNT
Abstract of Charges
Name
of
works
--------------to-----------------Period
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Total
N.B. This abstract should be printed at eh back of each form and filed in by the sub divisional Officer when imprest holder receives funds from him
and in other cases by the divisional officer.
FORM P. W. A. 4
Division / Sub-division
(See Chap. Ill, Article 96).
Section
(REGISTER OF STOCK RECEIPTS/ISSUES)
20
Month ---------------------------- 19-----
Name of Articles
Reference to
21
recorded Source from which received. Head of
measurements To whom issued (with name Account,
Date etc.
(for receipts only) of work and of contractor
and to indent or whom debit able )
order
20
Score out the upper or lower entry as required.
21
In this column, the name of account head to which the issue of stores is debit able should be entered and full names of divisions and offices to which Nock is
to be issued and of contractors, employees, other persons or local bodies to whom sales are authorised should be added in all cases in which orders exist for
stores to be issued otherwise than for the requirements of work; within the division.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING IN FORMS
Ps
Total
Rs
(separately
Ps
for each
articles)
Amount
22
Sources
Authority
from which
Rs
Grand total
received
articles(groupNames of
Value of
each
Total
receipt of
materials
ed by sub–
heads)
Quantities
Rs Ps Rs Ps
23
Grand Total
Date the ------ Dated initials of Divisional Accountant Sub Divisional Officer
22
Quoting reference to No. of Cash Book voucher or transfer entry, in respect of items brought to account through the Cash Book or the Transfer Entry Book, vide Instruction No. 2.
23
The totals should agree.
FORM P.W.A. 6
Division.
(See Chap. III, Article 97)
Sub-division
ABSTRACT OF STOCK ISSUES
Month ---------------------19----------
Grand total
Total storage
Ps
Total (Separately for each sub head)
Rs
Ps
Amount (separately for each article)
Rs
25
Ps
Rate
Rs
Book Storage
Total Quantities
value charges
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
24
Quoting reference to No. of Cash Book voucher or transfer entry, in respect of items brought to account through the Cash Book or the Transfer Entry Book, vide Instruction No. 2.
25
the figure to be entered here will be the total of the sub column “storage charges” of the second column.
26
Grand total
Date the ------ Dated initials of Divisional Accountant Sub Divisional Officer
To be credited to
Countersigned
To be debited to Divisional Accountant Divisional Officer Officer initiating the
Date Date transfer entry
A transfer entry should set forth such explanation of the correction or adjustment
Initials of the Officer proposed to be made as would establish clearly the correctness and necessity of the
Initiating the Transfer Entry entry. In cases of corrections involving a reduction in the charges against the estimate of a
work, not only should full particulars of the vouchers and account in which the erroneous
charges originally appeared be specified but also the circumstances in which the charges
were allocated wrongly under the estimate for the work should be set forth clearly. It is not
sufficient to state that the charges were previously classified erroneously.
26
These totals should be agree.
FORM P. W. A. 8.
(See Chapter III, Articles 110 and 111)
TRANSFER ENTRY BOOK.
28
DEBITS CREDITS
Dated
Item Head of initials of
Date Head of Account
No. Account
27
Particulars of Amount (with name Amount Divisional
each transaction (with name
of work) Accountant
of work)
Total Total
27
Authority should be quoted in all cases, e.g., No and date of Transfer Entry Order, or of adv ice and acceptance of Transfer. In cases falling under Note 1 to a Article 106, it will suffice if the
Divisional Officer initials the entry in this column.
28
The totals of the debits and credits against each entry should be agree with each other
FORM P. W. A. 9.
Chapter III, Articles 113 to 116)
REGISTER OF REVENUE REALISED.
Major Head
30
Reference Wate Water Other
Item 29 Owners Sales of Plantation
B voucher Particulars r supply of canal
No Rates Water s
No. Rates Towns produce
Total up to date
carried over to the
following month
29
This form is also used for the detailed accounts of (1) Refunds of Revenue and (2) Receipts and Recoveries on Capital Account.
30
When a major head is divided into parts, e. g., the head XVII, a separate Register of Revenue should be kept for each part. Receipts pertaining to (a) Military Engineer Services, (6) Pakistan Air
Force, (c) Posts and Telegraphs Works and (J) Archaeological Works of the Central Government mentioned in Article 215 should be posted in separate registers for each, and in Governor's provinces
a register should also be maintained for receipts from other .works of the Central Government.
FORM P. W. A. 9.—contd.
Name of system
31
Recoveries of expenditure
Water power Navigation Rents Fines
32
Miscellane-
Establish- Tools and Total
Other ous
ment Plant
recoveries
recoveries recoveries
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
31
These columns are internded for the minor heads (and detailed heads, if any) subordinate to the major head concerned. The examples given are those relating to the major head XVIII.
32
To be used only in respect of projects for which a separatge capital account is kept.
FORM P. W. A. 10
WORKS ABSTRACT A.
Name of Work.-— Constructing Canal Officers Quarters at Mandi Bahauddin
Detail of Up-to-date Progress33
33
Only quantities which have been actually measured and paid for on bills included in the accounts should be taken into this statement.
FORM P. W. A. 10—contd.
(See Chap. Ill, Article 133.)
WORKS ABSTRACT A.
HEADS
SUSPENSE ACCOUNTS
CONTRACTOR
Total cost
Number Contingen
Materials Advance Secured Other Labourers
of Item cies (5) payments Advances transactions
Rs. Ps Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Rs. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps.
2,360 00 34,586 00 49,560 00
480 00 28,935 00 1,200 —1,223 00 36,397 00
1 5 00 1,340 00 —400 — 148 00 1,340 00
2 806 00 9.345 00
3 806 5 00
4
5 1,000 00 1,000 00
2,000 00 2,000 00
5 00 5,146 00 —400 —148 00 6,085 50
485 00 34,081 00 800 —1,371 4,24,825 50
(a) Under Divisional Officer's orders this sub-head was not lumped with other
sub-head costing less than Rs. 1,000.
FORM P. W. A. 10-concld.
Detail of Contractor's Closing Balances
REFERENCE TO
Name of
LAST RUNNING CLOSING BALANCE
Contractor
ACCOUNT BILL 'Explanati
on of non-
adjustmen
NoVoucher
Other t
Advance Secured ad-
Date transacti
payments vances
ons
The closing balance under the Suspense head "Labourers" as arrived at within has
been compared with the connected record of unpaid wages for this work and found correct.
The work is still in progress.
D.S.,-28-7-63
(Dated initials of Sub-divisional Officer.)
As a rule, reasons for delay should be recorded if an item is not cleared within three
months. If the work was completed during the month, the fact should be stated with an
explanation of the steps taken to close the accounts of the work.
Certificate by divisional Accountant
This Abstract and the Statement of Progress have been checked under my
supervision. 1 have compared personally all the items in the "Detail of Contractors' closing
Balances" with the Contractors” Ledger and found them correct
H.R.,—5-8-63
(Dated initials of Divisional Accountant).
Remarks by Divisional Officer.
(The Divisional Officer should note here whether he has examined the work, counted
materials or checked measurements and make any other remarks in respect of the
execution of the work or of the state of account as he may consider necessary.)
(Dated initials of Divisional Officer.)
(To be used when outlay is
not recorded by sub-heads.)
FORM P. W. A. 11.
(See Chap. Ill, Article 133)
WORKS ABSTRACT B.
NOTE.—Potting made in the Sub-divisional office should be in black ink and ail
posting and corrections mad* in the divisional office in red ink.
(a) Additional charges for material issued to contractors.
FORM P. W. A. 11.—contd.
Reference to Measurements
(A reference to any recorded measurements should be entered here.)
DETAIL OF CONTRACTOR'S CLOSING BALANCES
REFERENCE TO LAST CLOSING BALANCC
RUNNING ACCOUNT
BILL Explanation
Name of of
Contractor Vouche non-
Advance Secured Other adjustment
r Date
Payments Advances transactions
No.
The closing balance under the suspense head 'labourers' as arrived at within has
been compared with the connected record of unpaid wages of this work and found correct.
The work is still in progress.
K.S.,—5-7-63.
(Dated initials of sub-Divisional Officer.)
As a rule, reasons for delay should be recorded if an item is not cleared within three
months.
If the work was completed during the month, the fact should be stated with an
explanation of the steps taken to close the accounts of the work.
Certificate by Divisional Accountant
This abstract has been checked under my supervision. I have compared personally
all the items in the "Detail of Contractors' Closing Balances" with the Contractors Ledger
and found them correct.
G.A.,—9-7-63
(Dated initials of Divisional Accountant)
Remarks by Divisional Officer
(The Divisional Office should note here whether he has examined the work, counted
materials or checked measurements and make any other remarks in respect of the
execution of the work or the state of accounts as he may consider necessary).
(Dated initials of Divisional Officer)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING IN FORMS P. W. A. 12 AND P. W. A. 13
1)- The Register of Works is not a classified account of works; for facility of reference it
should be supplied with an index which should be sub-divided' under the prescribed
heads of account classification.
2)- The sanctioned amount of estimate should be entered in respect of each work.
When supplementary estimates are sanctioned, the additional amounts sanctioned
should be entered below the corresponding amounts of the original estimate and
both totaled. But when a revised estimate is sanctioned, the folio of the original
estimate should be closed and the revised estimate should be entered on a fresh
folio, prominently marked "Revised Estimate" in red ink, and a reference to the folio
on which the original estimate is to be found should be entered thereon.
Note.—In the case of Works which are assessable to percentage
recoveries on account of establishment, tools and plant, etc., the
amount of the estimate and allotment for the work should be divided
ratably into two pans, one representing the share available for works ex-
penditure and the other, the total amount for establishment, tools and
plant and audit and accounts charges, if any, recoverable under the
rules of Government.
3)- In the case of works for which specific allotments are sanctioned individually, the
amount of allotment for the year should be noted in the register at the top of the
page, any additions or deductions made during the year being noted in the same
place.
NOTE.—In the case of Local Loan Works the limit of funds set aside by
Government (to be ascertained from the Accountant-General) for
expenditure on a work during the year should be treated as the
allotment for t he work.
4)- The blank vertical columns in Form P. W. A. 12 should be utilised for the final sub-
head of the estimate and for as many of the suspense heads as may be operated
upon, but the sub-columns for "quantity" and the horizontal columns for "rate of cost"
should be left blank in respect of sub-heads for which there are no quantities in
Works Abstracts.
5)- In Form P W A 13 the final charges on works should be posted in the column “Total
value of work done” and the single column “suspense Account” should embrace the
transactions under all the suspense accounts.
FORM P W A 12
(See Chap III, Article 141)
Register of Works A
Name of Work:- constructing Clerk’s Quarters at Jehlum Authority Secretary’s No. 1447-W., Dated 16-11-1961 allotment for the year ------Rs.--- Folio No. 25
SUSPENSE
Dated initials of
DOOR ; AND WINDOWS (3) SUB HEADS COSTING OTHER Total Divisional Officer
MONTHS, ETC. PACCA MASONRY (1) LESS THAN Rs.1000 CONTENGIES MATERIALS ADVANCE TRASS cost against transaction
ARCH MASONRY (o) (2)
EXCLUDING (2) (5) (6) PAYMENTS ACTION or the month
(4)
Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Amount Amount Amount
Total ..
3,233 12 54 5 6 3.287 18
Payment” +=Debit
Rs Rs Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
June 1963
Constructing Residential
quarter at Hazurpur bill
for
Constructing Menials
quarters at Lyallpur 1st
and final bill for
Constructing telegraph
office at Lahore
Constructing clerk’s
Quarters at Dhar
Balance c.f.
Total
Detail of balance
Constructing Residential
Quarters at Nurpur –Bill
VIII
April, 1963
Constructing at university
Hall
May 1963
Constructing at university
Hall
July 1963
Constructing at university
Hall
If there are several contracts in connection with a work or account the transactions relating to each should be distinguished preferably by quoting the number and date of agreement or
work order.
FORM P. W. A. 15.
(See Chap. Ill, Article 160)
OUTTURN STATEMENT OF MANUFACTURE
Name of Manufacture----------Site---------------Season
Authority-----------------Name of month-----------------------------
ACTUAL OUTTURN ( QUANTITIES
34
Estimated AND VALUES)
Total values
Date ---------19----------
Subdivisions Officer.
34
The value should be entered in red ink just below the quantities.
FORM P. W. A. 16
(See Chap. Ill, Article 161.)
REGISTER OF MANUFACTURE,
Name of Manufacture ------------------------- , Site------------------------ Season
Authority-------------------
OPERATION
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
Months, etc.
Amount
Amount
Amount
Estimate No.- 40 of 1962-63 Amount
Rs. P Rs. P Rs. Ps Rs. Ps.
Brought, forward
Brought forwardfromfrom
previous s. s. — .
year
July, 1962
Total
Rate
August, 1962
Total
Rate
September, 1962
Total
Rate
October, 1962
Total
Rate
November, 1962
Total
Rate
December , 1962
Total
Rate
January
Total
Rate
February
Total
Rate
March
Total
Rate
April
Total
Rate
May
Total
Rate
June
Total
Rate
Supplementary Account
Total
Rate
FORM P. W. A. 16,—contd.
Appropriation for the year-------Rs.------------------ , Folio No------
OPERATION
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
Amount
Amount
Amount
Total Cost
Amount
Rs.
Ps.
Quantity
Amount
Rs.
Ps.
Quantity
OUTTURN
Rs. Amount
TOTAL
Ps.
FORM P. W. A. 16,—contd
manufacture
Ps.
Total
35
To be indicated thus 12/48 for December 1948: 1/49 for January 1949; and son on
36
This will take effect from the “Financial yuear 1958-59”
37
To be indicated thus “A”
38
Score out “Credits in the case of Miscellaneous P.W.Advances and Stock, and “Debits” in the case of Purchases and P.W. Deposits.
39
Score out “Debit” in the case of ---------------- and “ Credits”
paymentNo. and date of accountant General’s Advice of
1
DEBIT
2
Me of Vessel
3
No. and date of Invoice
Total
No. or
month
for the
quantity
Month -----------------------19------------
Rs
Charges in England during month by credit to the head
“P.W. Remittances”
5
Ps
Rs
Charges in Pakistan of the month
6
Ps
Rs
Balance from last month
7
FORM P W A 18
Ps Rs
Total (Columns 5+6+7)
(See Chap. III, Article 167)
8
SCHEDULE OF LONDON STORE
Ps
No. or
CREDIT
quantity
Closing balance
12
Rs Ps Rs Ps
13
Remarks
Total
for the
year
Total
Divisional Accountant
Divisional Officer
Division
40
Intended only for cases of Acceptances of Transfer Debits.
FORM P. W. A. 21.—Deleted.
FORM P. W. A. 22.—Deleted.
Reference to
Schedule Register, 17 17 (Miscel.
etc.. 9 (Purchases 17 and 29 P.W. 18 41 41 34 or 35 37 37 3 38
Form No. ) Advances)
FORM P W A 23
(See Chap. IV Article 208)
Abstract Book
Month ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------19--------------
S.REMITTANCES REFUNDS TO BE DEDUCTED FROM CHARGES SIDE
Transfers Transfer Cash Opening
Sub division, etc between Other s within from cash Total
P.W.Cheques
P.W. items Division treasury balance
Officers
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Cash Division office
Total
'A' sub-division
Total
B' subdivision
Total
C' sub-division
Total
Transfer Entries
Total of
Total Rs Ps last 3
Stock 'A sub-division columns
Total
Total
B' sub-division Total Total transfer
entries
C' sub-division
No Copies
Total
Total Cash, Total
Transfer Entries and
Stock.
Total
Deduct — Refunds
transferred from Total transfer with division---stock
Receipts side
Net
Reference to
Schedule 17
17
Register, etc.. 41 27 and 17 (32) 18 40 17 37
27 or 41 (Purchases)
Form No. 28
FORM P W A 23
(See Chap. IV Article 208)
Abstract Book
Month ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------19--------------
REFUNDS OF
INTER-PROVINCIAL REVENUE TO BE
S.REMITTANCES
SUSPENSE ACCOUNT TRANSFERRED TO
Transfers Closing
RECEIPT SIDE Cash from
Sub division, etc within cash Total
Transfers XXXIX – XXXIX – treasury
Remittances Division balance
Government between Other CIVIL CIVIL
into
of---- P.W. items Works Works
Treasury
Officers Central Provincial
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Cash Division office Total
'A' sub-division
Total
B' subdivision
Total
C' sub-division
Total
Transfer Entries
Total
Total of
Stock 'A sub-division
Rs Ps last 3
Total columns
B' sub-division Total C'
Total
sub-division Total transfer
Total entries
No Entries
Total Cash,
Transfer Entries and Total
Stock.
Deduct — Refunds
Total
transferred from
Receipts side
Net
Total transfer with division---stock
Reference to Schedule
Transfer to Receipt side
Register, etc..
Form No. Totals agreed with the corresponding figures in
38 39
relevant schedules, registers,etc.
Divisional Accountant
No. -----------
FORM P.W.A.24
(See Chap., Article 209)
SCHEDULE DOCKET
Name of work41 or Schedule-----------------------------------
42
Classification of Charge--------------Month-----------19----
—
T. E. No.
T. E. No.
T. E. No.
TOTAL
Deduct Refunds —
Cash receipts:-
Transfer Entry Credits :
—
T. E. No.
T. E. No.
T. E. No.
Total Refunds
Net charges of the
month.
Total Carried
forward
Divisional Accountant
41
Full name of work as given in the estimate should be entered here in the case of each work included in a
Schedule of Works Expenditure, Form P. W. A. 27, or in the Schedule of Deposit Works, Takavi Works, or Debits
to Stock, Forms P. W. A. 33, P. W. A. 36 and P. W. A. 28. In all other cases, the name of the Schedule should be
given
42
Only such particulars need be entered as are necessary to avoid errors in the posting of charge in Schedule
Dockets.
43
ln the case of Transfer Entry debits the supporting vouchers, if exceeding Rs. 25 each should also be attached,
their particulars being quoted below each entry, and the amount of the petty vouchers-being specified in the
column for remarks. In the case of Transfer Entry credits a reference to the Schedule Docket in which the
corresponding debit is shown should be given in the same column.
FORM P. W. A. 25
(See Chap. IV, Article 212)
SCHEDULE DOCKET FOR PERCENTAGE RECOVERIES
Month---------------------------19---
Works
Expenditure PERCENTAGE RECOVERIES
TOTAL
44
Non-Government Works should be shown in three separate groups (1) Deposit Works (2) Local Loan Works
and (3) Takavi Works. Government Works should be grouped by Governments and departments, and the name of
the division or office should be prefixed to that of the work in red ink.
FORM P. W. A. 26
(See Chap. IV, Article 213)
SCHEDULE OF MONTHLY SETTLEMENT WITH TREASURIES
Part I.—Cash Remitted and Acknowledged
FORM P. W. A. 26—contd.
Part II.—Cheques Issued and Paid
PARTICULARS particulars of
PARTICULARS Amount
Amount OF CHEQUES Amount CHEQUES
OF CHEQUES
TOTAL
Divisional Accountant
45
The difference relating to each treasury should be detailed in the manner indicated.
FORM P. W. A. 27.
(See Chap. IV, Article 215)
SCHEDULE OF WORK EXPENDITURE
Major Head, Remittance or other Account) Name of Month 19
New Other New Other New Other New Other New Other
Total Total Total Total Total
Expd. Expd. Expd. Expd. Expd. Expd. Expd. Expd. Expd. Expd.
Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps.
Note 1 —In the Schedules for works of classes (i) to (v) mentioned in Article 215, money column 5 for "Total charges of the month " should be totalled to bring out separately the totals for (1) each minor head,
(2) each primary unit of appropriation (if any) subordinate to a minor bead, and (3) each group 3 varies for which a separate lump sum allotment has been placed at the disposal of the Divisional Officer or a
controlling authority. Against each total at the last category should be given (ii) in column 6, the total charges of the year which will be arrived at by adding the total of the month to the total of the w given in
column 6 of the previous month's schedule, and (b\ in column 7, the lump sum allotment, if placed at the Divisional Officer's disposal.
Note 2.—In the Schedules pertaining to works of classes (vi) and (vii), mentioned in Article 215, the entries relating to each work should be made separately for works expenditure," and " percentage charges "
(for establishment, tools and plant, accounts and audit charges, etc.; one line should be used for of these two charges and a third for the total charges on the work.
Note 3.—Save as provided for in Note 1, it is optional with the Divisional Officer to make entries in columns 6, 7 and 9 in respect of individual work 7 and 9 need not be filled in the schedule required for
submission to the Accountant General.
Divisional Accountant
FORM P. W. A. 28
(See Chap. IV, Article 216)
SCHEDULE OF DEBITS TO STOCK
Month --------------9--
46
Name of Manufacture
Schedule Docket
REMARKS
or other item of
Item If the work is comple-
expenditure (as given in Total Total up to date
No. ted, say so. (Amount of
the estimate). transactions of
estimate to be entered
the month
N.B. — Sanction to be in office copy only)
noted in red ink when a
work or item is entered
for the first time
1 2 3 4 5 6
Manufacture
Manufacture of bricks at
Lahore
3,300 00 6,000 00
Operation
3,000 00 5,000 00
Outturn
Lime making at Lahore
2,300 00 3,000 00
Operation
2,000 00 2,500 00
Outturn Total
manufacture Operations
Total Manufacture
Outturn Total
Manufacture
5,600 00
Land Kilns, etc. Total
Land, Kilns, etc. , 5,000 00
Storage Total Storage
Other Sub-heads 10,600 00
Total other Sub-heads
GRAND TOTAL
Divisional Accountant
46
Only those works or items should be entered on which there has been any transaction during the month, and the
"operation" and "outturn" transactions of each manufacture should be shown in two separate lines. In June, all
items under the groups "Manufacture" and "Land Kilns, etc.", the accounts of which are still open, should be shown
invariably.
FORM P. W. A. 29.
(See Chap. IV, Article 216)
STOCK ACCOUNT
Month-------------------------19-------------
Part I.—Classified Account of Receipts, Issues and Balances.
47
Item Sub-heads Balance Receipts Total Issues Balance sanctioned Remarks
No Reserve
1 48
Manufactures. Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps.
2
Land, Kilns, etc.
3
Storage Other sub-
4
beads
Total
Schedule Docket No
Schedule Docket No
Reference to
Amount Amount Amount Particulars Amount
schedule etc.
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Line 1 (Part 1)
— Manufacture
Credits of or
Outturn.
Cash Credits to
Stock.
Sale Account
Total
Divisional Accountant
47
For details see Schedule of Debits to Stock, Form P.W.A. 28.
48
lf the closing balance of "Manufacture" includes any items which are not chargeable against the Reserve limit,
they should be detailed in the column for remarks.
49
To be used only when contingent charges are not drawn by bills presented direct at treasuries.
FORM PWA 30
(See Chap IV Article 217)
Schedule of Purchases
Extract from suspense register, form PWA 17
Ps Rs Ps Ps
Rs Ps Rs Rs Ps Rs
Divisional Accountant
50
To be indicated thus:- New for items appearing for the first time “12/48” for December 1948, “1/49” for January 1949, and so on
51
In the case of purchases for a specific work, one or other of the following remarks applicable to the cae should also be noted (i) for Direct issue (ii) for Issue to --------------- contractors.
52
Column 9 “A” Paid in cash “B” Adjusted by transfer. The letters “A” and “B” should be entered in this column .
FORM PWA 31
(See Chap IV Article 217)
Schedule of Purchases
Extract from suspense register, form PWA 17
54 Remarks with explanation
Particulars of items to be
when items remain
grouped, by classes of
53 unadjusted for more than
Month from purchases, i.e. (1) For Stock,
Closing 55 three months. (In respect of
Item No as per which and (2) For Works, with name of Opening Credits during Total credits Debits during How
balance (Cols. credits during the month
Register transaction supplier and name of work in balance the month (Cols 4-5) the month adjusted
6-7) here enter reference to
dates case of class (2), and quantity
Schedule docket in which
and description of materials
the corresponding debit
supplied.
appears)
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
I- For Stock
For Specific Work
Divisional Accountant
53
To be indicated thus:- “New” for items appearing for the first time, “12/48” for December 1948, “1/49” for January 1949, and so on.
54
In the case of purchases for a specific work, one or other of the following remarks applicable to the case should also be noted (i) For Direct Issue (ii) For Issue to ----------- contractor
55
Column 9 “A” Paid in cash, “B” Adjusted by transfer. The letters “A” and “B” should be entered in this column.
56
FORM P. W. A. 31
(See Chap. IV, Article 217)
Schedule of Purchases.
Part – I 57Extract from Suspense Register, Form P.W.A. 17
Remarks with
explanation when
items remain
Particulars of items (to be
unadjusted for
grouped by classes of
more than three
Reference to Purchases), i.e. (1) For
Item No. as per Register
58
Month from months. (In
month in Stock and (2) For works, 59 Closing 60
which Opening Credits during Total credits Debits during How respect of credits
which item with name of supplier ,and balance (Cols.
transaction balance the month (Cols 5-6) the month adjusted during the month
was last name of work in case of 7-8)
dates here enter
affected class (2) and quantity and
reference to
description of materials
Schedule docket
supplied
in which the
corresponding
debit appears
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
I For Stock
II For Specific Work
56
This alternative form may be authorised by the Accountant General for use in the case of divisions where the number of items in the Suspense Register is usually very large, but the number usually affected
by the monthly transactions is small.
57
For September, December, March and June, all current items should be extracted from the register including those not affected by the month’s tansaction. In the case of other months, only items affected by
the months transactions need be detailed.
58
To be indicated thus:- “New” for items appearing for the first time, “12/48” for December 1948, “1/49” for January 1949, and so on.
59
Column 5 to 9 should be totaled separately for each class in September, December, March and June. In other months, column 6 and 8 only should be totaled separately for each class of Purchases.
60
Column 10 “A” Paid in cash, “B” Adjusted by transfer. The letters “A” and “B” should be entered in this column.
FORM P W A 31 contd.
Part II – Abstract Account of Credits, Debits and Balances of the purchases Account.
Class of Purchases Opening balance Credits during the month Total Col (2-3) Debits during the month Closing balance (Cols. 4-5)
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
I – For Stock
Total
Divisional Accountant
FORM P W A 32
(See Chap. IV, Article 217)
Schedule of Miscellaneous PW Advances
Division -------------------
Month ----------------19---
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Divisional Accountant
FORN P. W. A. 33
61
To be indicated thus:- “New” for items appearing for the first time; “12/62” for December 1962, “12/62” for December 1962, “1/63” for January 1963, and so on.
(See Chap. IV, Article 219)
Schedule of Deposit Works
Part I – Account of Deposit Works affected during the month of -----------19-----
Expenditure, if any
debited to
Deposit Expenditure Remarks if the
Detailed 62
Name of work miscellaneous P.W.
Schedule work is
Serial No classification of with name of Advances
Docket No. completed say
estimate depositor
so.
To end of previous During the Total up to Total charge of Total up to Up to During the
month month date the month date date month
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
64
Grand Total A B
65
E Deduct “Up to date” totals of F G
accounts closing during the
month, as per items. H 66
L
62
When a work is included for the first time in the schedule, the sanction should be entered in red ink in column 3
63
The amount as per entry C should, by a transfer entry, be debited in lump sum to Miscellaneous P.W. Advances
64
'The amounts as per entries A and D should be entered in columns 5 and 7 i.e., " Credits during the month " and " Debits during the month " of the Schedule of
Deposits, Form P.W.A. 34 or P.W.A. 35.
65
The amount as per entry E should agree with entry J of last month's schedule.
66
The amount as per entry L should agree with the closing balance of Deposits for work to be done as per column 8 of the Schedule of Deposits; Form '.W.A. 34 or
P.W.A. 35.
Net “Up to date” totals of (= F-G) (=K-H)
accounts remaining open at the
J
closing of the month.
FORM P.W.A. 33-contd.
Part II.—Account of Deposit Works not affected during the month.
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Divisional Accountant
FORM P W A 34
(See Chap IV, Article 220)
Schedule of Deposits
EXTRACT FROM DEPOSIT REGISTER, FORM P W A 17
Division ------------
Month -------------19--------
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
The letters A B C etc., should be entered in the column “How adjusted”. If necessary, additional letters (D E etc.) should be entered with explanation at foot.
Certified that, with the exceptions noted below, all the interest-bearing securities as per items acknowledgments by the authorised custodians, have been received and
lodged in a chest in the custody of the Divisional Officers, and similar securities as per items have been certified as received and kept in custody by the Sub
Divisional Officers concerned.
Exceptions (with reasons)
Divisional Accountant
67
To be indicated thus “New” for items appearing for the first time, “12/48” for December 1948, “1/49” for January 1949, and so on
68
Column 9 – “A” Repaid in cash, “B” adjusted by transfer entry, “C” Converted into an interest-bearing security and entered in the Register of Securities.
FORM P W A 35
(See Chap. IV, Article 220)
Schedule of 69Deposits
Opening Credits during the Debits during the Closing balance (Cols.
Class of deposits Total Col (2+3)
balance month month 4+5)
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
V. Miscellaneous deposits
Total
69
This alternative form may be authorised by the Accountant General for use in the case of divisions where the number of items in the Deposit Register is usually very large, but the number affected by the monthly transactions is small.
FORM P. W. A. 35 contd.
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Certified that, with the exceptions noted below, all the interest-bearing securities as per items acknowledgments by the authorised custodians, have been received and lodged in a chest in the custody of the Divisional
Officers, and similar securities as per items have been certified as received and kept in custody by the Sub Divisional Officers concerned.
Exceptions (with reasons)
Divisional Accountant
70
For September, December, March and June, all current items should be extracted from the register including those not affected by the month’s tansaction. In the case of other months, only items affected by the months transactions need
be detailed.
71
To be indicated thus:- “New” for items appearing for the first time, “12/48” for December 1948, “1/49” for January 1949, and so on.
72
Column 5 to 9 should be totaled separately for each class in September, December, March and June. In other months, column 6 and 8 only should be totaled separately for each class of Purchases.
73
Column 10 “A” Paid in cash, “B” Adjusted by transfer. The letters “A” and “B” should be entered in this column.
FORM P. W. A. 36
(See Chap. IV, Article 221)
Month---------19----- SCHEDULE OF TAKAVI WORKS
Division--------------- Part I. ----Account of Works Affected by the month's transactions
Serial 74
Name of work, with the name and Schedule EXPENDITURE REALISATION REMARKS
No. address of the cultivator responsible Docket No.
Total up To end of 75During Total up If the work is
for it. 3 Total completed, say so.
to date previous the month to date
charges
1 2 month 6 9
of the 5 7 8
month 4
Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps.
C D
76
A
74
When a work is included for the first time in the schedule, the sanction should be entered in red ink in column 2.
75
If the recovery is made otherwise than in cash, a suitable explanation should be recorded in the column for Remarks. Repayments of realisations should be entered in column 7 as minus figures.
76
The total realisations to end of previous month as per entry A should agree with the entry B in column 8 of last month's schedule.
FORM P. W. A. 36—contd.
Part II.—Account of works not affected by the month's transactions.
Divisional Accountant
FORM P. W. A. 37.
Schedule of Debits/Credits to " Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Government".
N.B.—Only the Central transactions originating in Provincial Divisions and Provincial transactions
originating in the Central Divisions will appear in this schedule.
Name of
Reference to
Government Head
Particulars authority or No.
of account in the 79
and date of Remarks
Item case of of Amounts
Advices and
Central77/Provincial
No. 78 Debit/Credit Acceptances
Divisions
1 2 3 4 5 6
Rs. Ps.
Divisional Accountant
FORM P. W. A. 38
SCHEDULE OF DEBITS/CREDITS TO “INTER-PROVINCIAL SUSPENSE ACCOUNT".
N.B.—Only the items originating in the Provincial Divisions on behalf of other Provincial Govern-
ments-will appear in this schedule.
Reference to
80 authority or No. and 81
Item No. Name of Government, (with Particulars of Amount Remarks
date of Advices and
name of Department) Debit 'Credit
Acceptances
77
In the case of Central Divisions, the entries should be grouped by each Government.
78
In the case of Provincial Divisions, items should be grouped in two classes. A—Items to be finally accounted for
in the Accounts office (to whom the accounts are rendered) and B—Items to be passed on to other Accounts
offices.
79
In the schedule of credits items representing cash receipts should be so described in this column and against all
other items should be given a reference to the schedule docket in which the corresponding debit appears.
80
Entries in the schedule should be grouped by each Government.
81
In the schedule of credits, items representing cash receipts should be so described in this column and against
all other items should be given a reference to the schedule docket in which the corresponding debit appears.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Rs. Ps.
Divisional Accountant
FORM P. W. A. 39
(See Chapter IV, Article 224)
SCHEDULE OF DEBITS/ CREDITS TO REMITTANCES
Month------------------------------------19----------
Authority. Particulars of Responding
items which have been
brought to account
provisionally
Name of Amount
Division or Responding items brought Remarks
Item 83
Whether an Other items
office (with intimated by Accountant to
original(O) or
No. name of 82
Particulars General for adjustment account Nature of
a Responding
Department and Amount 84
objection quoting
1 3 (R) item
Government, if No. and date reference to the 12
necessary) 4 Month and No. and date of 9
of authority advice thereof
No. and item No. of Advice of
or 10 sent separately
2 date of settlement or Transfer
acceptance
intimation Exchange 11
of Transfer (if any)
Account
5 (if any)
6 8
7
Divisional Accountant
82
Entries in this schedule should be grouped under the several headings as indicated in the form.
83
Transactions representing the cost of work done should not be entered severally, as the necessary details of works are given in the Schedule of Works Expenditure concerned.
84
Column 4 should be filled in only in respect of transactions falling under the group "III.—Other Remittances".
85
In the Schedule of Credits, items representing cash receipts should be so described in this column, and against all other items a reference to the schedule docket in which the corresponding debit appears should be quoted.
86
The entries under this head will appear in Central Divisions only—under the sub- headings "Exchange Account between Civil and Civil", "Exchange Account between Civil and Posts and Telegraphs," etc., in respect of Central transactions adjustable in
another Accounting Circle
FORM P. W. A. 40
(See Chap. IV, Article 226)
SCHEDULE OF DEBITS/CREDITS TO MISCELLANEOUS HEADS OF ACCOUNT
Month---------------------------------19----
Head of 87
Item No. Particulars Amount Remarks
Account Authority
1 3 5 6
2 4
Rs. Ps.
Total
Divisional Accountant
87
In the Schedule of Credits, items representing cash receipts should be so described in this column and against all other items should be gjven a to the
schedule docket in which the corresponding debit appears.
FORM P.W.A. 41
(See Chap. IV, Article 227.)
classified abstract of expenditure
Month---------------19------
89
XVII.—A.—Irrigation Works for which Capital New Other Total
Accounts are kept. I.—Productive Works— Expenditure Expenditure
Deduct—Working Expenses
Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
Form P.W.A. 27 Extensions and Improvements Maintenance and
Form P.W.A. 27 Repairs
Total credits
Net debit to suspense
Total charges
Divisional Accountant
FORM P W A 42
(See Chap IV Article 228)
Monthly Account Office Faisalabad
Month -----------------19-----
Receipts Disbursements
Item No Names of Major Heads, Heads of Account, etc. Schedule New Other
Total
Expenditure Expenditure
Revenue Rs Ps Rs Ps Rs Ps
1. XVII.— A.— Irrigation Works- Form PWA 9
Productive Works — Gross Receipts —Direct Receipts
2. Unproductive Works — Gross Receipts—Direct
Receipts
B. — Navigation, Embankment and Drainage Works —
3. Productive Works— Gross Receipts — Direct Receipts
4. Unproductive Works — Gross Receipts — Direct
Receipts
5. XVIII— A.— Irrigation Works
6. B. — Navigation, Embankment and Drainage Works
7. XXXIX.— Civil Works
EXPENDITURE
8. XVII.— A.— Irrigation Works- Productive Works — PWA 41
Working expenses
9. Unproductive Works — Working Expenses
B— Navigation, Embankment and Drainage Works —
10. Productive Works — Working Expenses
11. Unproductive Works — Working Expenses
18.— A.— Irrigation Works —
12. Works for which no Capital Accounts are kept
13. Miscellaneous Expenditure
B. — Navigation, Embankment and
Drainage Works —
14. Works for which no Capital Accounts are kept
15. Miscellaneous Expenditure
91
16. 18(1) — Other Revenue Expenditure financed
from Famine Relief Fund
17. 19-A— Financed from Famine Relief Fund
91
Where specially allowed, vide Article 13
Governments
33. Inter –Provincial Suspense Account “ 38
34. Remittances “ 39
92
35. Cash Balance diminished / increased
Opening Balance Previous
93
Closing Balance month’s
account
Balance from last account
Receipts during the month
Total
Name Particulars of Amount Date on which the advance Remarks explaining the
advance was first made delay in clearance
Rs Ps
92
If the Closing Balance is Jess than the opening balance, the difference will appear in the Receipts column; but if the balance has increased during the
month, the difference will fall in the Disbursements column.
93
the total of the columns for Receipts and Disbursements must agree, and if there is any difference due to cash being in transit between two disbursing
officers, its amount should be included in the closing balance and the certificate of cash balance should be amplified so as to state the amount and the
steps taken to adjust it.
94
Here state the maximum limit fixed by Government.
Divisional Accountant
Divisional Officer
FORM P. W. A. 43
(See Chap. IV, Article 233)
EXTRACT FROM CONTRACTOR’S LEDGER
Part I—Accounts affected by the month's transactions.
(Same as Form P. W. A. 14)
Part II- Accounts not affected by the month's transactions.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps.
Divisional Accountant
95
If any individual balance due from a contractor under the heads “Other Transaction " and
" Advance payments " has been outstanding for more than three months, the No. and date of
the last running account bill or other voucher relating to it should be quoted in the column for "
Remarks " with an explanation of the delay in its adjustment.
FORM P. W. A. 44
(See Chap. IV, Articles 230 and 238)
LIST OF ACCOUNTS; SUBMITTED TO ACCOUNTANT GENERAL
Month-----------------19--------
96 97 No of
Form No Name of Document Remarks
Documents
P.W.A 42 Monthly Account
“ 9 Schedule of Revenue Realised
“ 9 Schedule of Refunds of Revenue (with—original orders of courts
regarding remission of fines)
“ 41 Classified Abstract of Expenditure .. Schedule of Works
“ 27 Expenditure Consolidated Account of Contingent Expenditure (with
necessary vouchers attached)
“ 25 Schedule Docket of Percentage Recoveries Stock
“ 29 Account (with—Sale Accounts)
“ 28 Schedule of Debits of Stock
“ 30
Schedule of Purchases
“ 31
“ 32 Schedule of Miscellaneous P. W. Advances
“ 18 Schedule of London Stores
Local Form Schedule of Workshop Suspense
P.W.A 9 Schedule of Receipts and Recoveries on Capital
“ 24 Account Schedule Dockets (with necessary vouchers, Transfer
Entry Orders, Survey Reports, and Sale Accounts attached to
each)
“ 40 Schedule of Credits to Miscellaneous Heads of Account
“ 40 Schedule of Debits to Miscellaneous Heads of Account..
Schedule of Credits to Adjusting Account between
“ 37 Central and Provincial Government
Schedule of Debits to Adjusting Account between Central and
“ 37 Provincial Government.
Schedule of Credits to Inter-Provincial Suspense Account
“ 38 Schedule of Debits to Inter-Provincial Suspense Account
“ 38 Schedule of Credits to Remittances
Schedule of Settlement with Treasuries (with—Treasury) Officers'
“ 39 Certificate of Issues and—Consolidated Treasury Receipts)
“ 26 Schedule of Debits to Remittances
Schedule of Deposits
“ 39
“ 34 Schedule of Deposit Works (with—Reports' of Progress of
Expenditure)
“ 35 Schedule of Takavi Works (with—accepted certificates of
“ 33 Collectors)
Extract from Contractors' Ledger
“ 36 Extract from the Register of Transfers advised by the Accountant
General detailing all the outstanding items (in the same form as
“ 43 the Register)
“ 57-A Extract from Accounts of Receipts of Tools and
Plant, and
Extract from Account of Issues of Tools
96
Strike out the Form numbers of any documents not forwarded, the submission of which is un
necessary. If any document required to be submitted is not ready, a suitable note should be
recorded against it in the column for “Remarks” and the probable date of its submission should be
stated.
97
Including those in support of the Schedules of Adjusting Account between Cental and Provincial
governments, Remittances and Miscellaneous Heads of Account.
C.P.W.A.13 and Plant (with Supporting Survey in the
Reports of Stores, Form C.P.W.A. 18, same
“ 14 Sale Accounts, Form C.P.W.A. 19, and | form
acknowledgements of officers concerned f as the
in the case of stores transferred to other Accounts,
officers not .being Divisional Officers
rendering accounts to the same Accountant General.
Extract from the Register of Divisional Accountants' Audit Objection
(Form A.T.C. 6)
Schedule of Rents of Buildings and Lands (with supporting
Statements of Rents recoverable in cash, or by deduction from
“ 60 Pay Bills, Form C.P.W.A. 48)
“ 75
FORM P. W. A. 44—concld.
The vouchers enumerated below do not accompany for the reasons stated against each :
—
Rs Ps
Divisional Accountant
Date -----------------
The -----------19------
Divisional Officer
------------------
FORM P.W.A. 45
(See Chap. IV, Article 238)
Divisional Officer’s Report of Scrutiny of Accounts
Month --------------------19------------
After due examination of the office copies of the Monthly Account and supporting
documents for the month of ----------19---, which were despatched over the signature of the
Divisional Accountant during my absence from headquarters, I accept responsibility for the same.
2)- I have initialed the office copies of the Monthly Account and the List of Accounts (Form
P.W.A. 44), and a duplicate copy of the Monthly Account signed by me is attached to
this report.
3)- I have issued instructions for the adjustment, in the next month’s account, of the errors
and omissions detailed below, which my scrutiny of the accounts has disclosed.
Divisional Officer
No.----------------------
Date --------------------
----------------------------Division,
Enclosure: Monthly Account.
To
THE ACCOUNTANT GENERAL
FORM P. W. A. 46
(See Chap. IV, Article 235)
ANNUAL CERTIFICATES OF BALANCES
[N.B.—This form may be modified by the' Accountant General to suit the local
circumstances.]
For the year ended 9830th June 19
CERTIFICATE No. 1.—STOCK.
A.—Manufacture.—Certified (1) that the dosing balance of Rupees in the accounts
of the head "Manufacture" for [June]19 .consisted, with the exceptions noted below, only of the
unadjusted charges upon operations in progress, (2) that all outturn from the operations has been
duly brought to account and (3) that the closing balance does not relate to any operations the
accounts of which should have been closed and adjusted during the previous twelve months.
B.—Land, Kilns, etc.—Certified (1) that the closing balance of Rupees in the accounts
of the head " Land, Kilns, etc." for [June] 19 , consists of the items enumerated below, (2) that all
charges recoverable from other heads of account under rule or order have been duly credited to
this head during the year, and (3) that the balance in respect of each item represents, in my
opinion, a fair residue which the operations of the coming seasons may be reasonably expected
to bear at the prescribed rates of recovery :—
Remarks
capital account is to be cleared
Total credits on
Gross capital char-
account of
geable to end of
recoveries to end of
year
year
first incurred
Item No.
Total
During the year
99
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
98
This takes effect from the financial year 1958-59.
99
ln nearest rupees only.
FORM P. W. A. 46 – Contd.
C – Other Sub-Heads – Certified (1) that the closing balance of Rupees ,
under the head “Other sub-heads” in the Stock Account of [June] 19 , represents the value of
Stock Materials, detailed quantity accounts whereof have been maintained in accordance with the
prescribed procedure, and (2) that, with the exceptions noted below, none of the materials
stocked are in excess of the probable requirements of the works of the division for the
subsequent 100twelve months:-
100
Or any other period that the Government may have prescribed
101
In nearest rupees only.
CERTIFICATE NO 3 OTHER SUSPENSE ACCOUNT AND DEPOSITS
Certified (1) that the closing balances of the accounts named in the margin (as
specified against each) for 102[June] 19 , have been
Purchase – credit balance of Reviewed in detail, (2) that no items are included therein which
Rs. Miscellaneous P.W. under rule do not pertain to the account concerned, (3) that,
Advances Debit balance of with the exceptions noted below, none of the items, in view of
Rupees the period t has been outstanding or of any other circumstances
which may diminish the chance of its recovery, calls for any
London stores – Credit/Debit special action, to effect clearance, and (4) that in respect of the
balance of Rupees exceptions specified, necessary action is being taken under my
Deposit – Credit balance of orders.
Rupees
102
This takes effect from the financial year 1958-59.
FORM P. W. A. 46 – Contd.
Certificate No 4 Works Accounts
A.—General—Certified (1) that the accounts of all works, the actual construction of
which is completed, have been closed as far as possible, and (2) that in cases in which the
accounts of such works have still to be kept open, arrangements have been made to ensure that
no further charges will be incurred without my permission as required by Article 143.
B.—Materials.—Certified (1) that in respect of each work in progress in the accounts of
which the suspense head " Materials " is being operated upon, a report of valuation in the
prescribed form has been prepared as for 103[30th June] 19 , and reviewed by me, (2) that the
statement below sets forth the calculated values of the unused materials at site of works and
the results of the last verification of materials, and (3) that the unused balances represent, in all
cases, the value of the materials intended for the actual requirements of the works concerned :
—
balance and the actual balance as at the time of
Serial No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
103
This takes effect from te financial year 1959-59
104
In nearest rupees only
105
If the materials relating to a work were not verified during the previous twelve months, the
reasons for the omission should be recorded in this column.
FORM P. W. A. 46—concld.
C.—Contractors and Labourers.—Certified (1) that the closing balances of the accounts of
"Contractors" and "Labourers," as maintained in Registers of Works in respect of works the
accounts of which were open on the 106[30th June] 19 , were as detailed below, (2) that the total of
the Contractors' balances as shown in certificate (1) has been reconciled by the Divisional
Accountant with the total of the balances in the Contractors' Ledger, (3) that the Labourers
balances have been similarly reconciled by the Sub-divisional Officers concerned with the
relevant records of unpaid wages, (4) that there has been no abnormal delay in the closing or
adjustment of the accounts of contracts which are no longer in operation, (5) that all "Secured
Advances" are covered by duly executed indentures in the prescribed form which have seen are
in existence in the divisional office, and (6) finally, that none of the other outstanding debit
balances represent any overpayments, or have become, or are likely to be. irrecoverable:—
Detail of balances.
Contractors.
Total
CERTIFCATE NO. 5—ARREARS OF REVENUE
Certified (1) that the Register of Rents of Buildings and Lards, and other records of assessment
and realisation of revenue for the year ending (30th June) 19 , have been reviewed in detail and
that all immoveable properties belonging to the division which are available for letting out ,and
other important sources of revenue, are entered in the relevant registers with full particulars,(i)
that adequate action is being taken under my orders in respect of revenue which remains
unrealized for more than one month by reason of delay on the part of the tenant or other person
concerned, and (3) that there are no arrears which have become, or are likely to be,
irrecoverable.
Divisional Officer
Divisional Accountant
Date
Date
106
In nearest rupees only.
FORM F.W.A. 57—A.
REGISTER SHOWING THE ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSFERS ADVISED BY THE AUDIT OFFICE UNDER THE HEAD
" P. W. REMIT TANCES "
lll—Other Remittances—Items adjustable by P. W. D.
(See chapter III.—Article 84-A.)
Month in which
Amount responded to and
advised by the the amount
Audit officer Name of the ' Sub- Remarks showing
Reference to Month to Brief
Initials of Division to which the Initials of Divi- steps taken for
Adjustment memos. which the particulars of Name of
Sr. No Divisional transaction pertains and sional adjustment of
issued by the Audit transaction the transfer the work
Accountant No. and date with which Accountant outstanding items
office (No. and Date) pertains advised
sent to S.D.O. etc.
Debit Credit Month Amount
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
PTO
SUMMARY ABSTRACT
Debit Credit
1 Opening balance
2 Add amount of transactions advised by the Audit Office during
the month
3 Deduct amount of transactions responded to during the month
4 Deduct amount of transactions withdrawn by the Audit Office
5 Deduct amount of transactions passed on to other Divisions
under instructions from the Audit Office
6 Closing Balance
Divisional Officer
Division
FORM C. P. W. A. 80.
(A.T.C.-6)
Divisional Officer's
107
Brief particulars of replies (With rea-
Item Amount
transaction or order placed Nature of objection (Rules sons for not Remarks by the
No. placed under
under objection by the and orders to be quoted) admitting the Accountant General
objection
Divisional Accountant objection)
Note : This register will remain in the personal custody of the Divisional Accountant except when submitted to the Divisional Officer under the
provisions if paragraph 21 of C.P.W.A. Code.
107
Objection relating to transactions and orders of subordinate officer which falls within the powers of Divisional Officer to sanction or confirm
should not be entered in this Register.
FORM F.A.1.
(See Chap. VI, Article 256 and Chap, VII, Article 282)
Cash Book/Cash Account of ----------------Division, ,for the month of -----------------19-----
Dr Cr
Date No Particulars Receipts Head of Date No of Particulars Disbursement Head of
of classificatio Item Voucher s classification
Item n
Note:- Blank returns should not be submitted with the Cash Account, but a note should be made at the foot of the
Account of the Forms that are blank.
Dated -----------------------19------
Divisional Officer,
DIVISION
FORM F. A. 2
(See Chap. VI, Article 267)
--------------------------------------Division
Register of Cheques Drawn during -----------------19--------
No. of cheques For use in the Office of the
(with No. of Date On what Treasury Amount Accountant General. Date Remarks
Cheque Book) of encashment at Treasury
1 2 3 4 5 6
Dated -----------------------19------
Divisional Officer,
DIVISION
FORM F A 3
(See Chap IV, Article 270)
----------------------------------------------------Division
Register of Works--------------------------------------------
Forest Range
Nature of work
Number and Date of
Sanction
Amount sanctioned
Dated ---------------19---------------
Divisional Officer
Division
FORM F A 4
(See Chap VI, Article 272)
Contractor’s and Disburser’s Ledger
Accounts No. -------------------------
Disburser / Contractor in account with ---------------------------Forest Division
Dr. Cr.
Cash Book Cr. Particulars of Advances cash Book Dr. Particulars of Advances
Date Amount Date Amount
Item No made Item No. made
(Signed)
Divisional Officer
Division
Dated --------------19-----
FORM F. A. 5. V
(Sec Chap. VII, Article 283)
-----------------------------Division
Classified Abstract of Revenue and Expenditure during-------------19----------
N.B.—The items in this Abstract should be arranged in accordance with the prescribed detailed heads and sub-heads.
No of items Total of Sub No in Cash Book Total of Sub
in Cash Items Amount head of Remarks of Item Amount head of Remarks
Book Classification Item Voucher Classification
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
NOTE 1 . — The certificates required by Articles 290 and 291 should invariably be attached to the Classified Abstract of Expenditure
forwarded to the Accountant General.
NOTE 2. — Sufficient details should be given in column 8 to enable the charges at once to be understood and checked.
NOTE 3. — The authority for charges lying outside the powers of sanction of the officer submitting the accounts should be quoted
invariably in the "Remarks" column.
NOTE 4. — Whenever expenditure on any work is spread over two or more months, the total previous expenditure on such work should
be noted in the irks column before the items expended during the month are entered.
FORM F.A. 6
(See Chap. VII, Article 284)
---------------------------Division
Schedule of Remittances to Treasuries during --------------------19------
Number of
Date when By whom
Item of Name of Treasury Amount Remarks
remitted remitted
Chalan
1 2 3 4 5 6
Divisional Officer
Division
Dated --------------19-----
FORM F.A. 7
(See Chap, VII, Articles 285 and 293)
------------------------------------------Division
Schedule of Receipts / Payments on behalf of other Government.
Name of
Item No. Particulars of Receipts Payment Amount Remarks
Government
1 2 3 4 5
Divisional Officer
Division
Dated --------------19-----
Note:- There should be two separate schedules, one for Receipts and the other for payment.
Note:- The items included in the schedule should be grouped by each Government.
FORM F. A 8
(See Chap VII, Article 286)
Abstract of Entries in the Contractors and Disburser’s ledger during ------------19----
N.B. When the balance due as exhibited in columns 12 and 13 is made up of more than on item the details of the items making up the balance should be shown in the column for
“Remarks”.
Divisional Officer
Division
Dated --------------19-----
ANNEXURE 'A'
(Referred to in note below Article 15)
Copy of Comptroller and Auditor General of Pakistan memo. No. 206-AC-I-A/28-62, dated 5-3-1963,
addressed to all Accountants-General, Directors of Audit and Comptrollers etc., and copy endorsed to
Ministry of Communications (Rly. Wing), Ministry of Finance (Budget and Expenditure Division), F. A. &
C.A.Os, P.E.R., Chittagong and P.W.R., Lahore, Comptroller, P.T. & T., M.A.G., State Bonk of Pakistan,
Central Directorate, Karachi.
SUBJECT:—Accounting Arrangement arising out of Provincialisation of Railways.
1. As a result of Provincialisation of Railways in pursuance of President's Order No. 33 of 1962, the
Railway Fund formed on proforma basis on the books of State Bank of Pakistan under Central
Consolidated Fund per Ministry of Finance letter No. D-749-B-III/60, dated the 12th May 1960
became inoperative with effect from 1st July 1962. With effect from that date, two separate Proforma
Railway Funds, viz. "Pakistan Western Railway Fund" and "Pakistan Eastern Railway Fund" have
been created on the books of the State Bank of Pakistan under Provincial Consolidated Fund. These
funds will accommodate all earnings and receipts and will bear all the expenditure of the respective
Railways. The Pakistan Western Railway Fund and Pakistan Eastern Railway Fund will be operated
upon by the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer of the respective Railways.
1. Govt. of West Pakistan Finance 2. It has been decided by the Provincial Governments and the Ministry
Deptt. Letter No. BI.I (10) 62, dated of Communications (Railway Wing) vide their letter quoted in the
the 6th June, 1962. margin that the settlement of the transactions between Railways and
other department of the Central and Provincial Governments including
2. Govt. of East Pakistan Finance Defence and Posts and Telegraphs will be done on the same lines as
Deptt. Letter No. 239-FBW, dated the Iaid down in the Ministry of Finance's letter, dated the 12th May, 1960
2oth October1962 referred to above. The accounting arrangement envisage in this office
circular memo. No 787-Ac. 1 /A/7-60, dated the10th June, 1960, as
amended from time to time will therefore equally apply even after
Provincialisation of Railways. The procedure is. However, reproduced
3. Ministry of Communications below for ready reference.
(Railway Wing) letter F, D A-MA136
dated 27-8-62.
3. The transactions between the Railways and the Central/Provincial Government Departments will continue to be
settled in cash or by cheques as far as possible. In the exceptional cases noted below the monetary settlement
would be effected through the State Bank of Pakistan on the authority of the advices issued by the Railways or the
Central and Provincial Accounts Officers, according as the services have been rendered by/to Railways.
a) The Central and Provincial Government Departments will issue credit notes as hither-to-fore in
favour of the Railways in payment of fares and freight including demurrage and wharfage for carnage of
passengers, goods and other traffic charges of clearance handling and storage of goods, etc. In all such
cases the Railway Accounts Offices will work out the payment receivable from departments on the basis of
the credit note and advise the State Bank for crediting the Railway Fund with the amount thereof per contra
debit to the cash balance—————————of the Government concerned. A copy of the advice along
with the credit notes will simultaneously be endorsed to the Accounts Officers on whose books the
payments in question are adjusted. In the case of the transactions, which are adjustable in the Central
Section of the accounts of a Provincial Accountant General and in the books of the Defence and Posts,
Telegraphs and Telephones' Account Officers, separate advices shall be prepared by the Railway Accounts
Officer for the amount relating to each Civil, Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones' Account
Officers and sent to the State Bank of Pakistan. The advices should give an indication that the transactions
included in them are adjustable by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues the name of the Accounts
Officer being shown in brackets. A copy of the advice to the State Bank of Pakistan shall also be sent by
the Railway Accounts Officer to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues. The clearance memo will be
sent to the Accountant General, Pakistan-Revenues by the State Bank.
b) The Railway transactions, arising in the Provincial bocks of the various Accountants General
Comptrollers will be settled by them direct with the Railway through the State Bank of Pakistan. In case of
Railway transaction, arising in the Central Section of the accounts of the Provincial Accountants General
and in the books of the Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Accounts Officers they will be
passed on through Exchange Accounts to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues responsibility of the
latter to arrange for the necessary money settlement in respect of such transactions with the Railway
Accounts Officers. The Schedule supported with vouchers shall be sent by the Civil Defence and Posts and
Telegraphs Accounts Officers to the Railway Accounts Officers direct and copies of the Schedules will be
sent to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, in support of the entries in the Exchange Accounts. As
regards the Railway transactions arising in Pakistan foreign missions (including the High Commission for
Pakistan in U.K.) the Account art General, Pakistan Revenues will advise the State Bank to debit Railway
Fund concerned per contra credit to Central Government cash balance. A copy of the advice, issued to the
State Bank in the above cases will be endorsed to the Railway Accounts Officer and in the case of
transactions arising in Pakistan foreign mission the copy of the advice will be supported with the duplicate
copies of the schedules with certificate to the effect that the statement of receipts and expenditure in
respect of the Railway transactions have been forwarded with vouchers and receipts to the Financial
Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer, Pakistan Western-Pakistan Eastern Railways—
c) In case of purchase of Rolling Stock coal, etc., made by Railway from foreign countries by opening
of letters of credit on the authorised banks debits on the account of such transactions will be adjusted by
the State Bank of Pakistan by debit to Railway Fund concerned on receipts of advice from the Audit Officer,
Industries Supply, and Food and a copy of the above advice duly supported by requisite documents "will
simultaneously be sent to the respective Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officers.
4. The transactions in which cash settlement will be necessary between the Railways and other Department
and the manner in which it will be done are indicated below :—
a) In the case of purchase made by the Director General Supply and Development en
behalf of Railways and paid for by the Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Feed the latter will send to the
Railway Accounts Officer concerned monthly bills duly supported by paid vouchers. These bills will be
checked by the Railway Accounts Officers concerned within seven days of their receipt and reimbursement
will be arranged to the Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food through crossed cheques.
b) For obtaining service postage stamps from the treasuries a cheque for the amount
involved will be issued by the Railways.
c) The payment of the charges for interest and maintenance, etc. of Railways sidings
of other Central/Provincial Government Department will be arranged by the departmental officers within
seven days of receipt of bills from the Railway Accounts Officer.
d) In the case of work executed by P.W.D. on behalf of the Railways prior deposits
will be credited by cheque by the Railways under the head P.W. Deposits. Further procedure laid down in
Art, 409-412 of the C.P.W.A. Code or the corresponding provision in the Provincial codes will be followed in
this case and the refunds of unspent balances of deposit will be made by cheque by debit to the above
head. In case of the expenditure incurred hi excess of the amount deposited by the Railways the excess
expenditure will be transferred to the Head "Misc. P.W. Advances" in the books of the Director of Audit and
Accounts Works, Lahore or the Account art General, East Pakistan, Dacca as the case may be and action
will be taken by them for recovery of the amount from the Railways concerned. The Divisional Officer of the
P.W.D. will render Periodical account of the expenditure from the deposit account to the Financial Adviser
and Chief Accounts Officer concerned.
5. The re-imbursement in the above case will be made in Full by the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts
Officer of the Railways and the Civil Account Officers. Subsequent re-adjustment, if any, will however, be
made with the consent of the other party.
6. As a result of introduction of above change the following procedure will require to he followed :—
i. The payment made to the Railways by means of cheques and the
recoveries effected from them will be debited and credited respectively to the final service and receipt
heads concerned in Civil Account.
ii.
a) In the case of payment of fare, freight etc., charges referred to in para 3 (a) above the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues and the Provincial Accountants General will, on receipt of memoranda of
clearance from the State Bank, carry out the following adjustment.
Dr. State Bank Suspense
Cr. State Bank Deposits
On receipt of advice (duly supported with vouchers) from the Railway Accounts Officer, the following
adjustment will be carried out by the Accounts Officer concerned.
Dr.—Final head concerned
Cr.—Deduct Debits
State Bank Suspense
In the case of the transactions, adjustable finally in the Central Section of the accounts of a Provincial
Accountant General and in the books of the Defence and the Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Account Officers,
the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will carry out the adjustment in the manner, indicated above, except
that the debit adjustable by the other Accounts Officers will be classified by the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues under the Exchange Account head concerned.
b) In respect of the amounts adjustable with the Railways mentioned in para 3 (b) above the Provincial
Accountants General and the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will carry out the following
adjustment :—
On receipt of memoranda of clearance from the Bank the Provincial Accountants General who initiated the
adjustment will clear the outstanding in his account under the head "P.W.R." Suspense or "P.E.R. Suspense" by
deduct entries per contra debit credit to the head "State Bank Deposit". A similar procedure will be adopted by the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues for settlement of the transactions arising in Pakistan foreign missions.
As regards the settlement of the Railways transactions arising in Central Section of the Books of the Civil
Accountants General, Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones, Account Officer, the following procedure
will be followed:
On receipt of Exchange Account from the Civil, Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Accounts
Officers, the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will carry out the following adjustment :—
Cr. /Dr. Exchange Account head concerned
Dr. /Cr. P.W.R. Suspense or P. E. R. Suspense
The Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will then advise the State Bank of Pakistan to make
adjustment against the balances of the Railway Fund.
On receipt of memoranda of clearance from the Bank the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will
carry out the following adjustment:
Dr. Cr. State Bank Deposits
Cr. Dr. Deduct Debit Deduct Credit.
P.W.R. Suspense or P.E.R. Suspense
c) The Suspense heads "P.W.R. Suspense", '-P.E.R. Suspense" already opened by the Accountant
Genera], Pakistan Revenues and other Accounts Officers in "Part IV Suspense-^-Suspense Accounts—
Suspense Account" will continue to be operated by the foreign missions (including the High Commission for
Pakistan in U.K.) and other departments to accommodate the expenditure incurred and receipts realised on
behalf of the Railways.
d) An adjustment register and a broadsheet will be maintained in form A.0.11 of Account Code Vol. IV
after introducing therein the heads "P.W.R. Suspense" and "P.E.R. Suspense*' by the Accountant General
Pakistan Revenues and other Account Officers concerned to maintain a watch over the clearance of the
transactions adjustable with Railways. This register will also indicate clearly the number and date of the
memoranda of clearance, received from the State Bank. It will be closed monthly.
iii. In the case of stores purchased by the Railways by opening of letter of credit [referred to in para
3(c) above] the procedure now being followed by the Audit Officer, Industries Supply and Food for
accounting of letter of credit transaction is as under :—
The detailed head "L. C. Suspense" accommodates payments made in foreign Countries on production of
shipping documents or Railway receipt etc. The State Bank re-imburses, such payments as soon as an advice of
the payment, having been made abroad together with a copy of the shipping documents is presented to it. In turn,
the State Bank informs the Audit officer Industries, Supply and Food of the Payment haying been made by it and
also sends a copy of the shipping document. On receipt of the shipping documents and the- advice of the payment
the Audit officer, Industries, Supply and Food carries out the following adjustment.
Dr. P.W.R. Suspense or P.E.R. Suspense
Cr. L.C. Suspense.
When the clearance memo, issued by the State Bank is received by the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues he will carry out the following adjustment.
Dr. State Bank Deposit
Cr. Exchange Account between Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and the Audit
officer, Industries, Supply and Food.
On receipt of the Exchange Account from the A. G. P. R., the A. O. I.S. and Food will carry out the following
adjustment.
Dr. Exchange Account between Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and the Audit
Officer, Industries, Supply and Food
Cr. Deduct Debit L. C. Suspense.
The Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food will then advise the State Bank to make adjustment for the
amount against the balances of the Respective Railway Fund and clear the amount adjusted previously under
Pakistan Western Railway, Pakistan Eastern Railway suspense.
6.
iv. According to Procedure laid down in Art. 178-A of Account Code, Vol. IV:—
a) English transactions pertaining to Railways appear in the Account of receipts and
disbursements of the High Commissioner for Pakistan in U. K., and
b) an extract of the High Commissions account together with Schedule, relating to the
transactions adjustable under "Remittances Misc-Account between England and Pakistan" is forwarded by
the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues to the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer of Railway
concerned.
in consequence of the Provincialisation of Railways while the English transactions will continue to be
exhibited in the Accounts of Receipts and Disbursements of the High Commission the extracts of the Accounts will
no longer require to be forwarded to the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts officer of Pakistan Western Railway
or Pakistan Eastern Railway. All that would be required in this case will be that the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues will advise the State Bank of Pakistan to make necessary adjustment against the Railway Fund
concerned and forward a copy of the advice to the Railway Account Officer. On receipt of Memoranda of clearance
from the State Bank, the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will carryout the following adjustment.
Dr. Cr. State Bank Deposits
Cr. Dr. Remittance Account between England and Pakistan
The adjustment made against the Railway Fund will be communicated to the' Financial Adviser and Chief
Accounts officer concerned by the Central Accounts Section of the State Bank. On receipt of this intimation
necessary adjustment under the final heads will be made by the Railway Account Officer.
7. According to the decision contained in Para 7 of the Ministry of Communications (Railway Wing) letter
dated the 27th August, 1962 referred to above the 4% return on Government investment in the Railways
will be payable by the respective Railway to the Provincial Government in equal monthly instalments. The
Provincial Government will in its turn arrange adjustment of the return payable to the Central Government,
the amounts of contribution payable by Railway will be subject to audit and the Chief Auditor of the Railway
will have to furnish audit certificate. The Provincial Accountant Genera] on receipt of audit certificate will
effect necessary adjustment through the State Bank of Pakistan. Thereafter adjustment for the return
payable to the Central Government will be arranged by them. The contribution so received from the Railway
will be accounted for under the minor head Railways contribution to General Revenues" under the major
head "XX-Interest" as already decided by the Ministry of Finance in their U.O. No. D. 556-B. Ill 61, dated the
11-8-61. On the Railway side the contribution so paid will be charged to the bead "15-D Contribution to
General Revenues" already sanctioned under correction slip No. 371 to the list of Major and Minor heads of
Accounts.
8. According to the decision contained in para 9 of the Ministry of Communications letter dated 27-8-62, the
existing capital Major Head "67-Construction of State Railways" in section-BB Railway capital Account
outside Revenue has been split up into the following three parts with effect from 1-7-62.
i. 67-A Construction of State Railways—Capital outlay by Government of Pakistan,
ii. 67-B Construction of State Railway—Capital outlay by Government of East Pakistan,
iii. 67-C Construction of State Railway—Capital Outlay by Government of West Pakistan.
The capital expenditure under the existing major head "67-Construction of State Railway" on 30-6-62, will
be transferred to the head "67-A Construction of State Railways—Capital outlay by Government of Pakistan"
without financial adjustment in the books of the Railway. After 1-7-62 the Capital Expenditure on the Railways will
be booked partly under the head 67-or 67-C for rupee portion of the expenditure and partly under the head 67-A for
foreign exchange components financed by the Central Government from Loans. Sanction to the opening of the
above major heads are being conveyed separately.
9. According to para 10 of the Ministry of Communication letter dated 27-8-62, the balances under
Depreciation Reserve Fund Railway Reserve Fund and staff Benefit Fund as on 30-6-62. will immediately
be transferred from the Central Section of accounts to u»c Provincial accounts without financial adjustment.
The actual transfer of Cash balances from the Central to the Provincial consolidated Fund will be arranged
by the Finance Department of the Provincial Government in consultation with the Government of Pakistan,
Ministry of Finance.
PROVIDENT FUNDS
10. The subscribers on 30-6-62, to Defence Savings State Railway General and Contributory Provident Funds
shall continue to contribute to the Funds on the same basis as existed before 1-7-62, and their contribution
shall be credited to the General balances of the Central Government. The liability in respect of the payment
of the above fund balances to the employees shall also be that of the Central Government.
The accounts of the above mentioned funds will be kept in the Central Section of the account in the
Railways books. All the documents relating to these provident Fund accounts i.e. ledgers P.P. Journals Check
Sheets etc. will be distinctly marked "Central Accounts". The credits and debits to these accounts will initially take
place in the Provincial Railway Accounts" and thereafter necessary transfer to the Central Accounts would be
carried out every month, through the medium of the major head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial
Government.
11. According to para 15 of the Ministry of Communications letter dated the 27-8-62, cited above a Provincial
Provident Fund will be constituted in books of the Railways with effect from 1-7-63. The accounts of the
subscribers to this Fund will be kept separate from Central Account.
Q-LOANS AND ADVANCES BY THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT
12. According to the decision contained in para 16 of the Ministry of Communication letter dated 27-8-62, cited
above the account of the advances made up to 30-6-62, will be maintained in the Central Section of
account in the Railways books and all Journal Slips prepared for the same will be distinctly marked as such.
The recoveries of the advances will however initially be booked in the Provincial Section of accounts and at
the end of month it would be necessary to adjust these recoveries between the Railway Fund and the
Central Consolidated Fund through the State Bank of Pakistan n order to bring them under Central Section
of accounts. The interest charges recovered in respect of these loans will be credited to "XX-Interest" in the
Central Section of accounts and adjustment carried out through the State Bank of Pakistan as in the case of
Principal recovered.
a) As a result of Provincialisation of Railways with effect from 1-7-62, all loans and
advances to the Railway Employees granted on or after 1-7-62, will be accounted for under "R-Loan and
Advances" by the Provincial Government in the Books of the Railways. The repayment of these advances
will be credited to the same head. The interest charges recovered is respect of these loans will be credited
and to "XX-Interest" in the Provincial Section of Accounts,
P—DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES (NOT BEARING INTEREST)
13. The balances on 30-6-62, in the various heads of account operated in the Railway books under this Section
will be transferred to the Provincial Section of accounts without financial adjustment 1-7-62.
PENSIONARY CHARGES
14. According to the decision contained in para 19 of the Ministry of Communication letter dated 27-8-62, cited
above the Provincial Government have become responsible for the pensionary charges after 30-6-62, in
respect of the staff—transferred to the Provincial Government in terms of Art-9-1 (b) of the Presidential
Order No. 33 dated the 9th June, 1962. The same principal will hold good for determining the incidence of
special contribution and gratuity paid to the staff. As for the officers of Accounts service class I referred to in
Art. 9(1) (a) of the President's Order ibid a further communications will be issued by the Ministry of
Communications (Railway Wing).
15. It has also been decided that the transactions under the major heads "IV-Taxes on income other than
corporation taxes" "XLI-A-Taxes and duties etc., "XX-Interest" and "22 Interest on Debit and other obligation
etc., will continue to be accounted for finally in the Railways books in the Central Section of accounts. The
consolidated monthly accounts relating to the transactions appearing in Central Section of Accounts in the
Railways Books will continue to be submitted to the Central Government direct by the respective provincial
Railway Board as required under Art. 15(J) of Account Code Vol. 1. The material for Central Finance
Accounts and Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts will continue to be submitted by the Railways to
the Accountant General Pakistan Revenues and this office respectively as usual. In addition to this the
Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts officers will also have to supply certain material to the Accountant
General. West Pakistan and Accountant General East Pakistan for incorporation in the Provincial
Governments Finance Accounts. The Forms and details in which the information will be required to be
submitted may be settled with the Provincial Accountants General concerned.
INDEX
N.B.—The index has been compiled solely for the purpose of references and no expression used in it
should be considered as in any way interpreting the directions.
ARTICLE
A
Abstract Book 208 286-287,297
Abstract of Contractor's and Disbursers' Ledger
Abstract of Stock Issues 97-98
Abstract of Stock Receipts 97-98
Acceptance of Transfer Debit (or Credit) 183
Accounts —
Amalgamation of Accounts of two or more divisional offices 266
Closing of — for a month 203 277
Closing of— of the year 195-196
Contingent expenditure, consolidated account of — 199
Correction in — 266
See Correction in Accounts.
Deposits---
See Deposits.
Incorporation of Sub-divisional —
Manufacture — 205
See Manufacture Accounts.
Performa Accounts
Public Works transferred to the administrative control of a 202
department other than the Public Works Department
Review of unsettled —
4
Settlement of— with other Divisions. Departments and
197,198
Governments
Settlement of— with treasuries
187-189
Stores—
89-90
See Stores Accounts.
Subordinates Accounts—
See Subordinates' Account
Suspense transactions —
See Suspense Accounts.
works---
See Works Accounts.
Workshop Accounts—
See Workshop.
Accounts Returns —
Compilation 282-287
Submission to Accountant General 206-229 288-297
Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial 230-239
Governments—
Classification of transactions under —
Schedule of debits/credits to—
15,24
Advance Payment —
222
Expression — defined
Posting hi Works Abstracts
9(1)
Advances —
136(2) 251-252
Classification of— to contractors, etc.
250
Classification of — to Disbursers
250
Forest---
Posting of — to contractors in the Works Abstracts
Works---
136 251-252
Advice of Transfer Debit (or Credit)
Annual certificates of Balances
183
Assets---
235
Expression — defined
B
9(2)
Balances —
Review of unsettled---
Unadjusted — pertaining to suspense and deposit transactions
197-198
Bank---
Expression — defined
170-172
Bills and vouchers
Book Transfer —
9(3)
Classification of transactions under —
125
Deductions from pay bills creditable to the Central or other
242-243
Provincial Governments classified under---
254
Entry of — in the Cash Book
260
C
Cantonment Fund Works—
Classification of expenditure on—
Cash—
Accounts —
32
See “Cash Book “and " Imprest Cash Account ".
Cash Book—
See Cash Book.
Expression — defined
Imprest Account — 9(4)
See Imprest Cash Account.
Cash Account---
Certificate of agreement with the Cash Book and Cash Balance
Compilation of — Cask Balance Report — 289,295
Form 282
Submission of — for June to Accountant General
Cash Book--- 82
Closing and balancing 234
Correction of errors Form and upkeep 265-266
Posting of cancelled, lost or lapsed Cheques. 82-83 278
Posting of Imprest Account in — 84-85 256-261
Cheques--- 80,80A,81 262-264
Cancelled, lost or lapsed cheques, How accounted for 86-87
Posting in Cash Book 262-264
258-259,261-264
Register of — drawn 267
Civil Works—
Classification
Classification —
Additional charges for materials issued to contractor 23-24
Advances to contractors, 251-252
Advances to Disbursers 127 250
Carriage and incidental charges 248
Deduction from pay bills, etc. 254
Deposits 131 255
Deposit Works
Establishment and Tools and Plant charges 73-74 246-248
General directions for — of Receipts and Expenditure 32
Grants-in-aid 38-42 240
Inter-divisional Transfers 10 244-245
Live Stock Charges 43-46 246
Local Fund Works (i.e. District Municipal, Cantonment and Port 18-19
Trust Fund Works)
Local loans works
32
Manufacture transactions
33
Miscellaneous transactions
52
Non-Government Works — 75-78
See non-Government Works.
Purchases of materials
Receipts and charges on account of stock materials
Receipts and expenditure of workshops 48-50
Recoveries of expenditure 51 253-234
Revenue receipts 63-64 240
Special incidental charges on manufacture 65-72
Stores obtained from England 10-20
Stores purchased for work and for general use or stock 158
Suspense Transactions 58-61 250-251
Takavi works 37
Transactions with other Governments and Departments 47-62 241-243
Work-charged establishments, payments to 34
Works Expenditure 14-17 247
Workshop Transaction 40-77
Classified Abstract of Expenditure 22-36
Classified Abstract of Revenue and Expenditure — 63-64
Compilation 227
Certificate furnished with —
Closing of the Accounts--- 283
Completion of work, on 290-291,295
Manufacture, of
Monthly—
Yearly— 143-148
Commercial Undertakings--- 162-163 266
Subsidiary accounts 195-196 277
System of accounts prescribed locally in certain cases 199
Competent Authority— 279
Expression — defined
Completion and Completed— 174
Expressions — defined
Conservancy and Works — 9(5)
Classification of charges under —
Contingencies — 9(6)
Expression— denned 246-247
Contingent Expenditure---
Consolidated account
Contract and Contractors--- 9(7)
Expressions — defined
Contractors--- 226
Additional charges for materials issued to —
Adjustment of closed accounts 9(8)
Advances to — how accounted for
Contractors Ledger — 127
Abstracts 138 251
Balancing and reconciliation 136 286-287,297,275
Form, and upkeep
Posting of— 272-274
Correction in Accounts 153-154 274
General rules 150-151
Special rules — 152 278
Cash accounts
Stock accounts 200
Works accounts
See also Transfer Entry 84-85
D 101-103
Date of dosing the Accounts — 149
Cash and Stock accounts of divisional office
Cash and Stock accounts of sub-divisional office 266
Transfer Entry Book 266
Deposits--- 196
Accounts 195
Classification 196
Earnest money —
Schedule of— 164-165 255
Unadjusted Balances 73-74
Deposit Register
Deposit Works--- 220
Classification of expenditure on — 170
Expression — defined 164
Schedule of—
Detailed Heads--- 32
Expression — defined 9(9)
Direct charges--- 219
Expression— defined
Pertaining to Manufacture Accounts 10 Notes 1&2
Pertaining to Workshop Accounts
Direct Receipts — 9(10)
Expression— defined 157
Disburser’s Ledger--- 175
Abstracts of—
Form and use 9(11) 286-287,297
District Fund Works— 272-276
See Local Fund Works.
Divisional Accountant---
Accounts to be signed by —
Divisional Officer—
Closing the account of works, precaution to be taken by —
Expression — defined 238
Signing of accounts
Division and Divisional Officer---
Expressions — defined 143-148 295
E 9(13) 255
Earnest Monty Deposits 238
Error, Corrections —
See correction in Accounts. 9(12)
Establishment charges —
Classification
Extract from Contractors' Ledger
F 246,248,261
Famine Relief Works-
Classification of expenditure on — 30-40,42
Final Payment--- 233
Expression — defined
Financial year —
Expression — defined 35
Forms —
Modification 9(14)
Use of P. W. A.— for Public Works transferred to departments
other than Public Works
9(43)
G
Government —
3
Expression — defined
4
Grants-in-aid—
Classification in Public Works Accounts
I
9(15)
Imprest Cash Account —
Expression “Imprest" defined
Form and upkeep
43-46
Inclusive Rate of Cost---
Expression — defined
Indirect Charge — 9(16)
Expression — defined 86-87
Pertaining to Workshop account*
Indirect Receipts--- 9(29)
Expression — defined
Inter-divisional Transfer — 9(10)
Classification 177-178
When affected
Intermediate Payment— 9(11) 244
Expression— defined
Inter-Provincial Suspense Account — 19
Classification of transactions under — 18
Schedule of—
Irrigation, Navigation, etc., work — 9(17)
Allocation of expenditure between Capital and Revenue in the
case of—
15
Classification of —
223
lssue Rate---
Expression — defined
June Accounts —
11
Date of closing
25-30
Schedule of transactions with other Governments —
Special directions for
9(18) 266
Supplementary —
293
See Supplementary Accounts for
199 281
June.
L
234-235
Labour---
Expression— defined
Posting of unpaid wages of labourers in the Works Abstracts
Land and Kilns---
Classification of transactions under—
Ledger Accounts (of) —
9(19)
Contractors —
See Contractors' Ledger
136(5)
Disbursers —
See Disbursers Ledger.
53
Liabilities—
Expression — defined
Local Fund Work —
Classification of expenditure on —
Local Loan Works---
Classification of expenditure on—
Expression— defined 9(20)
London Stores—
See suspense Accounts. 32
Lump Sum Contract — 33
Expression — defined 9(21)
M
Manufacture Accounts —
Classification
Closing of accounts 9(22)
Consolidated accounts
Manufacture Accounts — contd.
Expenditure debitable to the account of operation 52
General directions 162-163
Outturn account 161
Materials Account —
Accounts of materials issued to — 157-158
Contractors 155-156
Direct to Works 159-160
Opening of — in Works Abstracts
Measurement Books —
Form and upkeep 127
Standard— 128-130
Miscellaneous P.W. Advances — 136 269
See Suspense Accounts.
Monthly Accounts — 123-124
Abstract Book 124
Compilation of —
Submission of—
Also tee Submission to Accountant General. 282-287
Municipal Fund Works — 208 288-297
Classification of expenditure on — 206-229
Muster Rolls--- 230-239
Form and upkeep
N
Non-Government Works--- 32 268
Classification
O 121-122
On Account Payment —
Expression — defined
Operation — 31-34
Accounts
Expression — defined
Original Works--- 9(23)
Classification of Works expenditure under —
Outturn — 156-158
Accounts 9(24)
Expression — defined
Valuation of — 22
Outturn Statement of Manufacture
P 159-160
Payment to Account — 9(25)
Expression — defined 159
Productive Works — 160
Classification of Irrigation, Navigation, etc., Works into-
Port Trust Fund Works-
See Local Fund Works. 9(23)
Proforma Accounts —
Instructions regarding 26
Progress —
Entries of — in the Works Abstract
Expression — defined
Public Works Deposits--- 202
See Deposit
Public Works Remittances — 137
Classification of transactions under — 9(26)
Purchases —
See Suspense Accounts.
Q
Quantity— 16
Expression — defined
R
Rate---
Expression — defined
Rate of cost — 9(27)
Expression — defined
Recoverable Payment —
Expression — defined 9(28)
Recoveries—
Directions regarding classification of— 9(29)
Rectification of Accounts —
See Correction in Accounts. 9(30) 253-25
Rectification of Errors —
See Correction in Accounts. 65-72
Refunds of Revenue —
Classification
Register —
Cheques drawn, of
Deposits, of
Manufacture, of 21 267
Receipts and recoveries on Capita! Account, of
Refunds of Revenue, of
Revenue realised, of 164
Stock receipts/issue, of 161
Suspense, of 115
Works, of— 114
Closing entries 113
Closing the accounts of annual maintenance works 96
Closing the accounts on completion of works 164-166
Forms and posting
Remittances — 147-148
Forest — 146 270
Schedule of Debits/Credits to 143-145
Schedule of— to treasuries 141-142 249
Repairs—
Classification of Works expenditure — 284
Returns — 224
See Accounts Returns.
Revenue Receipts —
Classification 22
Classified Abstracts
Registers of Revenue 240
Schedule of — 283
Road Development Works--- 20-21
Classification of expenditure on —
Running Account--- 113-116
Expression — defined 214
S
Schedule— 36
Debits or Credits to Adjusting Account between Central and
Provincial Governments, of
9(31)
Debits or Credits to Inter-Provincial Suspense Account, of
Debits or Credits to Miscellaneous Heads of Account, of
Debits or Credits to Remittances, of
Debits to Stock, of
222
Deposits, of
223
Deposit Works, of
General directions for posting of
225
London Stores, of Miscellaneous P. W. Advances of
224
Monthly Settlement with Treasuries, of
216
Purchases, of
220
Remittances to Treasury
219
Revenue Receipts, of
206-207
Special directions for submission of- — of suspense and
167,218
deposit accounts
217 284
Takavi Works, of
213
Transactions with other Governments
217
Works Expenditure, of —
214
Workshop Suspense, of —
231
Schedule Dockets---
221 285
Forms and Compilation
Scope of Directions
Secured Advances —
215
Expression — defined
218 280
Posting in Works Abstract
Settlement of Accounts win Treasuries
209-212
Standard Measurement Book
2-3
Stock Suspense
See Suspense Accounts
9(32)
Stock Account—
136(3)
Correction of errors
89-90
Form
124
Initial accounts
101-103
216(b)
96-99
ACCOUNT CODE
VOLUME IV
Upto-date Amendments
REVISED EDITION
1992
IDEAL BOOKS
43, LOWER MALL,
LAHORE
CONTENTS
PAGE
Definitions
ARTICLES
Inward Accounts
European Stores---
Outward Accounts—
FORMS 173-248
INDEX 249-262
ACCOUNT CODE
Volume IV
ACCOUNTS KEPT IN ACCOUNT OFFICES
CHAPTER 1.—COMPILATION OF DEPARTMENTAL ABSTRACTS
Introductory 1
Procedure in posting 4
Transfer Entries 20
Introductory
1) The rules in this Chapter shall not apply in their entirety to account offices in whose
jurisdiction the treasuries follow the system of gross accounting for all kinds of deductions
made in bills. The Account Officers of such treasuries are authorised to make such
modification in the procedure prescribed in this Chapter as they may deem necessary in
order to adapt it to suit their requirements.
Form of Departmental Classified Abstract
2) Save as provided otherwise, transactions relating to each Civil department or to a major
head of account not co-extensive with any particular department, other than transactions
appearing in the departmental accounts mentioned in Chapter 5, shall be collected for the
whole circle of account from month to month in a Departmental Classified Abstract. There
should be separate departmental abstracts for Central and Provincial transactions.
Note 1.—One Departmental Classified Abstract should ordinarily be
maintained for each department or major head of account, but in the case of
small departments or major heads under which the transactions are few, the
transactions of two or more such departments or major heads may, at the
discretion of the Accountant General, be recorded in a single classified
abstract.
Note 2.—Classified Abstracts are not to be maintained separately for major
heads relating to debt, deposit and remittance transactions. Such
transactions appearing in the Treasury each Accounts and Lists of
Payments and in the Departmental and other abstracts shall be collected
from month to month for the whole circle of account under each head of
account in a Detail Book (see Chapter 18).
3) Each Departmental Classified Abstract to which has been assigned the number Form 1
shall consist of seven parts:—
On the Receipt side:—
1. Detail of Revenue. — A vertical column should be provided, in the prescribed
order for each detailed head opened under the major and minor head relating to the
abstract and a number of columns in their proper places for the total receipts of a
treasury, etc., under each minor head. In abstracts where transactions under more than
one major head are included, there will be columns for major head totals also. In the case
of big departments, an abstract of minor head totals may be prepared in the same form at
the end and the major head totals worked out there. Horizontally, a line should be
provided in the abstract for each treasury then as many lines as the Accountant General
may deem necessary for entering receipts transferred through suspense slips from the
Inward Exchange and Settlement Accounts and the abstracts of other Departments; and
finally a line for transfers adjusted through the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract
prescribed in Article 20. In their proper places, lines are provided for totals of the treasury
transactions and for grand totals
2. Detail of debt, deposit and remittance receipts brought to account through
the departmental abstract. — This will be in the same form as part (1) of the ' abstract.
3. Detail of recoveries from payment vouchers.
On the Disbursement side: —
4. Detail of expenditure. — The arrangement will be similar to that of part (1).
5. Detail of debt, deposit and remittance disbursements brought to account
through the departmental abstract. — The arrangement will be similar to that of part
6. A proof sheet for the receipt side, for each month showing (i) total revenue ; (ii)
total debt, deposit and remittance receipts; (iii) total of (i) and (ii) ; (iv) total amount of the
detailed head concerned under the suspense head " Departmental Adjusting Account" ;
(v) total under the minor head "Refunds" ; (vi) total of (iii), (iv),(v);(vii) total deductions
from payment vouchers ;(viii) net adjustments through the Combined Transfer Ledger and
Abstract; (i) the total of (vi) minus (vii) plus or minus (viii) which should agree with the
aggregate of the certified totals of the treasury schedules of receipts and of the suspense
slips representing items transferred from other sections.
7. A proof sheet for the payment side similar to that for receipts.
PROCEDURE IN POSTING
4) The Departmental auditor when he has completed the audit of the vouchers of either
schedules of payments with which he himself deals, should recover from the Gazetted
Audit Department and other Audit sections all the bilk and vouchers which were
transferred to those sections for audit, compare them again with the schedule, ascertain
that none are missing, and arrange them in order of major and minor heads. He should
then proceed to post the Departmental Classified Abstract.
Note 1. — This procedure may be suitably modified by the Accountant
General in the case of those vouchers the audit of which is permissible after
incorporation in the Departmental Abstract.
Note 2. — The Accountant General, may, at his discretion, allow direct
posting of the Consolidated Abstract without the intervention of
Departmental Classified Abstract in the case of heads of account where the
transactions are limited and such direct posting is not attended with any risk
or inconvenience.
Note 3. — The term "Departmental auditor" occurring in this and other
Articles of the volume refers to the clerk attached to the Treasury
Departmental Section of a Provincial Accountant General's office who
compiles Departmental Abstracts.
The term "Gazetted Audit Department" used in this Article and elsewhere in
this volume refers to the section in an Accountant General's office which
audits the claims of Gazetted officers.
5) The amount of payments relating to each detailed head except the head "Refunds"
with the numbers of the vouchers pertaining thereto should be entered in a
Compilation Book (Form 2) separately for each schedule, and the total amount of
payments under each head carried into the "total" column. It will however, be
sufficient to enter the total payment under the detailed head, with the number or
letter of the treasury schedule, in cases in which a schedule gives the gross
amounts of all vouchers classified under a single head. The gross, and not the net,
amount of the voucher should be taken as the amount of the payment relating ' to
the head concerned, even though certain charges on the voucher may have been
placed under objection; but when a recovery relating to an overpayment of the
current year is made by short payment of an item debitable to the same detailed
head the net amount should be taken. See also Article 22.
1. To facilitate posting, each detailed head should be given a guide
letter or a guide number, .all the detailed heads in an abstract or within the minor
head of an abstract being given numbers or letters in a consecutive series. A
symbol may be assigned to each detailed head if this course is preferred.
6) Such of the deductions shown on payment vouchers as have not been initially
credited by transfer to the receipt heads concerned in the treasury accounts should
be recorded in part (3) of the abstract.
1. Recoveries which are creditable to any of the detailed heads to which the
payments on a voucher relate should not be treated as deductions for the purpose
of this Article. See also Article .22.
2. Deductions shown in payment vouchers for subscriptions to Provident
Funds which have not been accounted for as receipts in the treasury accounts
should be recorded in an appendix in 'Form 3, the deductions for each fund and for
the Sterling and Rupee branches of the same fund being posted and accounted for
separately. From this appendix the total deduction for each fund relating to each
district should be brought into the Deduction Register (Part (3) of the Abstract] and
shown in the latter distinctly from deductions credited through the Treasury Cash
Account. The appendix should then be passed on to the Fund Section with a
certificate to the effect that the totals agree with the credits in the departmental
abstract. The appendix supported by the requisite schedule may be sent to the
Fund Section in two parts; the portion relating to the first schedule of payments
being sent with a certificate of agreement after the compilation of the vouchers of
that schedule and that relating to the second schedule into which the total deduc-
tion of the first part also should be brought in order to give the monthly total, after
completion of the departmental accounts.
Note.—The term "Fund Section” used in this rule denotes the section in an
Accountant General's office which maintains the accounts of subscribers to
the General Provident Fund and similar other Funds.
7) When all the vouchers of either schedule of payments have been posted in the
Compilation Book, the column showing the total under each detailed head should be
summed up, and, if the working is correct, the total should agree with the total of the
schedule of payments after (a) deducting from the former the aggregate amount shown
as deduction from vouchers for credit in Part (3) to Provident Funds, etc., and (b) adding
to the result the amount of payments on account of refunds of revenue.
Note.—In the case of accounts which can conveniently be proved with the
total payments of the months as entered in the second schedule of
payments, because of the small size of the department or the small size of
the district or for any similar reason, the proving of postings in the
Compilation Book for each schedule may be forgone at the discretion of the
Accountant General.
8) When the entries against a treasury in the Compilation Book have been posted and
proved, the payments, for the month at the treasury under each detailed head except
"Refunds" should be brought together in the Compilation Book for the first schedule. The
monthly total under each head should then be posted in parts (4) and (5) of the abstract.
The month's total payments as shown in the second schedule of payments should also be
posted in part (5) as a minus entry under the suspense head "Departmental Adjusting
Account" of the Department.
9) After the postings in parts (4) and (5) have been completed in the manner described
above for each treasury, the detailed items should be independently cast across the
pages to the total column and, if the entries have been made correctly, the total of both
the parts against each treasury will agree with the difference between the amount of (a)
recoveries from payment vouchers for credit to Provident Funds, etc., as posted in part
(3) and.(b) payments at the treasury on account of refunds of revenue as posted in part
(1).
10) When the departmental schedule of receipts of a treasury has been examined as to
correctness of form and classification and the classification or the items appearing under
the head "unclassified receipt" has been supplied, the amount shown in the schedule
should be entered against the treasury concerned under proper heads on the receipt side
of the abstract, those relating to part (3) being posted therein and the rest in parts (1) and
(2). The total amount of payments appearing in the two payments schedules of the
treasury on account of refunds revenue should be recorded at the same time in the
relevant columns of part (1). The total receipt as shown in the receipt schedule should
then be posted as a minus entry under the suspense head "Departmental Adjusting
Account" of the department in part (2).
11) When the payment vouchers of both schedules of payments, as well as the schedule of
receipts from a treasury, have been abstracted, the recoveries and receipts shown in part
(3) should be transferred to parts (1) and (2), the total relating to each alone being posted
against it.
12) After the postings in parts (1) and (2) have been completed in the manner prescribed in
the two preceding Articles for each treasury, the detailed items should be cast across the
pages to the total column and, if the entries have been made correctly the total against
each treasury should be equal to the difference between the amount of refunds posted
from the payment schedules and the amount of recoveries from the payment vouchers
posted in part (3).
13) After the grand total of the transactions in all treasuries under each head as been made in
parts (1), (2), (4) and (5), it shall be necessary to post all adjustments made through
departmental abstracts, so that the departmental abstract should include monthly all
transactions, of whatever nature, connected with receipts and payments of the
department. These will be posted from the Compilation Book in the case of suspense
slips, and from the combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract of the department, additions
or deductions, as the case may be, being made under the various heads concerned.
14) The final stage in the completion of the abstract is the preparation of the proof sheets in
parts (Q and (7) as prescribed in Article 3 (6) and (7).
EXAMINATION OF DEPARTMENTAL CLASSIFIED ABSTRACTS
15) On completion, the Departmental Classified Abstract, accompanied by the schedules of
receipts and payments, vouchers and all supporting documents, Should be made over to
the Superintendent, who should carefully check the classification of receipts and
expenditure. The Classified Abstract so checked and passed by the Gazetted Officer in
charge should be utilised as the basis of the Consolidated Abstract.
Note .—The term "Superintendent" or "member of the superintending staff"
used in this volume means a Senior Accountant or Accountant in charge of
a section or sub-section in an Accountant General's office.
1. For the purpose of this Article, the classification entered on the vouchers
which the Superintendent and the Gazetted Officer have checked as part of their
concurrent review may be treated as checked for the purpose of this review.
2. The Superintendent and the Gazetted Officer should see that the
vouchers reviewed by them in respect of classification have been correctly posted in the
Classified Abstract. In the case of those vouchers the audit of which is permissible after
compilation of the accounts, this check may be exercised at the time the vouchers are
reviewed. The postings of Gazetted Audit vouchers should be checked to the extent of
the review done in the Gazetted Audit Department and the postings of the pre-audit
vouchers should be checked to the extent of the review prescribed for post-audit
vouchers received with the treasury schedules.
16) The due date for closing the Departmental Classified Abstract shall be the 14th of the
month following that to which the accounts relate.
DEPARTMENTAL CONSOLIDATED ABSTRACT—FORM AND METHOD OF POSTING
17)
a) The next process shall be the preparation, in Form 47 of the Depart-
mental Consolidated Abstract of revenue receipts and service payments as brought to
account in the Departmental Classified Abstracts. Columns shall be provided for monthly
progressive totals under major heads, minor heads, sub-divisions of a minor head, and
detailed heads. In their proper places, columns shall also be provided for progressive
totals under each sub-head of a Grant or unit of appropriation, against which
appropriation audit is required to be conducted. Progressive totals for each sub-head of a
Grant or unit of appropriation and for each major head should always be filled in, but in
other cases progressive totals may be filled in at the end of the year or whenever they are
necessary to supply departmental requisitions, to facilitate watch over actuals, or for any
other purpose. Unnecessary totalling should be avoided whenever possible.
b) Every head of account, under the Revenue and Service heads
concerned, for which a column is provided in the Departmental Classified Abstract, must
appear in the Departmental Consolidated Abstract also, and against it must be entered
the total of the month's entries as there recorded.
18) The totals of the receipts and payments should then be checked with the corresponding
totals in the Departmental Classified Abstract and, when these are agreed, the
Consolidated Abstract should be sent to the Book Section. Similarly, after the preparation
of June Final accounts, the Consolidated Abstract should be sent to the Book Section for
the action indicated in Article 243.
1. No separate Consolidated Abstract need be prepared for the
transactions brought to account in the Classified Abstract of treasury payments of
the Public Works Department. These transactions should be incorporated in the
general Consolidated Abstractor Public Works Transactions which may be
maintained either in the Departmental Audit Section or in the Works Audit
Department according to local convenience. See also Article 30.
Note.—The term "Book Section" or "Book Department" wherever used in
this volume means the Section or Department of an Account office which
prepares consolidated monthly and annual accounts for the account circle
as a whole.
The term "Departmental Audit Section" wherever used in this volume means
the Section of the Treasury Audit Department in an Accountant General's
office, otherwise known as the Treasury Departmental Section, which
compiles Departmental Abstracts.
The term "Works Audit Department " wherever used in this volume denotes the Sections
in a Civil Account Office which compile the Classified Abstracts of Public Works transactions
from the monthly accounts received from the Public Works Divisions (vide Chapter 2).
REVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED ABSTRACT
19) The Superintendent should scrutinise the Consolidated Abstract intelligently once a
month and see whether the figures under any head are so abnormally high or low as
compared with those of the previous months as to arise a doubt whether there has been
misclassification or misposting. If any doubt is aroused he should carry out the necessary
scrutiny with reference to the details of the doubtful items and should satisfy himself
about the correctness of the figure. The results of this review should be reported monthly
to the Gazetted Officer in charge on a date to be prescribed by the Accountant General.
TRANSFER ENTRIES
20) Corrections and adjustments within a departmental account should be effected by means
of transfer entries in accordance with the procedure laid down in Chapter 19. If an item in
a transfer entry has to be taken to a head in another Departmental account in the
accounts of the same Government it should be classified in the transfer entry as
pertaining to the suspense head " Departmental Adjusting Account" relating to the other
department. The transfer entry with the necessary suspense slip should then be sent, for
acceptance and return, to the section which maintains the Detail Book or Departmental
Abstract in which the transferred item will be finally adjusted under the proper head.
When received back with the acceptance, the transfer entry will be posted in the
Combined Transfer Ledger and abstract in Form 52.
21) The section to which a transfer entry is sent with a suspense slip for acceptance should
retain the suspense slip and deal with it in the same way as if it had been received with
the departmental schedules of a treasury.
22) If an item of receipt or payment relating to the Central Government is wrongly included in
the schedule of Provincial receipts or payments, the amount should be credited or
debited, as the case may be, to the head “Adjusting Account between Central and
Provincial Governments “in the Provincial Departmental Classified Abstract. At the same
time the Departmental auditor concerned will prepare a transfer entry for incorporation in
the Central section of the accounts, in which debit or credit for the amount in question
should be given to the head " Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial
Governments " by corresponding credit or debit either to the appropriate final head of
account or to the relevant Departmental Suspense head, as may be considered
necessary or suitable. Except as provided otherwise (vide Rule 2 to Article 89), this
transfer entry should invariably be included in the Central accounts of the same month.
This procedure applies mutatis mutandis when an item of Provincial receipt or payment is
wrongly included in the schedule of Central receipts or payments.
23) If recovery relating to an overpayment of the current year be made by short payment of
an item chargeable to the same detailed head, no separate adjustment shall be
necessary. But such recoveries, if they are made in cash or by short payment of items not
chargeable to the same detailed heads as were previously overcharged, as well as
recoveries relating to overpayments of a previous year whatever the mode of recovery
shall be credited in the first instance to the suspense head " Recoveries of Service
Payments" and appear under that head in the Classified Abstract. This suspense head
shall then be cleared by a transfer entry in the following manner ;—
a) by deductions from the current year's charge under the detailed head
previously overcharged, if the recoveries/relate to overpayments of the current year.
b) by credit to the departmental receipt head concerned as receipts of
the department or, in the- case of departments not having a corresponding receipt head,
to the major head " XLVI.—Miscellaneous ", if the recoveries relate to overpayments of a
previous year.
There shall be only one transfer entry each month for adjusting the recoveries of each
department.
CHAPTER 2.—CLASSIFIED ABSTRACTS AND SUMMARIES OF PUBLIC WORKS AND
FOREST TRANSACTIONS
Registration of Details 25
Consolidated Abstract 30
INTRODUCTORY
34) Claims of Civil Departments and of the Public Works Department in respect of other than
works expenditure at some Provincial Capitals are submitted ' to the Civil Accountant
General for Pre-audit and are paid by an order upon the Bank. The detailed procedure for
dealing with such claims will be Such as may be prescribed by the Comptroller and
Auditor General elsewhere. The rules in this Chapter prescribe the procedure for
accounting for such payments and may be followed in Civil Account Offices, where the
system of Pre-audit is in force, as far as circumstances permit, but option is allowed in
regard to the method of preparing and proving the abstract of pre-audit payments; that is
to say, the postings in the abstract may be made and proved at longer intervals,' provided
that these operations are carried out not less frequently than in the case of a De-
partmental Classified Abstract, namely, twice a month.
Note.—Deleted.
PAYMENTS BY THE PRE-AUDIT PAY DEPARTMENT
35) The cheques issued by the Pre-audit Pay Department should be classified' as Central or
Provincial according as they are issued in respect of Central or Provincial payments.
Payments made in cash by that Department on account of the Central and Provincial
Governments should be met from Permanent Advance, held by the Accountant .General,
for making pre-audit payments. This advance should be classified as Central and
recouped by drawing Central Pre-audit cheques, adjustment being made periodically
between Central and Provincial Governments in respect of Provincial Payments met from
the Advance.
Note .—At the discretion of the Accountants General, Provincial Payments
made from the Permanent Advances may be adjusted at the end of each
working day by drawing of a Provincial Per-audit cheques for the total
amount of-such payments, the cheque being "crossed", and made payable
invariably by transfer credit to the Central Government under the head 'Pre-
audit cheques',
RECEIPT OF VOUCHERS
36) At the close of each day, all bills paid by the Pre-audit Pay Department should be sent by
it to the section preparing the Debt Head Classified Abstract of Pre-audit Pay Department
with' separate memoranda in Form 4 for payments by cheque and those made in cash,
each showing the aggregate amount of the payments in words and figures. The
memoranda for Central payment should be separate from those for Provincial payments.
On receipt of the vouchers with the memoranda the total of the payments should be
checked at once in the following manner. The vouchers as they are received "should be
sorted by departments, and the payments entered by carbon process in duplicate in the
several departmental schedules of pre-audit payments (Form 5) the vouchers paid by
cheques and those paid in cash, being entered in separate parts, and the total amounts
brought together at the end of the day as shown in the form. The total net payment in
these schedules should then be entered in a daily cash memorandum (Form 6) and the
grand total struck. When found correct, the memorandum in Form 4 should be signed as
"agreed" by a responsible officer and returned to the Pre-audit Pay Department as an
acknowledgement for the vouchers received.
DEBT HEAD CLASSIFIED ABSTRACT
37) After the day's payments have been examined as prescribed in the preceding Article, the
total gross payments of the day, as worked out in the several schedules (Form 5), should
be posted in the Debt Head Classified Abstract of Pre-audit Pay Department (Form 7)
under the departmental suspense heads concerned, the Abstract for Central transactions
being kept separate from that relating to Provincial transactions. The recoveries and
receipts shown in the schedules should be entered under the appropriate debt,
remittance and suspense heads at the bottom of the Abstract, the total deductions
relating to each head being posted against it. The postings should then be proved by
agreeing the net payments with the total shown in the daily cash memorandum (Form 6).
In the case of deductions from Provincial bills creditable to the Central Government, the
total amount of such deductions shall be shown under the head "Adjusting Account between
Central and Provincial Governments" in the Provincial Classified Abstract, the corresponding
adjustment against the Central Government under the heads "Adjusting Account between
Central and Provincial Governments" and the relevant Departmental Adjusting Account head or
other head concerned being shown in the Debt Head Classified Abstract for Central receipts.
This procedure shall apply mutatis mutandis to deductions from Central bills creditable to the
Provincial Government.
TRANSFER OF SCHEDULES AND VOUCHERS TO DEPARTMENTAL AUDIT SECTIONS
38) The Schedule of payments relating to each department should be totalled, and the upper
sheets sent to the section concerned with the vouchers appertaining to them at such
convenient intervals as may be determined by the Accountant General; but they must not
be sent less frequently than twice a month. Simultaneously, memoranda of credits should
be prepared from the schedules and sent to the departmental and other sections
concerned for incorporation in their Classified Abstracts of receipts.
CLOSING OF DEBT HEAD CLASSIFIED ABSTRACT
39) At the end of the month, all the columns of the Debt Head Classified Abstract should be
totalled and the amount of Pre-audit cheques issued added to the receipt side of the
abstract. In case where the cash payments on account of Provincial are met from the
fixed imprest for central payments subject to adjustment through the clearing accounts
section of the Bank, an entry shall be made on the receipt side of the Provincial Abstract
under the head, "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments" of an
amount equivalent to that met from the Central imprest. When this is done, the grand total
of receipts - will be equal to the grand total of payments, and the Abstract thus completed
and proved shall be made over to the Book Section for posting in the Detail Book.
TREATMENT OF SCHEDULES AND VOUCHERS IN THE DEPARTMENTAL AUDIT
SECTIONS
40) On receipt of the vouchers, schedules, and the memoranda of credits in the Departmental
and other sections concerned they shall be posted in the departmental abstracts in the
same way as if they had been received with the accounts from a treasury.
CHAPTER 4.—BANK SHEET
Bank Account 41
Daily Sheet 42
Accounting 43
BANK ACCOUNT
41) At the headquarters of Provincial Governments, the Accountant General is in charge of
the operations upon the accounts of the Central and Provincial Governments with Bank,
and the Bank renders to the Accountant General two separate daily accounts of moneys
received arid payments, including payments on Pre-audit cheques, made by it on behalf
of Government, one for the transactions of the Central Government and the other for
Provincial transactions including transactions on behalf of other Provincial Governments.
Note .—The Bank also renders daily accounts to the Comptroller, Northern
Area in respect of the Accounts relating to his jurisdiction and to the
Comptroller, Southern Area in respect of his circle of account.
DAILY SHEET
42) From the Bank is received each day in respect of Central and Provincial Governments—
1. a register of daily receipts and payments, which should be agreed with the Daily
Account, vide clause (2) below and returned to the Bank after the Accountant General or
any Gazetted Officer- authorised by him in this behalf has initialed the entries in token of
verification;
2. an account of the receipts and payments, entered generally (as far as the Bank
can conveniently do so) in accordance with the classification adopted in the Government
accounts;
3. schedules giving further details of items entered in the accounts under heads
which require special treatment in the Account Office (e.g. Accountant General's
cheques, bills, Defence Services receipts, interest Payments, etc.); and
4. vouchers supporting the receipts and .payments.
ACCOUNTING
43) The procedure prescribed in Chapter 3 for dealing with pre-audit payment vouchers
should apply mutatis mutandis in the case of vouchers and schedules received from the
Bank.
44) The items in the Daily Accounts, after being verified against the vouchers and schedules,
should be posted in separate daily abstracts for Central and Provincial transactions in
such form as shall provide for the totalling of the daily entries under each head so that
they shall form Debt Head Classified Abstracts for the month for Central and Provincial
transactions respectively.
45) The net difference between the credits and debits in the Daily Account should be posted
into the Register of State Bank Deposits (Central or Provincial, as the case may be) in
Form 8. At the close of the month, the difference between the totals of the two« money
columns should be carried into the Monthly Debt Head Abstract, the head "State Bank
Deposits—Headquarters—Central/Provincial" being credited debited as the case may be.
CHAPTER 5. ---DEPARTMENTAL CASH ACCOUNTS
Cash Account 46
Balances 48
CASH ACCOUNTS
46) Besides the treasury accounts, the Divisional Accounts of Public Works and Forest
transactions, the account of Pre-audit payments and the Bank Sheet, there are other
accounts received from officers or departments in direct account with the Accountant
General, such as Collectors of Customs, the Mint, Small Coin depots and sub-depots.
These accounts should, as far as possible, be dealt with in the same way as treasury
accounts, and the Classified and Consolidated Abstracts prepared in similar forms with
suitable modifications, where necessary. The general statement of account should be
entered in the Classified Abstract in the following form, the receipts being always equal to
the payments:—
Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps.
The figures are inserted to show how the calculations should be made. Those in the first
three lines should be taken, by totaling, from the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract; the
fifth line will be found, on each side, by adding the pair of figures in the fourth line, and must be
agreed, before going further, with the totals of the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract; the
figures in the sixth and seventh lines will be brought out, by substractlon, from the fourth-
The figures in the last two lines (which will always be equal), should then be posted in the
Statement of Disbursers' Accounts against the head “Transfers ".
Note .—In an Account Office where the departmental system of accounts
has been introduced the drawing up of the abstract may be discontinued at
the discretion of the Account Officer.
56) Lastly, the balances under the head " State Bank Deposits—^Provincial *' should be
entered in the Provincial Statement, the debit or credit balances under this head being
entered in the column " Receipts " or " Disbursements ", as the case may be, and the
closing balance of the previous month being entered in the column opening balance.
Care should be taken to enter in the Detail Book against the head " State Bank Deposits "
under Receipts or Payments, as the case may be, the amounts shown in the Statement
of Disbursers Accounts under this head. The transactions relating to " State Bank
Deposits—Central" will be shown in the Statement of Disbursers' Accounts prepared by
the Accountant General Pakistan Revenues, and not in the Statement of Provincial
Accountants General.
CHECK OF TOTALS
57) The form thus prepared will bring together the aggregates of the month's receipts and
payments with the opening and closing balances of all officers rendering accounts to the
Accountant General, and so furnish an effective check on the grand totals of the several
Consolidated Abstracts as made out in the Abstract of Major Head Totals prescribed in
Article 241. The latter shows the amounts received and paid on all accounts, the
Statement of Disbursers' Accounts the amounts received and paid by all Accountants.
The grand totals of receipts and payments in both should therefore be equal.
CHAPTER 7. ---GENERAL RULES AND PROCEDURE APPLICABLE TO EXCHANGE
ACCOUNTS
Introductory 58
Inter-departmental Adjustments 73
Watching of Adjustments 79
Due dates 82
INTRODUCTORY
58) The several kinds of accounts through which transactions arising in one account circle will
be passed on to another account circle for adjustment are:—
1. Exchange Accounts; and
2. Accounts of Inter-Government Adjustments consisting of the Account of Inter-
Provincial Suspense and the Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial
Governments. These accounts are otherwise known as Settlement Accounts.
The general rules and procedure applicable to Exchange Accounts are set out in this
Chapter.
The Account Current between England and Pakistan is also to « regarded as of the
nature of an Exchange Account, but the rules and procedure applicable to it are set out
separately in Chapter 16. The rules and procedure relating to the settlement accounts-
mentioned above are contained in Chapter 8.
NATURE AND SCOPE OF EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS
59) The Exchange Accounts procedure with its system of original and responding debits and
credits shall be operative only within the sphere of the accounts of the Central
Government and shall be utilised for the settlement of transitions between different
central account circles, namely, Central (Civil), Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones.
60) Exchange Accounts shall comprise not only accounts between account circles which
exchange accounts direct with each other but also accounts between account circles
which exchange their accounts through another account circle with which both parties are
in direct account.
61) An Exchange Account should purport to be an extract from the books of the Account
Officer who despatches it and to show the amounts he has passed to the debit or credit of
the other party to the account with any necessary explanation of the credits and with
documents supporting the debits-
62) The routine of an Exchange Account shall be as follows: A, in his accounts, debits a
certain charge to "Exchange Account between A and B" and will send an extract from his
accounts, including this charge, to B; B, accepting the charge, will debit it to its proper
head by credit to "Exchange Account between A and B", and send an account including
this credit to A; no further entries, in account will be required to complete the transaction.
But if A, after debiting B, discovers before the accounts for the year are closed that the
charge should be debited elsewhere, he will in' his next account, debit the proper account
by minus debit to "Exchange Account between A and B", thus cancelling the original debit
raised by him. It may happen that B may credit A in the same month in which A debits B.;
In this case the two original entries will answer each other, and no further adjustment will
be required.
Note 1.—An Exchange Account being an extract from books which are
posted monthly can only be sent monthly and supplementary statements of
omitted credits or debits are impossible errors, if any, necessitate debits or
credits to other heads, and so, must be corrected in the accounts of other
months. The Exchange Account for June will be an exception; the June,
Preliminary accounts will report the effect of all transactions known up to
date of completion of the • preliminary Consolidated Abstract, whereas the
final account for June will show the effect of all transaction which are
afterwards brought into the same year's accounts and, will especially
include the responses to the preliminary inward accounts.
Note 2.—Erroneous debits or credits adjusted in the accounts of a previous
year should be written back by fresh credits or debits and not by minus
debits or minus credits.
Note 3.—The total debits and credits in an Exchange Account must tally with
the corresponding entries in the Consolidated Abstract and the Ledger. No
differences should on any account be allowed and if any occur they should
be investigated and reconciled.
63) The following is list of authorised exchange accounts :—
Exchange Accounts Civil and Civil Each Civil Accountant General with
between each other Civil Accountant General.
Note .—Due to the abolition of the head, "Exchange account with Railways",
the Exchange accounts connected with (i) Civil and Railways", (ii) "Railways
and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones" and (iii) "Railways and Defence
Services", have been deleted from this list. See also Chapter 13 of this Code.
64) The heading or name of each Exchange Account is fixed and shall remain the same
whether it appears on the books of one party to the account or on those of the other party
; thus the account which is exchanged between the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues, and the Accountant General, West Pakistan, shall be called "Exchange
Accounts between Pakistan Revenues and West Pakistan" and never "Exchange
Accounts between West Pakistan and Pakistan Revenues " the Pakistan Revenues side
shall be the first side of the account and the West Pakistan side the second side.
65) The instructions contained in Chapter 10 regarding the form and treatment of Exchange
Accounts shall apply generally to the treatment of all Exchange Accounts; special rules
applicable in any 'case shall be such as are given in the special ;chapter relating to the
Exchange Accounts concerned.
66) As a general rule no item of receipt or payment should appear in an Exchange Account
when no change in incidence is involved. Except in the cases, noted below, all
transactions pertaining to the Central Government should be adjusted in the Central
section of the books of the Accountant General in whose circle they are received or paid.
i. Transactions pertaining to Defence Services (including Military
Engineer Services and the Pakistan Navy), the Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones
Departments should be passed on for adjustment to the Account Officer of those
departments.
ii. The transactions mentioned below, which are required to be brought
together in a single account for the whole of Pakistan should be passed on for adjustment
through the Exchange Account to the Account Officer named against each:
a) transactions referred to in Article 148 — to the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues;
b) Deleted;
c) refunds made on the authority of refund orders issued by the Collector of Customs,
Karachi, on account of Pakistan import duties on trade goods transmitted to Kashmir and
Foreign territories — to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues;
d) transactions on account of the Mines Department — to the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues and the Comptroller Southern Area;
e) Deleted;
f) Deleted;
g) transactions relating to the Opium Department — to the Accountant General, West
Pakistan;
h) the transactions relating to the Opium Department to the Accountant General, East
Pakistan:
i) the transaction of the Income Tax Department, appearing in the treasury accounts
of Northern Area, West Pakistan should be passed on to the Accountant General, West
Pakistan. Lahore while similar transactions relating to /Southern Area, West Pakistan
should be passed on to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues;
j) interest on Public Debt of Central Government paid in the province in Pakistan will
be finally accounted for on the Books of the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, and
should be debited to him in the Exchange Accounts.
While similar transactions relating to Quetta, Kalat and Southern Areas should be passed
on to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues.
67) The entries made in an Exchange Account will either be original entries or responding
entries. An original entry is one in connection with which cash is either received or paid or
for which a transfer adjustment is made for stores or labour supplied; it may also be a
write-back. A responding entry is a response to an original entry and may also be a write-
back.
68) A responding debit or credit should not, ordinarily appear in Exchange accounts, in
anticipation of the original credit or debit in the accounts of the other party. But any two
Account Officers may arrange in respect of any particular class of transactions, to afford
credit in advance of the debit or vice versa, care being taken to prevent double
adjustments.
Note 1.—An Account Officer to whom an advance made to Government
servant in another circle is debited through Exchange Account may, if he
receives intimation of the advance earlier take it to the relevant head and
afford anticipatory credit to Exchange Account.
Note 2.—Deleted
Note 3.—Deleted
69) Subject to the exceptions mentioned below and to any other exceptions
which may be authorised by the Comptroller and Auditor General, net payments
only shall be entered in the account passed on to the other party to the Exchange
Account.
i. In the case of deductions on account of Income Tax, Postal Life,
Insurance Fund, the I. C. S. Family Pension Fund, the Superior Services (India) Family
Pension Fund, the Indian Military Service Family Pension Fund, the Indian Military
Widows' and Orphans' Funds, rent of public buildings (including electric installations,
water supply, etc.) from the pay, establishment and pension bills, which are to be passed
on to another account circle for adjustment, the Civil Accountant General in whose circle
the bills are paid should credit the deductions to the relevant head and pass on the gross
amount of the bills to the other party to the account-
ii. In cases, where the entire amount of a bill for leave salary is debitable,
to the Defence Department, the gross amount should be passed on to the nearest
Defence Account Officer, any recoveries on account of Income-tax and other deductions
being adjusted in the books of the paying Account Officer, or where under any rule or
order, such credits are adjustable on' the books of a different Account Officer passed on
to the Account Officer concerned.
Vouchers Accompanying Exchange Accounts
70) When a charge is paid in one account circle and is passed on through the Exchange
Accounts to be adjusted in another circle, the Account Officer of the paying circle shall be
responsible for obtaining a voucher which is correct in point of from, and which sets forth
the charge with sufficient detail and clearness and also for the arithmetical correctness of
the calculations in the bill. Unless it is expressly provided otherwise, vouchers must be
forwarded to the adjusting Account Officer in support of the debits in the Exchange
Account. It is not necessary for the Account Officer finally adjusting the charge to check
the arithmetical calculations of the vouchers.
71) Cheques issued by Disbursing and Account Officers of the Defence Department, should
after audit be passed on to the Military Accounts Department in support of the debits in
the Exchange Accounts. Cheques issued on civil treasuries by other officers not
rendering accounts to the Civil Accountants General will-not be passed on in support of
the debits in the Exchange Accounts but will be retained by the Civil Accountants General
for audit and final custody. The treasury schedules of these cheques should be compared
carefully with the cheques before the schedules are passed on with the Exchange
Accounts.
72) The adjusting Account Officer should not reject an item because the voucher is not in
order or is wanting; it should be accepted and adjusted but placed under objection. The
chief question for the adjusting officer to decide should be whether the entry properly
belongs to the accounts kept in his office and if on the face of the account he cannot say
that the item is not adjustable on his books he should accept it and adjust it against the
proper service head ; though if it be imperfectly vouched or described, or seem rather to
belong to another account circle he should enter it in the outgoing objection statement or,
if necessary, address the disbursing officer direct.
INTER-DEPARTMENTAL ADJUSTMENTS
73) In the case of services rendered or stores supplied by one Department of the Central
Government to another for which adjustment in accounts is permitted, the serving
department should take credit in its accounts by debit to the-department served. The
debit should at once be accepted in the accounts of the latter and adjusted to the proper
head of account. As an exception to this rule, original credits should be afforded in
respect of the cost of maps issued by the map offices, to departments of the Central
Government.
74) The cost of stationery supplied to and printing work done for the paying departments of
the Central Government, such as Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones and Defence
Departments, etc., by the Central Stationery Office and the several presses of the Central
Government should be debited to the several departments by the Civil Accountant
General concerned, through the monthly Exchange Accounts with the respective Account
Officers. If the monthly debits raised by the Civil Accountant General in his Exchange
Accounts are based on approximate figures only supplementary debits may be raised by
him annually, before the accounts are finally closed against the several Departments for
the adjustment of any differences between the actual charges for the whole year and the
approximate charges included in the monthly Exchange Accounts. Any adjustments
which remain outstanding even after the close of June Final accounts sh6uld be carried
out in the accounts of the following year.
75) The vouchers for charges for stationery supplied from the Central Stationery Stores to
paying departments of the Central Government will be sent by the Central Stationery
Stores direct to the Account Officers concerned and the numbers and dates of the
forwarding letters should be quoted against the items of debits appearing in the Exchange
Accounts in respect of them. No vouchers will, however, be sent in support of debits for
the cost of printing work (including he cost of stationery used in printing) raised in the
Exchange Accounts.
TRANSACTIONS WITH PAKISTAN STATES AND FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS
76) If an Account Officer in whose circle a transaction on behalf of a Pakistan State arises is
not in account with the State, he should pass on the transaction through the Exchange
Account to the Account Officer who has been nominated for settling accounts with that
State—vide Annexure to Chapter 9. This procedure shall apply mutatis mutandis to
transactions with Foreign Governments.
SETTLEMENT ACCOUNT TRANSACTIONS WRONGLY INCLUDED IN EXCHANGE
ACCOUNTS
77) If a civil Exchange Account received by a Provincial Accountant General contains an item
which should have been passed on to him through the Inward Settlement Account, it will
not be necessary to ask the originating Account Officer to write it back and pass it on
through the correct account. Such an item should be adjusted by the Accountant General
receiving the account to the proper head, necessary adjustments between Central and
Provincial balances effected by being him in the usual manner.
CASH REMITTANCES BETWEEN ACCOUNT CIRCLES
78) Remittances of cash between places which are situated within the jurisdiction of different
account circles, other than currency remittances, shall not be adjusted through the
Exchange Accounts. In respect of such remittances the Account Officers at both ends
should operate on the head "Foreign Remittances” and the adjustment under this head
should be watched centrally by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues.
WATCHING OF ADJUSTMENTS
79) Both Account Officers, between whom an account is exchanged, shall be equally
responsible for the clearance of each item passing through it and both should keep a
watch over the progress of adjustment on the plan prescribed in Articles 144 to 146.
Objections should be intimated by one party to the other through Objection Statements—
vide Article 142.
EXCHANGE ACCOUNT FOR JUNE
80) Every effort should be made to clear the Exchange Account items within the year of
account. The Objection Statements relating to the preliminary accounts of June must be
despatched promptly after receipt of accounts and the objections must be as promptly
answered; any new items which may come to light should be made the subject of
correspondence; but no Accountant General should make an adjusting entry on account
of an item mentioned in correspondence, in anticipation of its appearance in an Exchange
Account, unless the other office states distinctly that it will appear in his account.
EXCHANGE ACCOUNT FOR JUNE FINAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY
81) The final Exchange Account for June need not detail the items of the preliminary account,
but must open with its gross debit and gross credit. This Exchange Account should
include responding entries only and no original entries should appear except with the
consent of the other party to the Account.
Any corrections or adjustments found necessary after the despatch of the June Final
Exchange Account may, if the other party to the account agrees, b; communicated by means of
a Supplementary Exchange Account.
DUE DATES
82) The dates of despatch of Exchange Accounts by the Civil, Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones and Defence Accounts Officers shall be as given in the following statement:
—
Accountant
General Pakistan 18th of the second 18th August 22nd September.
Revenues. month.
Posts Telegraphs
Last day of the
and Telephones 31st July. 15th September.
next month.
Account Officers.
Defence Account
Officers other 5th of the second
5th August 1st October
than Controller of month.
Naval Accounts.
Controller of 25th of the next
Naval Accounts. 25th July
month.
Accounts with British Colonies, 118 List showing the names of Foreign Annex.
Protectorates, and mandated Governments (other than the
territories. etc. Government of India and Burma)
and Pakistan States, etc., and of the
Accounts with Aden 120 Account and Departmental Officers,
through whom the transactions
Accounts with the Government of 122 relating to these Governments and
Burma and the Burma Railway Board States should be settled
GENERAL PROCEDURE
111) An authorised list showing the names of Foreign Governments (excepting Burma and
India), Pakistan States, etc., and of the Account and Departmental Officers through whom
transactions between those Governments and States, etc., and the Governments in
Pakistan should be settled is given in the Annexure to this Chapter. The accounts with
these Governments, States, etc., are of the nature of advance accounts and are settled
by actual recovery of the net debit or payment of the net credit.
The special procedure relating to the adjustment of transaction between Pakistan and
Burma is described in Articles 122 to 130 of this Chapter.
The special procedure relating to adjustment of transactions between Pakistan and India
is described in Art. 130-A of this Chapter.
112) All transactions adjustable with Pakistan States and Foreign Governments including
transactions of Provincial Governments with those Governments and States shall in the
first instance be carried against the balances of the Central Government, that is to say,
the amounts paid or received on behalf of each Foreign Government or Pakistan State
shall be debited or credited in the first instance to the Central Government under the
relevant minor head subordinate to the head " Accounts with Foreign Governments and
Pakistan States pending recovery from or payment to the Foreign Government or
Pakistan State concerned. Similarly, debits raised against or credits afforded to the
Governments in Pakistan by Foreign Governments shall be adjusted in the first instance
as debits or credits in the accounts of the Central Government pending final adjustment
against the balances of the Provincial Governments of such of the transactions as
concern them. Save as provided otherwise in respect of any particular class of
transactions, the payments to or by Foreign Governments and Pakistan States in respect
of each month's transactions is made by means of cheques, bank draft, bills of exchange
or in cash as may be settled by mutual agreement between the parties concerned.
113) If an Account Officer has to adjust a transaction with a Foreign Government or a Pakistan
State with which he is not in account, he should pass on the transaction through the
Exchange Account to the Account Officer with whom the Government or the State
concerned is in account. But see Article 119.
Note.—The provision in this Article shall not preclude direct cash payments
being made under any rule or order of Government by disbursing officers of
Government to Pakistan States for services tendered or supplies made by
the latter.
114) When services are rendered or stores are supplied to a Pakistan State by the Defence,
Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones and other Departments, the Department rendering the
service or supplying the stores should be responsible for recovering the amount due, and
when this amount is paid by the Pakistan State into a Government treasury, the credit
should be passed on to the Account Officer concerned through the Exchange Account.
The payments due to Pakistan States by the Defence Department are made direct by the
Defence Account Officer concerned by means of cheques.
115) The Accountant General should after closing the accounts of a month forward to each
Foreign Government or Pakistan State with which he is in account, an abstract of the
account with each such Government or State working up to the amounts credited or
debited by him under the relevant minor head subordinate to the head " Accounts with
Foreign Governments and Pakistan States ". This account should be prepared in such
form and in such detail as may be settled mutually. The Accountant General shall be
responsible for obtaining a formal acceptance of the account from the Government or
State concerned and for ensuring the prompt settlement of the account.
116) Where deductions made from a voucher pertaining to a Foreign Government or Pakistan
State are creditable to the Central or a Provincial Government, the debit to the
Government or State concerned should always be for the gross amount.
117) Every case of delay, beyond a period of six months, in the settlement of monthly accounts
by a Pakistan State, should be reported to the Ministry of States and Frontier Regions for
such action as it may consider proper and a copy of each report should be sent to the
Comptroller and Auditor General for information.
ACCOUNTS WITH BRITISH COLONIES, PROTECTORATES AND MANDATED
TERRITORIES, ETC.
118) The Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, shall exchange regular two-sided accounts
with the following Colonies, Protectorates and Mandated territories :—
Ceylon.
The Straits Settlements.
Hong Kong.
Federation of Malaya.
Southern Rhodesia.
Mauritius.
There shall also be separate accounts between the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues, and the Governments of Perlis and Sarawak for the adjustment of payments of the
pensions of certain pensioners of those Governments residing in Pakistan. These accounts are
one-sided as no payments are at present made by the Perlis and Sarawak Governments on
behalf of the Government of Pakistan.
1. Charges of the Straits Settlements recoverable from the United Kingdom,
London, should be included in the Account Current between England and
Pakistan.
2. In respects of transactions relating to Hong Kong and the Straits
Settlements, two separate accounts current should be prepared and sent by the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, one for items relating to the civil
authorities which should be sent to the Colonial Secretary of Treasure and the
other for items relating to the naval or military authorities which should be
forwarded to the Command Paymasters in those territories.
3. Contributions for pensions and the capitalised value of wound, etc.,
pensions of Government servants lent for service under the Colonies,
Protectorates, and Mandated territories mentioned in this Article should also be
included in the Accounts Current rendered by the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues, to those Governments.
4. Deleted.
5. The institution of Accounts Current between the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues and the Colonies, etc., mentioned in this Article, shall not
preclude direct settlement of transactions between an authority of that Colony or
Protectorate, etc., and an Account Officer in Pakistan in cases in which it has been
customary in the past to effect settlement in that manner,. e.g., Postal and Money
Order transactions and Defence Services transactions settled through I.A.F.A.-602
or A.F.-O. 1706.
6. The Settlement of pensions paid by the Govts. of Nyasaland and Southern
Rhodesia and Kenya on behalf of the Govt. of Pakistan will be made through our
High Commission at Nairobi.
119) Deleted
ACCOUNTS WITH ADEN
120) All transactions between Pakistan and Aden, other than Postal, Telegraph and
Telephones transactions, shall be adjusted through a regular two-sided account between
the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and the Finance Officer, Aden the net
balance in favour of Pakistan or Aden normally being settled monthly by means of Bank
drafts.
Note .—The Postal, Telegraph and Telephones transactions should be
settled in accordance with the detailed procedure which shall be as laid
down in the relevant Posts, Telegraphs and Telephone manual.
121) Deleted.
ACCOUNTS WITH THE GOVERNMENT OF BURMA AND THE BURMA RAILWAY BOARD
122) The transactions adjustable with the Burma Government shall be accounted for in the
Pakistan accounts under the major head " Account with the Government of Burma " in
Section P—Deposits and Advances.
i. The transactions between the Governments in Pakistan and
the Government of the Union of Burma will, for the purposes of adjustment, be broadly
classified under the following categories :—
a) Transactions between the Central Government of Pakistan' and the
Government of the Union of Burma.
b) Transactions between each Provincial Government in Pakistan and
the Government of the Union of Burma.
ii. The transactions referred to in sub-para, (i) (a), which will
include Civil, Postal Telegraph and Telephones and Defence Services transactions, will
be adjusted through an Account Current between the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues and the Accountant General, Burma. So far as the transactions referred to in
sub-para, (i) (b) are concerned, they will be similarly adjusted through an Account Current
between the Provincial Accountant General concerned in Pakistan and the Accountant
General, Burma Pakistan states
iii. In respect of the transactions pertaining to the Government of
the Union of Burma, which arise in the Central Section of the books of the Provincial
Accountant General in Pakistan [vide sub-para, (ii) above ] or in the books of the
Departmental Account Officers in Pakistan (vide Art. 123 below), each Account Officer
concerned will send advance schedules with all necessary vouchers, etc., direct to the
Accounts Officer concerned in Burma in whose books the transactions are finally
adjustable, an intimation of the total credit or debit included in each schedule being sent
simultaneously to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, to enable him to effect
the necessary transfer of balances through the Central Accounts Section of the State
Bank of Pakistan, Karachi.
123) The names of the Departmental Accounts Officer in Pakistan, who will send advance
schedules to the Account Officers in Burma are given below :—
124) The financial settlement between the Central or a Provincial Government in Pakistan and
the Government of the Union of Burma will be effected through the Central Accounts
Section of the State Bank of Pakistan.
125) The following departmental Account Officers of the Government of the Union of Burma
will send and receive advance schedules duly supported by vouchers, etc., in respect of
the transactions indicated against each :—
126) Deleted.
127) Deleted.
128) As soon as the accounts of the month in which the transactions take place are closed,
statements of credits and debits should be prepared by the Provincial Accountant
General concerned and despatched to the Accountant General Burma, supported by
necessary vouchers and other documents. Simultaneously and in any case not later than
the end of the month following that to which the transactions relate, an intimation should
be sent to the Central Accounts Section of the Bank to effect necessary transfers
between the balances of the Government concerned in Pakistan and the Government of
Burma.
2. All transactions occurring in Pakistan on behalf of the Central Government of India
will be initially adjusted in the Central section of the accounts and all transactions on
behalf of the Provincial Governments in India will be initially adjusted in the Provincial
Section of the accounts. In other words, the classification of these transactions in
Treasury accounts will follow generally the device adopted for adjustment of the
transactions of the Central and Provincial Governments of. Pakistan itself.
3. After the Accounts of a month are closed, each Account Officer in Pakistan will
send to the Account Officer in India at whose instance the payment has been made or the
money received or in whose books the transactions are finally adjustable, a schedule
supported by details of receipts and vouchers in support of payments. Similarly, a
schedule will be sent by each Account Officer in India to the Account Officer concerned in
Pakistan. On receipt of the schedule, the Account Officer of the receiving dominion will
check the schedule and if it is found in order, he will communicate his acceptance to the
other Account Officer. This acceptance should be communicated within one month of the
receipt of the schedule but if any items in a schedule are not checked within the
prescribed period, provisional. acceptance should be given and adjustment effected
between the two dominions. Readjustment will be permissible in the case of items
accepted provisionally up to two calendar months after the expiry of the one month
allowed for checking the schedule. After an Account Officer in Pakistan has received
acceptance of the schedule sent by him and has also communicate his own acceptance
of the schedule received by him, he should work out the account due by him to, or to him
by each Account Officer in India. If the net figure of the transactions between two Account
Officers in Pakistan and India shows that an amount is due to India by Pakistan, the
Account Officer concerned in Pakistan will send a bank draft to the Account Officer
concerned in India in settlement of the Accounts. Similar action will be taken by the
Accounts Officer in India in cases where India is a debtor.
4. So far as Central Civil Transactions are concerned on the Indian side the Deputy
Accountant General, R. I. & S., will in addition to the Accountant General, Central
Revenues, settle accounts direct with the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues. In the
case of Central transactions arising in the central section of the books of the Provincial
Accountants General, the monetary settlement will be effected between the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues and the Accountant General, Central Revenues. Under this
arrangement the Provincial Accountants General in Pakistan will pass on the transactions
to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, through Exchange Account, who will take
action to effect the monetary settlement.
5. In the case of transactions between the Defence Services, Account Officers in the
two dominions, the Accountant General, Military, in Pakistan and the Military Accountant
General, in India, will settle the accounts. Under this arrangement, each Military Account
Officer in Pakistan will prepare a summary of the accepted inward and outward schedules
exchanged by him with the Military Account Officers in India and send that summary to
the Controller of Military Accounts, Rawalpindi, who will prepare a consolidated statement
for all the Defence Services Account Officers in Pakistan. If this statement discloses that
Pakistan is debtor to India, a bank draft will be purchased for the amount by the Controller
of Military Accounts, Rawalpindi, in favour of the Military Accountant General, India, and
the consolidated statement together with the bank draft will be forwarded by him to the
Military Accountant General, India. But, if the statement in question discloses that an
amount is due from India, then the Controller of Military Accounts, Rawalpindi, should
watch that bank draft for that amounts is received by him promptly from the Military
Accountant General, India.
As regards the transactions between the Railway Account Officers in the two dominions,
the settlement will be effected in the case of transactions arising in Western Pakistan between
the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer P. W. Railway, on this side and the Secretary,
Railway Board (Accounts), New Delhi on the other. Similarly in the case of transactions of Indian
Railways arising in Eastern Pakistan the settlement will be effected between the Financial
Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer, P. E. Railway and the Secretary, Railway Board (Accounts),
New Delhi. Thus two separate drafts one for P. W. Railway transactions and the other for P. E.
Railway transactions will be issued by the Secretary, Railway Board, New Delhi in settlement.
Similarly two separate drafts will be issued by the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer
P. W. and P. E. Railways, in settlement of their accounts with the Indian Railways, the drafts
being issued in favour of the Secretary, Railway Board, New Delhi.
6. So far as Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones transactions are concerned the
procedure similar to that prescribed for the Railways will be followed. In other words, as in
the case of Railways, there will be two drafts, one for Eastern Pakistan and one for
Western Pakistan the settlement on this side being effected by the Accountant General,
West Pakistan, in the case of Western Pakistan and the Accountant General, East
Pakistan, in the case of Eastern Pakistan. On the Indian side, the Accountant General,
Posts and Telegraphs, Simla, will be responsible for the clearance of the accounts, which
will be initially checked by his Deputy Accountant General, and for the issue of the bank
drafts.
7. The adjustment between the Military, Railway and Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones Audit Officers will be strictly confined to transactions relating to those
respective department and all miscellaneous payments will be adjusted through the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and the Accountant General, Central Revenues.
8. A manuscript register should be maintained which should show by each Account
Officer in India the particulars of outward and inward schedules together with their
amounts to watch acceptance of outward schedules and to record the acceptance of
inward schedules.
9. The method of settlement of Inter-dominion accounts laid down above does not in
any way affect any special arrangements that have been made or may be made between
the two Governments for financing any payment or class of payments.
ANNEXURE (See Article 111)
List showing the names of Foreign Governments (other than the Governments of India and
Burma) and Pakistan States, etc., and of the Account and Departmental Officers through whom
the transactions relating to these Governments and States should be settled.
Kedah States.
Johore.
Aden.
Sarawak.
Iraq.
Holland.
Kenya.
Fiji.
North Borneo,
Rodhesia.
Introductory 131
Objections 142
INTRODUCTORY
131) The instructions in this Chapter relate primarily to the procedure to be observed in Civil
Account Offices in respect of accounts exchanged with other Civil Account Offices; they
shall apply also generally to the treatment of Exchange Accounts in all other Account
Offices.
FORM OF ACCOUNT
132) An Exchange Account will contain two kinds of items, namely:—
1. transactions of which the Account Officer receiving the account obtains
information through another part of his accounts also, e.g., remittances of money into,
and cheques, drawn by officers of the Central Government (Civil) on, treasuries
subordinate to another Account Officer ; remittances into and cheques drawn on Civil
treasuries by officers of the Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones and Defence Depart-
ments ;
2. transactions of which the Account Officer receiving the account gets no
information, except through it, and which he has therefore to deal with when he receives
it, e.g., payments and receipts by one Account Officer on account of another, which the
latter must, on receipt of the Exchange Accounts, bring within his own accounts.
133) Except as otherwise provided, every Exchange Account should be prepared in Form 15
and classified under four heads. Taking, by way of example, the account between
Pakistan Revenues and West Pakistan the four heads shall be .as follows :—
1. Remittances to Pakistan Revenues from Accountant General, West
Pakistan.
2. Remittances to West Pakistan from Pakistan Revenues.
3. Items adjustable by Pakistan Revenues.
4. Items adjustable by West Pakistan.
The classification of an Exchange Account under four heads is intended only as a
convenient working arrangements and should net be understood as implying any division of
responsibility. See Article 136.
In the case of Exchange Account between Civil and Civil the operation on heads I and II
would be confined practically to cheques drawn on treasuries by Public Works and Forest
Officers of the Central Government in account with another Accountant General and payments
into treasuries by such officers.
134) There should be four schedules attached to each Exchange Account namely :—
A.—a schedule, in Form 16, giving details of debits under head I or II (as the case may be),
viz., remittances to the Account Officer receiving the account ;
B.—a schedule, in Form 16, of credits under head I or II ;
C.—a schedule, in Form 17, of debits under head III or IV (as the case may be), viz., items
adjustable by the Account Officer receiving the account;
D.—a schedule, in Form 17, of credits under head III or IV.
1. In respect of remittances into treasuries by Public Works Officers of the
Central Government who are in account with another Accountant General, both the
remitting and receiving account circles are required to prepare schedules under this
Article. It is open, however,, to Accountants General, by mutual agreements, to dispense
with the schedules of debits required to be prepared by the remitting account circle,
provided that the Account Office of that circle intimates promptly to the other Account
Office all discrepancies that the examination of the schedule of credits received from the
latter may bring to light.
2. In respect of responding adjustments communicated through the outward
account there-is no necessity for detailing the items in the schedules.
Note.—Writes-back of debits, or credits made in a former month under head
HI or IV should be made under the head under which the debits or credits
originally appeared.
135) All original transactions should be detailed in the schedules accompanying the Exchange
Accounts, but in the case of cheques and remittances of Public: Works Officers adjusted
through Exchange Account it is sufficient to state, in. Schedule A or B, as the case may
be, the amount paid or received at each treasury on account of each Public Works
Division. Treasury Consolidated receipts should accompany the schedule, but it is not
necessary to forward paid cheques.
Public Works outward items which represent charges for work done should be supported
by certificates in the form prescribed by the Comptroller and Auditor General except in the case
of works of Central Departments which are executed" by the Provincial Public Works
Department as a standing arrangement and in respect of which the Provincial Accountant
General acts as a Sub-Account Officer of the Account Officer of the department concerned.
Items of the latter class should be shown as a single entry in the schedule supported by a
subsidiary schedule giving: such details as may be required by the Account Officer concerned.
Public Works outward items which represent receipts realised as a standing: arrangement
on behalf of the Central Department referred to in the preceding sub-paragraph should also be
shown as a single entry in the schedule supported by a. subsidiary schedule giving such details
as may be required by the Account Officer concerned.
Note.—Before despatch, the exchange account should be examined so that
it may be verified that the figures agree with these in the Detail Books, that
all necessary explanations are given,, and that ail documents are attached or
their absence explained and the necessary action taken.
DISPOSAL OF ACCOUNT
136) The Account Officer who sends out the account must, in the case of items falling under
heads I and III, if his account is the second side, or in the case of those under heads II
and IV, if it is the first side, not only state the items correctly and be prepared to give any
information required regarding them but must also keep a careful watch over all
outstandings and press the other party, for their speedy adjustment. The receiving
Account Officer, on the other hand, is directly responsible for the speedy adjustment of all
items passed on to him, and if he finds any item which in the case of head I or II he
cannot trace, or in the case of head III or IV which he is not prepared to accept and
respond to, he must induce the other party to write back the original credit or debit. If the
matter cannot be settled by correspondence, a reference should be made to the Comp-
troller and Auditor General; but until the item is adjusted by the receiving officer or written
back by the originating officer, both parties shall remain equally responsible for the
outstanding.
1. Items shown under “Remittances to” and “Items adjustable by “other
account circles should not be written back without the previous consent of the account
circle concerned. Errors committed in crediting or debiting amounts to heads I to IV
should be rectified by addition or deduction, as the case may be, and not by a transfer
entry and the fact intimated to the other party to the account in Form 18.
2. In respect of remittances into treasuries made by Public Works Officers of
the Central Government who are in account with another Accountant General, the rule in
this Article is subject to the qualification that, as in respect of cheques of such officers, the
primary responsibility for watching the clearance of transactions shall devolve upon the
Accountant General who keeps the accounts of the Public Works Officers concerned.
137) In the case of items under head I or II, the credits will usually be known before the debits
appear in the Exchange Account. To facilitate tie scrutiny of the adjustment of
transactions under these heads other than transactions of Public Works and Forest
Officers, the credit in each outward account and the corresponding entries from the
inward accounts should be posted in a register in Form 19. If any differences are noticed,
necessary action should be taken.
Note.—The detailed procedure for watching the adjustment of Public Works
and Forest transactions passed through head I or II of the Exchange
Account will be such as may be prescribed by the Comptroller and Auditor
General.
138) Immediately on receipt of the inward account, the transactions shown under head III or
IV, as the case may be, should be posted individually inconsecutive order in columns 1 to
3 of the Adjustment Registers (Form 20) for credits and debits respectively. These
transactions should then be dealt with as follows :—
In respect of items which are adjustable under heads which have been opened, in
departmental abstracts, suspense slips should be prepared in the form prescribed by the
Comptroller and Auditor General. All suspense slips should be entered in a list of suspense
slips which together with the suspense slips themselves and the supporting vouchers or other
documents should then be sent to the Departmental auditor concerned for necessary
adjustment. At the same time, the sections concerned are required to classify such of the other
charges and credits as are not adjustable in the Departmental Abstracts. As soon as this
has been done and the lists of suspense slips have been returned with the prescribed certi-
ficate of adjustment, columns 4 to 8 of the Inward Adjustment Register (Form 20) should be
posted. The items which are adjusted in the Central section of the accounts should be classified
in the Adjustment Register, under the relevant Departmental Adjusting Account head, or under
the appropriate debt or remittance head, as the case may be, while items which are adjusted in
the Provincial section are classified under the Head "Adjusting Account between Central and
Provincial Governments". Items which are susceptible of adjustment but cannot be treated as
finally settled should be placed under objection and entered in columns 4 and 5 as well as in
column 8 of the Register. The Adjustment Register should be closed after the total of the
"adjusted" and "omitted" column has been agreed with the total of 'the inward account.
For transactions in the Inward Exchange Accounts which are adjustable in the Provincial
section of the accounts separate adjustment registers should be maintained. The transactions
should be classified in these registers under the "Departmental Adjusting Account" or other
heads concerned by per contra credit or debit to the head "Adjusting Account between Central
and Provincial Governments". The Provincial-register should be closed after the total credit or
debit under the latter head has been agreed with the corresponding debit or credit adjusted
under the same head in the Central Adjustment Register.
Note 1.—When in respect of a net debit received through the Exchange
Account, the gross debit is adjustable in the Provincial section and the
deductions are adjustable in the Central section, the amount of the gross
debit should be posted in column 5 of the Adjustment Register under the
head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial Governments" and
the deductions should be posted in red ink in the same column under the
appropriate suspense or other head concerned.
Note 2.—Items passed through the Inward Exchange Accounts which are
adjustable in the Public Works Divisional accounts should be taken by the
Accountant General or the Director, Audit and Accounts, works as the case
may be under the head "Public Works Remittances—III. — Other
Remittances—(b) Items adjustable by Public Works" and should be
communicated to the Divisional Officer concerned, who will then become
responsible for clearing them. Any items which are adjustable in the
accounts of other divisions should be passed on by the Divisional Officer to
the divisions concerned for adjustment, while items of a doubtful nature
should be accepted provisionally and referred to the Accountant General or
the Director, Audit and Account, Works as the case may be separately for re-
adjustment, The procedure should apply mutatis mutandis to items passed
through Inward Exchange Account which are adjustable in the account of
the Forest Department.
139) An arrear adjustment, that is an adjustment of an item rejected, or outstanding from a
previous account, should be entered in the Inward Adjustment Register in continuation of
and below the total of the current month's adjustments, the name of the month in which it
originally appeared being noted in the first column.
EXCHANGE ACCOUNT ABSTRACT
140) When the grand total of the Adjustment Register has been made the amounts entered in
the column "adjusted" should be posted into the Exchange Account Abstract (Form 21) by
each adjuster. The Abstract for Central transactions should be kept separate from that for
the Provincial transactions. In that for Central Abstract, the grand total of the column
"adjusted" in the Central Register should be shown under the relevant Exchange Account
head as a responding entry. When there is more than one amount under the same
detailed head the figures should at first be posted at foot of the abstract, for which
purpose sufficient space is left at the foot of each page. Care must be taken that the
Abstract is posted only from the Adjustment Registers, and not from the Exchange
Account itself or any other document.
141) When all the Exchange Account adjustments of the month have been posted in it, the
Exchange Account Abstract should be totalled, examined, and submitted to the Gazetted
Officer for approval. It should then be made over to the Book Section. Objections
142) Every item which is not finally settled should be entered in an Objection Statement and in
the Objection Book (Forms 22 and 23). The serial numbers of items of previous months
still outstanding should be entered at the beginning of each Objection Statement and the
Objection Book. The debit items should be entered first and then the credit items.
The procedure for the upkeep of the Objection Book and for watching the adjustment of
the items entered in it will be such as may be prescribed by the
Comptroller and Auditor General.
ADVANCES AND SUSPENSE ITEMS
143) No "Advances Repayable" or other "Suspense" item should be left outstanding under the
Exchange Accounts, pending recovery. It should be adjusted to the appropriate debt head
and must be entered in the proper Objection Book.
PROGRESS REGISTER
144) The progress of the adjustment of each Exchange Account should be watched by means
of a register in Form 24 in which th,e totals of the prescribed heads should be entered
monthly separately for the inward and the outward account. The outward figures should
be entered first for the twelve months and for June final and supplementary, and the
inward figures should be entered similarly below them. Annual totals should be made of
all the eight columns separately for the inward and the outward account and grand totals
of the two made with opening and closing balances.
145)
a) The progress of adjustment under all heads should be watched
closely, that under heads III and IV being tested in detail month by month.
b) The unadjusted balance under heads I and II should ordinarily be
small as most of the items are cleared during the same month. The balances should,
however, be tested from time to time. See also Article 137.
146) After the June final accounts have been despatched, the balances outstanding under
heads I and III or II and IV, as the case may be, should be communicated to the other
party to the account. As soon after the close of June supplementary adjustments as
possible but not later than the 15th November, an Annual Consolidated Abstract of the
Progress Register prescribed in Article 144 should be sent to the Comptroller and Auditor
General and to the other party to the account, in Form 25 with detailed explanations, on
the reverse of that form or in Form 26 of the balance outstanding under heads I and III or
II and IV, as the case may be.
LIST OF SPECIAL ITEMS ADJUSTABLE ON THE BOOKS OF CERTAIN CIVIL
ACCOUNTANTS GENERAL
147) A list showing certain special items and the Accountants General in whose books they
should be adjusted is given in the Annexure to this Chapter. Certain items which should
be adjusted in the books of the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, are mentioned
in the Annexure to the succeeding Chapter!
ANNEXURE
(See article 147)
The transactions connected with the following items should be adjusted by the Accountant-
General noted against each:—.
Accountant
Items
General/Comptroller
Opium Do.
INTRODUCTORY
148) The Exchange Account with the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, is peculiar in
this respect that several kinds of service and debt head items are adjusted through it,
instead of directly against the appropriate heads in the Central section of the books of
Provincial Accountants General or in the books "S^ of non-Civil Account Officers. A list of
these items will be found in Annexure 'A' to this Chapter.
As it is of great advantage that these items should be adjusted in the Pakistan Revenues
accounts of the month to which they pertain, the outward account with Pakistan Revenues
should be sent out as soon as possible and in advance of the other accounts—vide Article 82.
TRANSACTIONS OF CENTRAL DEPARTMENTS ADJUSTED BY THE ACCOUNTANT
GENERAL, PAKISTAN REVENUES.
149) The following procedure should be followed in respect of the receipts and charges of the
department mentioned below which should be finally brought to account by the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues :—
Archaeology.
Intelligence Bureau, Ministry of Home Affairs.
Separate schedules of any receipts pertaining to these departments reported by
treasuries should be despatched by Civil Account Officers to the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues, in anticipation of the Exchange Account in which t he receipts are credited, but in the
case of receipts received by non-Civil Departments the schedules may be sent with the
Exchange Accounts.
The charges of these departments should be reported by treasuries to the Accountants
General, bi-monthly in schedules showing the voucher number and then amounts of each
voucher, a separate schedule being used for each department. As soon as these schedules are
received they should be checked with the supporting vouchers, the total of each schedule also
being checked with the list of payments. A covering list should then be prepared in Form 27
separately for each department and despatched to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues,
with schedules supported by vouchers, excluding paid cheques, in anticipation of the Exchange
Accounts in which the charges are debited.
The vouchers, excluding paid cheques, for expenditure incurred by non-Civil Departments
will be forwarded with the Exchange Accounts.
150) Deleted.
151) The Central Government's obligation to maintain ancient monuments springs from
Section 11 of the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act, 1904 in the case only of
protected monuments in respect of which Government have acquired rights under
Section 4 of the aforesaid Act, or which they have acquired under Section 10 of the Act.
The receipts and charges pertaining to such monuments should be passed on to the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, for adjustment. The totals only of such receipts
or charges need be shown in the schedules, any particulars required by the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues, being given in separate statements.
THE INDIAN CIVIL SERVICE AND THE SUPERIOR SERVICES (INDIA) FAMILY PENSION
FUNDS.
152) Transactions relating to the Indian Civil Service Family Pension Fund and the Superior
Services (India) Family Pension Fund arising in other account circles should be passed
on to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, monthly through the Exchange
Accounts.
The monthly transactions in respect of the transferred and untransferred sections of the
Indian Civil Service Family Pension Fund and those in respect of transferred section of the
Superior Services (India) Family Pension Fund and the Superior Services (India) Family
Pensions (Un-transferred) should be shown separately in the Schedules, the details of the
recoveries relating to each category being furnished in separate certified lists in Forms 28 and
29 as the case may be. These lists should be sent to the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues by the 25th of the month following that to which the recoveries relate. In the case of
the Superior Services (India) Family Pension Fund (Transferred), advance intimations of
transfers from the General Provident Fund should, in addition, be given to the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues, by telegram, as soon as the transfers are made. The net balances
of the transactions relating to the I.C.S. Family Pension Funds (Transferred) and (Untransferred)
and the Superior Services (India) Family Pension Fund (Transferred) should be parsed on by
the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, half-yearly to the Secretary, Commonwealth Rela-
tions Department through the London Accounts. In the case of the transactions connected with
the Superior Services (India) Family Pensions (Untransferred), the receipt and payments should
be adjusted on the books of the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues.
In the case of transactions under the Indian Civil Service (Non-European Members)
Family Pension Rules, the charges only should be passed on to the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues, for final adjustment in his books, the receipts being brought finally to
account in the Central section of the Civil Accountant General's books under the appropriate
head.
TRANSACTIONS UNDER "ADJUSTING ACCOUNT BETWEEN CENTRAL AND
PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENTS" PASSED ON TO THE ACCOUNTANT GENERAL,
PAKISTAN REVENUES.
153) As the balances of the Central Government are worked out on the books of the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, all adjustments affecting the balances of the
Central Government initiated by an Accountant General should be intimated to the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues in bulk so that he may agree with the
adjustments against Central balances communicated to him by the Central Accounts
Section of the Bank. When, therefore, an Accountant General receives intimation from the
Bank that adjustments between Central and Provincial balances have been carried out as
instructed by him, he should clear the outstanding under the head "Adjusting Account
between Central and Provincial Governments" in the Central section of his accounts by
debit or credit to the Exchange Accounts with Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues
On receipt of a copy of the same intimation from the Bank the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues, should afford the necessary credit or debit in his accounts to the
head "State Bank Deposits—Central Accounts Office, State Bank" by per contra debit or
credit to the appropriate Exchange Account head concerned.
153 A. Deleted.
REPAYMENTS OF DEBT BY PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENTS TO THE CENTRAL
GOVERNMENT
154) The repayments of debt by Provincial Governments to the Central Government which are
adjusted finally on the books of the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, should not
be passed on to that officer through the Exchange Accounts, but should be adjusted in
accordance with the procedure described below :—
The Provincial Accountant General should when sending the advice of adjustment to the
Bank in respect of Debt repayments, adjust the transaction in> the Provincial section of his
accounts under the head "Central Accounts Office— State Bank Suspense" by debit to the
appropriate head, the credit under the former head being cleared by transfer to the head "State
Bank Deposits—Central Accounts Office, State Bank" on receipt of clearance memorandum
from the Bank. The Provincial Accountant General should at the same time send a special
intimation to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, regarding the particular advice in
which repayment of debt has been communicated to the Bank for adjustment so that the latter
may watch the credit to be afforded by the Bank. On receipt of advice of adjustment from the
Bank, the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, should make necessary adjustment in his
books crediting "Q—Loans and Advances by the Central Government" by debit to "State Bank
Deposits—Central Accounts Office, State Bank".
The procedure prescribed above shall apply mutatis mutandis to payments of interest by
Provincial Governments to the Central Government.
EXCHANGE ACCOUNT WITH THE AUDIT OFFICER, INDUSTRIES, SUPPLIES AND FOOD.
155) The receipts and payments in respect of the transactions enumerated in Annexure B to
this Chapter should be passed on to the Audit Officer, Industries, Supplies and Food,
through the Exchange Accounts supported by the necessary schedules and vouchers.
Paid cheques should, however, be retained.
156) Deleted.
ANNEXURE A
(See Article 148)
The transactions connected with the following items should be adjusted on the books of the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues.
1. Expenses of the President, etc., on tour.
2. Deleted.
3. Haulage charges of carriages of Members of the Cabinet.
4. Railway charges for distinguished visitors to Pakistan incurred under special orders of
the Central Government.
5. Deleted.
6. Expenditure against grants at the disposal of the Ministry of Home Affairs and the De-
partment of Education, Health and Lands of the Central Government.
7. Payments on account of the Bureau of Central Intelligence.
8. Transactions pertaining to Chief Commissioners' provinces.
9. Pay; leave salaries and compensatory allowances (other than gazetted officers,
attached to the offices of the Civil Accountants General or to Comptroller and Auditor
General.
10. Pay and allowances of the Office of the Asstt. Accounts Officer (Inspections) attached to
the Office of the Comptroller and Auditor General.
11. Deleted
12. Capital expenditure of the Lighthouses Department.
13. Deleted.
14. Consular and Diplomatic Services.
15. Archaeological Department.
Exception Transactions arising in East Pakistan should be adjusted in the Books of
Accountant General, East Pakistan.
16. Deleted.
17. Deleted.
18. Deleted.
19. Deleted.
20. Deleted.
21. Deleted.
22. Deleted.
23. Deleted.
24. Deleted.
25. Charges for loss on it withdrawal of Bronze (Copper) and Nickel coins.
26. Deleted.
27. Deleted.
28. Deleted.
29. Transactions on account of payments of commuted value of Central Government
excepting those pertaining to the Railway, Posts, and Defence Departments.
30. Central Loans
31. Indian Civil Service Family Pension Fund.
32. Superior Services (India) Family Pension Fund.
33. Payments under Indian Civil Service (Non-European Members) Family Pension Rules.
34. Transactions connected with Provident Funds the accounts of which are maintained by the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues.
35. Deleted.
36. Transactions with certain Foreign Governments and Pakistan States which are adjusted
through the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, under the rules in Chapter 9.
37. Advances made by the Central Government to the Provincial Governments and
repayments in respect of such advances (including pre-autonomy debt). See Article 154.
ANNEXURE 'B'
(See Article 155)
The transactions in connection with the following items should be adjusted on the books
of the Audit Officer, Industries, Supplies and Food.
1. Payment of contractors bills for stores supplied or services rendered
against orders placed by:-
a) Director General, Supply and Development, Karachi.
b) Textile Commissioner, Karachi.
c) Coal Commissioner, Karachi.
d) Iron and Steel Controller, Karachi.
e) Controller, Printing and' Stationery (Central Purchases only).
f) Director of Food and Agriculture (Food Division), Karachi
g) Director of Procurement and Enforcement, Ministry of Food and Agriculture (Food
Division), Karachi.
h) Director of Supplies, Lahore.
i) Director General, Disposals, Karachi.
j) Director of Disposals, Lahore.
2. Deposits of Ministry of Food and Agriculture (Food Division).
3. Deposits of the Purchase Organizations under the Ministry of Industries.
4. State Trading Schemes under the capital Major Head "87-Capital Outlay "
Pertaining
a) Purchases of Foodstuffs by the Ministry of Food, Karachi.
b) Purchases of Textiles by the Textile Commissioner, Karachi.
c) Purchases of Coal by the Coal Commissioner, Karachi.
d) Purchase of Reserve stores by the Department of Supply and Development.
5. A portion of the transactions relating to the Major Head XXXV. Supply and
Development, XXXVI. Miscellaneous Departments and XLVI Misc-Fees realised on
account of —
i. Purchase of stores through officers stated at (i) above.
ii. Inspection of stores purchased through officers stated at (/) above.
iii. Inspection of stores and purchases through the Director General Supply and
Development and
iv. Testing fees recovered by the Govt. Test House.
6. Transactions arising out of recoveries from Disposal 9f surplus and
obsolete stores sale proceeds from the disposal of American surplus stores and disposal
of surplus foodstuff.
7. A portion of transactions under the Major Head XLVII-Defence
Services— Effective-I-Fighting Services (c) R.P.A.S.O. Supply Miscellaneous (Code
Head 188/30.).
8. Transactions relating to payments on account of "Subsidy to Cement
Companies in West Pakistan on despatches of Cement to East Pakistan" under the Major
Head "57- Miscellaneous".
CHAPTER 12.—EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS BETWEEN CIVIL (INCLUDING POSTS,
TELEGRAPHS AND TELEPHONE) AND DEFENCE SERVICES.
INTRODUCTORY
157) Transactions pertaining to the Defence Services taking place at a Central or a Provincial
treasury as well as any transactions arising in the Central or Provincial section of a Civil
Accountant General's books which are adjustable in the accounts of the Defence
Services should be adjusted through the Exchange Accounts between Civil and Defence
Services, the money settlement between the Central and Provincial Governments in
respect of such transactions, where necessary, being effected separately by the Civil
Accountant General concerned in the manner indicated in Article 13 of Volume I of this
Code. Similarly, all transactions arising in the accounts of the Defence Department which
are adjustable in the books of a Civil Accountant General should be passed on by the
Defence Account Officer concerned to the former through the Exchange Accounts, any
adjustment between the Central and Provincial Government in respect of such
transactions being left .to be effected by the Civil Accountant General concerned, vide
Article 16(2) of Volume I of this Code.
SCHEDULES OF RECEIPTS AND PAYMENTS
158) The original schedules of Miscellaneous Defence Services Receipts Form T. A. 15 of
Volume II of this Code) submitted by Treasury Officers with their monthly accounts should
be collected together by the Civil Accountant General and forwarded to the Defence
Account Officer concerned under cover of a list in Form 30 which should be despatched
not later than the 10th of the month following that to which it relates. The schedules of
Defence Services Remittances (Form T.A. 14 of Volume II of this Code) with the duplicate
copies of Receivable Orders received with the treasury accounts should, however, be
retained in the Accountant General's office. The latter schedules should be pasted in a
register in original in Form 31 and the corresponding debits intimated through the inward
Defence Services Exchange Accounts should be posted against the items concerned in
the appropriate column. At the end of each quarter, the items remaining unadjusted
should be carried into the "Balance" column for that quarter and a list of the unadjusted
items supported by the connected duplicate copies of the Receivable Orders should be
transmitted to the Defence Account Officer concerned.
The procedure prescribed in this Article shall apply mutatis mutandis to Defence Services
receipts received by the Bank at places where the Bank renders accounts direct to the
Accountant General.
159) The periodical schedules of Defence Services payments (Form T. A. 16 and 17 of
Volume II of this Code) transmitted by Treasury Officers and the Bank should on receipt
be collected together and listed separately in Form 32. The schedules relating to
payments of cheques (Form T.A. 16 of Volume II of this Code) together with the paid
cheques themselves, other than those of the Controller of Factory Accounts, should be
forwarded to the Defence Accounts Officer concerned through the Deputy Assistant
Military Accountants General incharge, Hollerith Section, Rawalpindi. Schedules relating
to payment of cheques together with paid cheques issued by Controller of Factory
Accounts should be forwarded to him direct. The schedules relating to other payments
(Form T.A. 17 of Volume II of this Code) with all vouchers should be forwarded direct to
the Defence Accounts Officers concerned. These schedules should be sent to the
Defence Accounts Officers in one batch, on the 10th of the month following that to which
they relate. It should be ensured by a preliminary scrutiny of the accounts, that the
schedules and vouchers sent to Hollerith Section and to the Controller of Factory
Accounts are complete in all respects.
Cheques issued on Sub-treasuries should be detailed in the schedule of payments
separately from those paid by the District Treasury.
1. The due dates prescribed in this and the preceding Article must be
strictly observed, and if all the schedules have not been received from treasuries
or the Bank on the due dates those which have been received should be
forwarded, and supplementary lists should be sent as early as possible after the
receipt of the late schedules.
160) The Civil Accountant General should preserve for record a copy of the covering lists and
also a copy of the schedule of receipts and of the entries in the "Miscellaneous Payments
"column of the schedule of payments.
161) The credits relating to the Defence Services Officer's Provident Fund should be
communicated to the Controller of Military Account (Pension), Lahore, in advance of the
monthly exchange account Schedules containing particulars of these credits should be
prepared in the Accountant General's office in Form 17 and sent on the dates mentioned
below, copies being retained for record :—
i. deductions from bills paid up to the 10th of a month—by the 25th of the month ;
ii. deductions from bills paid up during the remainder of the month and subscriptions paid in
cash during the month—on the 10th of the following month.
FORM OF EXCHANGE ACCOUNT
162) The outward Exchange Account should be prepared in Form 33, and the inward in Form
34. The mutual adjustment and clearing of items shall be regulated in accordance with
the rules laid down in Chapter 10. Each Defence Account Officer shall furnish to the
Comptroller and Auditor General and the Accountant General concerned annually a
statement compiled in the manner prescribed in Article 146.
Note.---.Separate annual Consolidated Abstracts of Progress Registers, as
prescribed in Article 146, should be submitted to the Comptroller and
Auditor General by Civil Accountants General acting as sub-Account
Officers on behalf of the Military Accounts Department in respect of works
transactions pertaining to the Military Engineer Services and the Pakistan
Air Force executed in the Public Works Department. Similarly, Defence
Account Officers acting as Sub-Account Officers of a Civil Accountant
General in respect of transactions relating to Public Works under the control
of the Military Engineer Services should submit separate Abstracts of
progress Registers for such transactions.
163) The transactions which are passed through heads I to IV of the Exchange Account are of
the kind specified below :—
HEAD I.—REMITTANCES TO CIVIL FROM DEFENCE SERVICES.
This head is intended for (i) cash remitted by the officers of the Defence Department into
a Civil treasury, (ii) Remittances into Civil treasuries by Pakistan states on account of cost of
Military stores supplied to them, and (iii) Transfer receipts drawn by Civil treasuries, and
cheques drawn by the Civil Department, on Military treasure chests.
HEAD II.—REMITTANCES TO DEFENCE SERVICES FROM CIVIL.
These remittances comprise payments, upon cheques issued by the officers of the
Defence Department, and also—when such are specially ordered—specific remittances from
Civil treasuries to Military treasure chests, Registration fees Stamp, Abkari and Salt collections,
etc., paid into Military treasure chests should appear under this head.
HEAD III.—ITEMS ADJUSTABLE BY CIVIL.
This head is intended for moneys received or charges incurred on account of the Civil
Department by officers of the Defence Department, and credited or debited by them to the Civil
Department for adjustment in the accounts of Civil Account Officers. Under this head should be
included sums paid into Military treasure chests on account of Cantonment Funds, contributions
for foreign service examination fees and subscriptions to Service Funds. Consequently the
original items under this head should appear always in the account rendered by the Defence
Account Officers to Civil, and the responding entries in the account rendered by Civil to the
Defence Account Officers.
HEAD IV.—ITEMS ADJUSTABLE BY DEFENCE SERVICES.
This is intended for receipts received otherwise than on Receivable orders and for
payments on account of the Defence Department made otherwise than on cheques issued by
officers of the Defence Department, and also for the value of stores supplied by and returned to
Civil Departments. These transactions should be debited or credited to the Defence Account
Officers in the account rendered to them by Civil. The only entries under this head in the account
rendered to Civil by the Defence Account Officer should be the responses given by them in
adjustment of these debits and credits.
164) The Civil Accountant General need give no particulars in his outward Exchange Account
of the items credited and debited under heads I and III, and in the same way the Defence
Account Officer need give no particulars of the items-credited and debited under heads II
and IV of his outward Exchange Account. These particulars should be given in separate
schedules on the plan described in Articles 134 and 135. The Accountant General in
giving particulars of credits under head IV, should also enter in the relevant schedules the
full designation of the party paying the amount into the treasury. Receipts and
expenditure pertaining to Military Engineer Services or Pakistan Air Force Works
executed in the Public Works Department as a standing arrangement, in respect of which
the Civil Account Officer acts as a sub-Account Officer on behalf of the Military Accounts
Department, should not be included in the main Exchange Account sent to that
Department but should be booked under a separate head "Exchange Account between
Civil and Defence Services—Sub-Account Officer, M. E. S. or sub-Account Officer,
P.A.F." as the case may be. A similar procedure should be followed in cases in which a
Defence Account Officer acts as a sub-Account Officer of a Civil Accountant General in
respect of public works under the control of the Military Engineer services.
Note .—A copy of the outward Exchange Account with entries of debits and
credits under head II only should be sent by the Civil Accountant General to
the Hollerith Section concerned as prescribed in Article 159 relating to the
transmission of schedules of payments of cheques, simultaneously with the
despatch of the Account to the Defence Account Officer concerned.
ACCOUNT FOR JUNE
165) All original transactions relating to Defence Services which are likely to appear in the
Exchange Accounts for June (Final)—under head "IV.—Items adjustable by Defence
services'-' according to the latest available information, should be communicated by each
Accountant General to the Defence Account Officer concerned by batches in the form of
advance schedules, the last batch being sent in time to reach them before the 25th
August.
Any such transactions coming to light after the despatch of the last batch of advance
schedules, which may be adjusted by the Accountant General in his June Final account, should
be communicated to the Defence Account Officers, as they are noticed, for adjustment in their
June Supplementary accounts in time to reach them before the 25th September, all
communications after the 2nd September being made by telegram.
166) In order that transactions affecting Provincial balances which originate in the accounts of
the Defence Account Officers may be adjusted as far as possible in the accounts of the
year to which they relate, these officers should send advance schedules in respect of
such transactions for the months of May and June so as to reach Civil Accountants
General by 25lh June and 10th July respectively, and corrections to the May Schedules
also being advised so as to reach the Civil Accountant General not later than the 10th
July. The vouchers and other documents relating to the transactions need not, however,
accompany the schedules but should be sent with the regular Exchange Accounts.
LAPSE OF CHEQUES
167) Military Cheques lapse at the end of the third month after the month of issue and should
be adjusted in the books of the Defence Department and not in those of the Civil
Department.
INDIAN MILITARY SERVICE FAMILY PENSION FUND AND INDIAN MILITARY WIDOWS'
AND ORPHANS' FUND
168) Transactions pertaining to the Indian Service Family Pension Fund and the Indian Military
Widows' and Orphans' Fund should be passed on by the Civil Account Officer concerned
monthly through the Exchange Account to the Controller of Military Accounts (Pensions),
Lahore, pending eventual transfer of the net transactions to the Secretary, commonwealth
Relations Department through the London Accounts. The transactions relating to the
transferred and un-transferred sections of each of these Funds should be shown
separately in the schedules, the Credits under category being supported by a list showing
in detail the amounts recovered from each subscriber. The lists relating to the Indian
Military Service Family Pension Fund will be furnished in Form 35 which with necessary
modifications may also be used for transactions of the Indian Military Widows' and
Orphans Fund.
GRANTS OF LANDS AND JAGIRS
169) The amount payable to Provincial Governments on account of grants of Land and jagirs
sanctioned by the Defence Department (vide Section IX in Appendix 3 to Volume I of this
Code) should be adjusted in the accounts in the following manner :—
a) in the case of the grants of a plot of land, the Civil Accountant General concerned should
debit the amount representing the value of the plot as assessed by Government to the
nearest Defence Account Officer ;
b) in the case of assignments of land revenue payable in cash, the Defence authorities will
arrange for payment through their own Account Officer, and the amount paid will be
debited direct against the Defence Services Estimates ;
c) in the case of an assignment of land revenue paid by land owners direct to the grantee or
of remission of land revenue if the grantee is a land holder, the amount of the grant
should be debited annually by the Civil Accountant General to the nearest Defence
Account Officer. .
Note.—The term "nearest Defence Account Officer" means the Controller of
Military Accounts whose office is nearest to Civil Account Officer
concerned.
LEAVE SALARIES AND PENSIONARY CHARGES
170) The charges for leave salaries paid by the Civil or the Posts Telegraphs and Telephones
Department, in respect of leave earned by service in the Defence Department should be
debited by the Civil or the Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Account Officers, as the
case may be, to the Controller of Military Accounts whose office is nearest to his own
office, irrespective of the Military Division or District to which the payments actually relate.
Debits for pensionary charges should, however, be passed on to the Controller of Military
Accounts, Pensions, Lahore. The debits in each case should be supported by a certificate
to the effect that the leave or pension for which the charges are debited was earned in
respect of service rendered in the Defence Department and that the amounts charged are
correct according to rule.
When, however, the debits on account of charges for leave salary are raised by ah officer
who is not responsible for their audit, they should be supported cy $ copy of a certificate in the
following form, which should be furnished to that officer by the Account Officer responsible for
such audit at the time of issuing the leave salary certificate:—
"I certify that the sum of Rs. per month for the period from to is debitable to the Defence
Services estimates on account of the leave salary of for leave earned in respect of services
rendered in the Defence Department and the amount has been correctly calculated according to
rule".
CHARGES ON ACCOUNT OF PRINTING WORK DONE FOR AND STATIONERY SUPPLIED
TO THE DEFENCE DEPARTMENT
171) Charges for the cost of printing work done in the presses of the Central and Provincial
Governments on behalf of the various branches of the Defence Department (including the
Military Accounts Department) and of stationery supplied by the Printing and Stationery
Department to those branches should be passed en for adjustment to the Defence
Account Officers as shown below :—
Note.—Deleted.
DECEASED SOLDIERS' AND DESERTERS' ESTATES
172) Under Rule 44 of the Fundamental Rules Part II, the receipts in respect of the surplus of
Estates of deceased, insane and missing persons and of the property of deserters should
be credited by the Standing Committee of Adjustments or the Officer Commanding in the
treasury in favour of the Controller, Military Accounts concerned. The amount will be held
in deposit by the accounting authorities of the Defence Department pending disposal on
receipt of instructions from the Ministry of Defence.
CHAPTER 13—SETTLEMENT WITH RAILWAYS
Introductory 173
INTRODUCTORY
173)
a) As a result of Provincialization of Railways, the Railway fund formed on proforma basis
on the books of the State Bank of Pakistan under the Central Consolidated Fund became
inoperative with effect from 1st July, 1962. Two separate proforma Railway Funds, viz.,
Pakistan Western Railway Fund and Pakistan Eastern Railway Fund have been created
on the books of the State Bank of Pakistan under Provincial Consolidated Fund. These
funds will accommodate all earnings and receipts and will bear all the expenditure of the
respective Railways. The Pakistan Western Railway Fund and the Pakistan Eastern Rail-
way Fund will be operated upon by the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer of
the respective Railways.
b) The cash balances of the Railways will be considered as a part of the West Pakistan
Consolidated Fund and the East Pakistan Government's Consolidated Fund respectively.
The responsibility for verification of the balances on the books of the State Bank and their
agreement with the balances on the books of the Railway will be that of the Financial
Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer of the Railway concerned. He will also be required to
confirm the net total of the Fund transactions intimated monthly by the State Bank of
Pakistan direct to the Accountant General for adjustment under the head 'State Banks
Deposits— Railways by per contra debit or credit to the head, V.—Cash Balance in the
Provincial Section of Accounts'.
c) On the creation of the Consolidated Funds the Railways will discontinue depositing their
earnings at and drawing cheques, on the Central and Provincial Treasuries. Such
transactions will arise only at the offices of State Bank and the branches of the National
Bank of Pakistan and will be taken by them direct against the Fund. All Railway earnings
and other receipts will be paid into this fund and all the expenditure chargeable to
Railways will be met therefrom. The fund will be operated upon by the Pakistan Western
Railway and Pakistan Eastern Railway. The responsibility for verification of the balances
of the Fund as on the books of the State Bank and for their agreement with the balances
on the books of the Railway, will be that of the Railway Board. It will also be the duty of
the Railway Board to confirm the net total of the" Fund transactions intimated monthly by
the State Bank direct to the Chief Accounts Officer of the Railway concerned for
adjustment under the head "State Bank Deposits Railways " by per contra debit or credit
to the head "Cash Balance".
173A. Deleted.
174) Deleted.
RAILWAY TRANSACTIONS ARISING AT BRANCHES OF THE NATION BANK OF
PAKISTAN AND STATE BANK
175) The Transactions on behalf of Railways, taking place at the State Bank and the branches
of the National Bank shall not pass through the Treasury Accounts or consequently
through the accounts of the Civil Accountants General but shall be brought to account
direct against the Railway fund in the books of the State Bank vide notes under Article 10
and 11 of the Account Code Vol. I.
TRANSACTION BETWEEN RAILWAYS AND THE CENTRAL/PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENT
DEPARTMENT AND PAKISTAN FOREIGN MISSIONS
176) The transactions between the Railways and the Central/Provincial Government
Departments will continue to be settled in Cash or by Cheques as far as possible. In the
exceptional cases noted in the succeeding paragraphs the monetary settlement would be
effected through the State Bank of Pakistan on the authority of the advice issued by the
Railways or the Central- and Provincial Accounts Officer, according as the services have
been rendered by to Railways. In the case of the transactions, which are adjustable in the
Central Section of the accounts of a Provincial Accountant General and in the books of
the Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones, Account Officers, Separate Advices
shall be prepared by the Railway Accounts Officer for the amount relating to each Civil
Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones, Account Officers and sent to the State
Bank of Pakistan. The advices should give an indication that the transactions included in
them are adjustable by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, the name of the
Accounts Officer being shown in brackets. A copy of the advice to the State Bank of
Pakistan shall also be sent by the Railway Accounts Officer to the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues. The clearance memo will be sent to the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues by the State Bank.
The Railway transactions, arising in the provincial books of the various Accountants
General/Comptrollers will be settled by them direct with the Railway through the State Bank of
Pakistan. In case of Railway transaction, arising in the Central Section of the Accounts of the
Provincial Accountants General and in the books of the Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones, Accounts Offices, they will be passed on through Exchange Accounts to the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and it shall be the responsibility of the latter to arrange
for the necessary money settlement in respect of such transactions with the Railway Accounts
Officers. The schedules, supported with vouchers shall be sent by the Civil Defence and Post,
Telegraph and Telephone, Accounts Officers to the Railway Accounts Officers direct and copies
of the schedules will be sent to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues in support of the
entries in Exchange Accounts. As regards the Railway transactions, arising in Pakistan Foreign
Missions (including the High Commission for Pakistan in the U.K.) the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues will advise the State Bank to debit Railway fund concerned by per contra
credit to Central Government cash balance. A copy of the advice issued to the State Bank in the
above cases will be endorsed to the Railway Account Officer and in the case of transactions
arising in Pakistan Foreign Mission the copy of the advice will be supported with the duplicate
copies of the schedules with certificate to the effect that the statement of receipts and expendi-
ture in respect of the Railway transactions have been forwarded with vouchers and receipts to
the Financial adviser and Chief Accounts Officer, Pakistan Western/Pakistan Eastern Railways.
176-A. In case of purchase of Rolling stock, coal etc. made by Railway from foreign countries by
opening of letters of- credit on the authorised banks debits on account of such
transactions will be adjusted by the State Bank of Pakistan by debit to Railway Fund
concerned on receipts of advice from the Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food and a
copy of the advice, duly supported by requisite documents will simultaneously be sent to
the respective Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officers.
The transactions in which cash settlement will be necessary between the Railways and
other Departments and the manner in which it will be done are indicated below:-—
In case of purchase made by the Director General, Supply and Development on behalf of
Railways and paid for by the Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food the latter will send to the
Railway Accounts Officer concerned monthly, bills duly supported by paid vouchers. These bills
will be checked by the Railway Accounts Officers concerned within seven days of their receipt
and re-imbursement will be arranged to the Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food through
crossed cheques.
SETTLEMENT OF TRANSACTIONS IN CASH BETWEEN CENTRAL AND PROVINCIAL
GOVERNMENTS AND THE RAILWAYS
177) The Central and Provincial Government Department will issue credit notes as heretofore
in favour of the Railways in payment of fares and freight, etc. The system of payment by
credit notes will be extended to other cases also which were not so far covered by them.
In such cases the department concerned will receive a Rill from the Railways containing
full particulars of the payments, demanded and issue a credit note in settlement thereof.
178) The Railway Account Officer will work out the payments receivable from other
Departments on the basis of these credit notes and periodically issue advices to the State
Bank for crediting the Railway Fund with the amounts thereof by per contra debit to the
cash balances of the Government concerned. They will simultaneously endorse copies of
such advices duly supported by the credit notes to the Account Officers on whose books
the payments in question are adjustable.
177A. In the case of work executed by P.W.D. on behalf of the Railways prior deposits be
credited by cheques by the Railways under the head "P.W. Deposits". Further procedure
laid down in Art. 409—412 of the C. P. W. A. Code or the corresponding provision in the
Provincial codes will be followed in this case and the refunds of unspent balances of
deposit will be made by cheques by debit to the above head. In case of the expenditure
incurred in excess of the amount deposited by Railways the excess expenditure will be
transferred to the Head "Misc. P.W. Advances" in the books of the Director of Audit and
Account (Works), Lahore or the Accountant General, East Pakistan, Dacca as the case
may be and action will be taken by them for recovery of the amount from the Railways
concerned. The Divisional Officer of the P.W.D. will render periodical account of the
expenditure from the deposit account to the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer
concerned. The re-imbursement will be made in full by the Financial Adviser and Chief
Accounts Officer of the Railways and the Civil Accounts. Officer. Subsequent re-
imbursement, if any, will,} however, be made with the consent of the other party.
RAILWAY TRANSACTIONS WITH FOREIGN MISSIONS, ETC
177B. The suspense heads "P.W.R. Suspense," "P.E.R. Suspense" already opened by-the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and other Accounts Officers in Part IV—
Suspense—Suspense Accounts—Suspense Account" will continue to be operated by the
Foreign Mission (including the High Commission for Pakistan in U.K.) and other
department to accommodate the expenditure incurred and receipts realised on behalf of
the Railways.
An adjustment register and a broadsheet will be maintained in form A. O.-11 of this Code
after introducing therein the heads " P. W. R. Suspense " and " P: E. R. Suspense " by the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and other Account Officers concerned to maintain a
watch over the clearance of the transactions adjustable with Railways. This register will also
indicate clearly the number and date of the memoranda of clearance, received from the State
Bank. It will be closed monthly. In case of the stores purchased by the Railways by opening of
letter of credit the procedure now being followed by the Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and
Food for accounting of letter of credit transaction is as under :—
The detailed head “L.C. Suspense" account denotes payments made in foreign countries
on production of shipping documents or Railway receipt, etc. The State Bank re-imburses such
payments as soon as an advice of the payment, having been made abroad together with a copy
of the shipping document, is presented to it. In turn the State Bank informs the Audit Officer,
Industries, Supply and Food of the payment having been made by it and also sends a copy of
the shipping document. On receipt of the shipping documents and the advice of payment the
Audit Officer Industries, supply and Food carries out the following adjustment :—
Dr. P. W. R. Suspense or P. E. R. Suspense.
Cr. L.C. Suspense.
When the clearance memo, issued by the State Bank is received by the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues he will carry out the following adjustment:—
Dr. State Bank Deposits.
Cr. Exchange Account between Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues
and the Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food.
On receipt of the Exchange Account from the A. G. P. R. the A. O. I. S. and Food will
carry out the following adjustment :—
Dr Exchange Account between Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues
and Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food.
Dr. Deduct Debit L. C. Suspense.
The Audit Officer, Industries, Supply and Food will then advise the State Bank to make
adjustments of the amount against the balances of the respective Railway Fund and clear the
amount adjusted previously under Pakistan Western Railway/Pakistan Eastern Railway
suspense.
English transactions pertaining to Railway appear in the Account of receipts and
disbursements of the High Commissioner for Pakistan in U. K. and an extract of the High
Commissions account together with schedules relating to the transactions adjustable under "
Remittance Misc. Account between England; and Pakistan" is forwarded by the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues to the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officers of Railway
concerned.
In consequence of the Provincialisation of Railways while the English transactions will
continue to be exhibited in the Accounts of Receipts and Disbursements of the High
Commission, the extracts of the Accounts will no longer require to be forwarded to the Financial
Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer of Pakistan Western or Pakistan Eastern Railway. All that
would be required in this case will be that the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will
advise the State Bank of Pakistan to make necessary adjustment against the Railway Account
Officer. On receipt of Memoranda of clearance from the State Bank, the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues will carry out the following adjustment:—
Dr./Cr. State Bank Deposits.
Cr./Dr. Remittance Account between England and Pakistan.
The adjustment made against the Railway Fund will be communicated to the Financial
Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer concerned by the Central Accounts under the final heads will
be made by the Railway Account Officer.
ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSACTION AT THE CLOSE OF THE YEAR
177C. Return on Government investments in the Railways will be payable by the respective
Railway to the Provincial Government in equal monthly instalments. The Provincial
Government will in its turn arrange adjustment of the return payable to the Central
Government. The amounts of contribution payable by Railway will be subject to audit and
the Chief Auditor of the Railway will have to furnish audit certificate. The Provincial
Accountants General on receipt of audit certificate will effect necessary adjustment
through the State Bank of Pakistan. Thereafter adjustment for the return payable to the
Central Government will be arranged by them. The contribution so received from the Rail-
ways will be accounted for under the Minor head ' Railway Contribution to General
Revenues' under- the Major head ' XX—Interest'.
The existing capital Major hea4 ' 57—Construction of State Railways' in Section BB
Railway Capital Account outside Revenue has been split up in the following three parts with
effect from the 1st July, 1962 :—
i. 67—A Construction of State Railways-Capital outlay by Government of Pakistan.
ii. 67—B Construction of State Railways—Capital outlay by Government of East Pakistan.
iii. 67—C Construction of State Railways—Capital outlay by Government of West Pakistan.
The capital expenditure under the existing Major head “67—Construction of State
Railways", on 30th June 1962 will be transferred to the head” 67—A Construction of State
Railways—Capital outlay by Government of Pakistan “without financial adjustment in the books
of the Railway. After 1st July, 1962 the Capital expenditure on the Railways will be booked partly
under the head " 67—B “or” 67—:C "for rupee portion of the expenditure and partly under the
head " 67-A " for foreign exchange components financed by the Central Government from
Loans.
N.B.—The balances under Depreciation Reserve Fund, Railway Reserve Fund and Staff
Benefit Fund as on 30th June, 1962 will immediately be transferred from the Central Section of
Accounts to the Provincial accounts without financial adjustment'. The actual transfer of cash
balances from the Central to the Provincial consolidated Fund will be arranged by the Finance
Department of the Provincial Government in consultation with Government of Pakistan, Ministry
of Finance.
N.B.1.—The State Bank will issue a memoranda of clearance in form 13 of this Code.
N.B.2.—In cases where it is detected that any excess or erroneous payment has been
made the Paying department will, subsequently, claim re-imbursement treating it as a fresh
transaction and deal with as such. The advices to be issued to the State Bank for making
monetary adjustments between the Railway Fund and the Central and Provincial Governments
cash balance will be sent by Railways and other Account Officers.
N.B. 3—the Provincial/Central Government Departments may make payments to the
Railways in cash or through cheques instead of issuing credit notes, when the amounts to be
involved arc small or when this method of settlement is found to be inconvenient.
N.B.4.—Notwithstanding the abolition of exchange accounts between the Railways and
other departments the receipts and expenditure under the major heads (a) IV-Taxes and Income
other than Corporation Tax, (b) XII-A—Taxes and Duties earned in connection with
Rehabilitation of Displaced persons, (c) XX—Interest and (</) 22—Interest on Debt and other
obligations which are not Railway transactions but are at present adjusted finally in the Railway
Departments will continue to be adjusted as such.
N.B.5.—
i. The payments made to Railways by means of cheques and the recoveries affected
from them will be debited and credited respectively to the final service and Receipt
heads concern in the books of the Accountant. General, East Pakistan or West
Pakistan as the case may be.
ii. For obtaining service postage stamps from the treasuries a cheque for the amount
involved should invariably be issued as here to fore by the Railways.
N.B. 6.—In the case of payments of fare, freight, etc., charges referred to in Article 177
above, the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues and the Provincial Accountant General will,
on receipt of Memoranda of Clearance from the State Bank, carry out the following adjustment:
—
Dr. State Bank Suspense.
Cr. State Bank Deposits.
On receipt of advice (duly supported with vouchers) from the Railway Account Officer, the
following adjustment will be carried out by the Accounts Officer •concerned:—
Dr. Final head concerned.
Cr. Deduct Debits.
State Bank Suspense.
In the case of the transactions, adjustable finally in the Central Section of the accounts of
a Provincial Accountant General and in the books of the Defence and the Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones, Account Officers, the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will carry out the ad-
justment in the manner, indicated above, except that the debit adjustable by the other Accounts
Officers will be classified by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues under the Exchange
Account head concerned.
In respect of the amounts adjustable with the Railways, the Provincial Accountants
General and the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will carry out the following adjustment:
—
On receipt of Memoranda of Clearance from the Bank the Provincial Accountants
General, who initiated the adjustment, will clear the outstanding in his account under the head
"P.WJR..,
Suspense" or "P.E.R. Suspense" by deduct entry per contra debit credit to the head
"State Bank Deposits'. A similar procedure will be adopted by the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues for settlement of the transactions arising in Pakistan Foreign Missions.
As regards the settlement of the Railway transactions arising in Central Section of the
Books of the Civil Accountants General, Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones,
Account Office r, the following procedure will be followed:—
On receipt of Exchange Account from the Civil Defence and Posts, Telegraphs and Tele-
phones, Account Officers, the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will carry out the
following adjustment:—
Cr./Dr. Exchange Account and head concerned. Dr./Cr. P.W.R. Suspense or P.E.R.
Suspense.
The Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues will then advise "the State Bank of Pakistan
to make adjustment against the balances of the Railway Fund.
On receipt of Memoranda of Clearance from the Bank, the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues will carry out the following adjustment:—
Dr./Cr. State Bank Deposits.
Cr./Dr. Deduct Debit/Deduct Credit.
P.W.R. Suspense or P.E.R. Suspense.
N.B.7.—The consolidated monthly accounts relating to the transaction appearing in
Central Section of Account’s in Railways books will continue to be submitted to the Central
Government direct by the respective Provincial Railway Board as required under Art. 15 (j) of the
Account Code Vol. I. The material for Central Finance Accounts and Combined Finance and
Revenue Accounts will continue to be submitted by the Railways to the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues and this office respectively as usual. In addition to this, the Financial
Adviser and Chief Accounts Officers will also have to supply certain material to the Accountant
General, West Pakistan and Accountant General, East Pakistan for incorporation in the
Provincial Governments Finance Accounts.
N.B. —The Railway transactions, e.g., leave salary, payments of pension Provident Fund
deductions of Railway employees temporarily working in other departments etc., shall be
adjusted with the Railway through the medium of the P.W.R. Suspense and P.E.R. Suspense in
the Provincial Section of accounts.
These Account Officers will also simultaneously furnish the Railway Account Officers with
copies of their advices showing particulars of such transaction. The recoveries on account of
Provident Fund adjustable in the books of a Non-Railway Account Officer shall, however, be
paid by crossed cheques each month so as to enable the Account Officer concerned to credit
the amount to the accounts of the depositors. The foreign services contributions payable to the
Central/ Provincial Government departments shall be paid immediately on receipt of bills from
the former.
ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSACTIONS RELATING TO PROVIDENT FUNDS, Q-LOANS
ADVANCES BY THE CENTRAL GOVT., DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES ETC.
177D. The subscribers on 30-6-1962 to Defence. Saving State Railway General and
Contributory Provident Funds shall continue to contribute to the Funds on the same basis
as existed before 1-7-1962 and their contribution shall be credited to the General
balances of the Central Government. The liability in respect of the payment of the above
fund balances to the employees shall also be that of the Central Government. The
accounts of these funds will be kept in the Central Section of the account in the Railways
books. All the documents relating to these provident Fund accounts i.e. ledgers, P.F.
Journals, Check Sheets, etc., will be distinctly marked "Central Accounts". The credits
and debits to these accounts will initially take place in the Provincial Railway Accounts
“and thereafter necessary transfer to the "Central Accounts" would be carried out every
month, through the medium of the major head "Adjusting Account" between Central and
Provincial Governments. Howler, a Provincial Provident Fund will be constituted in the
books of the Railways with effect from 1-7-1962. The accounts of the subscribers to this
Fund will be kept separate from Central Accounts.
177E. The account of the loans and advances made up to 30-6-1962 will be maintained in the
Central Section of account in the Railways "books and all .Journal slips prepared for the
same will be distinctly marked as such. The recoveries of the advances will however
initially be booked in the Provincial Section of account and at the end of month it would be
necessary to adjust these recoveries between the Railway Fund and the Central
consolidated Fund through the Slate Bank of Pakistan in order to bring them under
Central section of accounts. The interest charges recovered in respect of these loans will
be credited to "XX-Interest" in the Central Section of accounts and adjustments carried
out through the State Bank of Pakistan as in the case of principal recovered. As a result
of Provincialization of Railways with effect from 1-7-1962 all loans and advances to the
Railway-Employees granted on or after 1-7-1962 will be accounted for under **R—Loans
and Advances by the Provincial Government", in the books of the Railways. The
repayment of these advances will be credited to the same head. The interest charges
recovered in respect of these loans will be credited to "XX-Interest" in the Provincial
Section of Accounts. The balances on 30-6-1962 in the various heads of account
operated in the Railway books under the Section P. Deposit and Advances (Advances not
bearing Interest) will be transferred to the Provincial Section of accounts without financial
adjustment on 1-7-1962.
ADJUSTMENT OF PENSIONARY CHARGES
The Provincial Governments have become responsible for the pensionary charges after
30-6-1962 in-respect of the staff transferred to the Provincial Governments in terms of Art. 9-(l)
(b) of the Presidential order No. 33 dated 9-8-1962. The same principle will hold good from
determining the incidence of special contribution and gratuity paid to the staff.
CHAPTER 14.—EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS BETWEEN CIVIL AND POSTS, TELEGRAPHS
AND TELEPHONES
Introductory
180) The two Deputy Comptrollers, Posts. Telegraphs and Telephones Branch, Lahore and
Dacca shall be treated as independent Account Officers of the Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones Department for purposes of Exchange Accounts. The list of Account Officers
in account with the Deputy Comptrollers, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones shall be as
given in the Annexure to this Chapter.
181) The general rules of procedure laid down in Chapter 10 shall apply mutatis mutandis to
the Exchange Accounts with the Deputy Comptrollers, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones
Branch. The rules applicable prescribe inter alia—
1. the classification of the Exchange Accounts under the four main heads
prescribed in Article 133;
2. the preparation of the Exchange Accounts, both outward and inward, in the form
prescribed in Article 133, Forms 16 and 17 being used as accompanying schedules
containing details of transactions including in the Exchange Accounts ;
3. the maintenance of Remittance Registers, to watch the adjustment of remittance
transactions passing through heads I and II; and
4. the maintenance of separate Progress Registers, Inward Adjustment Registers
and Objection Books.
ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN PROVINCES AND THE POSTS,
TELEGRAPHS AND TELEPHONES DEPARTMENT
182) The rule in Article 157 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the adjustment of
transactions between a Provincial Government and the Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones Department.
183) A single Exchange Account should be prepared for all transactions relating to the
Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Department including Postal Telegraphs, Telephone
and Wireless branches. An Account Officer who is in account with one of the Deputy
Comptroller, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephone Branch only, should include all items
pertaining to other Deputy Comptrollers in the same account.
Note 1.—The details of the remittance transactions pertaining to the
different branches should be shown separately by treasuries in Form 16
accompanying the Exchange Accounts.
Note 2.—In advance of the monthly Exchange Accounts, a preliminary
statement showing the sale of ordinary (including air mail), service and
Defence saving stamps should be forwarded to the Deputy Comptroller,
Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones concerned so as to reach his office on
the 4th day of the month following the month of account in the case of
transactions for October, January, March and April, and on the 6th of the
following month in other cases. Should the statement too be late for the
post, the figures should be communicated by telegraph or telephone and
this followed by confirmation by post. If it is necessary to make any
modification involving a large amount in the statement, it should similarly be
communicated by telegraph. or telephone by the 12th of that month.
DUE DATE
184) The due date for the despatch of the Exchange Accounts between Civil and Posts,
Telegraphs and Telephones have been prescribed in Article 82.
ACCOUNT JURISDICTION
185) The account jurisdiction of the two Deputy Comptrollers, Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones Branch shall be as shown below :—
POSTS, TELEGRAPHS AND TELEPHONES CIRCLES
Deputy Comptroller, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Branch, West Pakistan, Lahore.
Deputy Comptroller, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Branch, East Pakistan, Dacca.
Note 1.—Transactions pertaining to Telegraph Store Depots should be
adjusted by the Deputy Comptroller, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones
Branch, Lahore.
Note 2.—Transactions of the Engineers incharge Eastern and Western
wireless regions and the Radio Offices under their control should be
adjusted by the Deputy Comptrollers, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones
Branch, Lahore and Dacca, respectively.
Note 3.—Cost of Printing and Stationery—
i. The charges debatable to the Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones
Departments for work done and supplies made by the Central
Government Presses and the Central Stationery Offices should be
passed on by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues to the
Deputy Comptroller, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Branch,
Lahore, with the exception of charges relating to the supply of sealing
wax which should be passed on to the respective Deputy Comptroller,
Posts Telegraphs and Telephones Branch.
ii. Charges debitable to the Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones
Department for the cost of stationery supplied and printing work done
by Provincial Stationery Depots and Provincial Government Presses
should be passed on to the Deputy Comptorller, Posts, Telegraph, and
Telephones Branch, with whom the Civil Account Officer Concerned is
in accounts,
Note 4.—Postal Insurance premia and Telephones.—These should be
credited to the Deputy Comptroller, Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones
Branch Lahore with whom each Civil Accounts Officer exchanges Accounts.
The certified lists of premia should, however, be sent to the Director, Postal
Life Insurance, Karachi, direct.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR ADJUSTMENT
186) The Civil Account Officers shall be responsible for prompt adjustment of items
appearing in the inward Exchange Accounts under Heads I and HI and for the clearance
of items passed on by them in the outward Exchange Accounts under Heads II and IV
which have been rejected by the Deputy Comptrollers, Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones Branch. Similarly, the Deputy Comptroller, Posts, Telegraphs and
Telephones Branch, shall be responsible for the prompt adjustment of items appearing in
the inward Exchange Accounts under Heads II and IV and for the clearance of rejected
items under Heads I and III of the outward Exchange Accounts. See also Article 136.
Note—Debit raised under Head 1 by Deputy Comptroller, Posts Telegraphs
and Telephones Branch for remittances into treasuries by Post Offices
should be supported by consolidated receipts prepared by postmasters and
checked and verified by treasuries. In respect of drawings from treasuries by
Post Offices, the consolidated receipts received by the Civil Accountants
General in duplicate through treasuries should be checked in totals and
agreed with the' debits raised under Head II of the Exchange Account. One
copy of the consolidated receipt should be sent to the Deputy Comptroller,
Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Branch concerned in support of the debit
in the Exchange Accounts the other, copy being retained "" the office of the
Civil Account Officer.
ADJUSTMENT OF PROVINCIAL TRANSACTIONS IN THE ACCOUNTS FOR MAY
AND JUNE 4
187) The rule in Article 166 shall apply mutatis mutandis to transactions arising in the
accounts of the Posts, Telegraphs, and Telephones Department for May and June which
are adjustable against balances of the Provincial Governments.
ANNEXURE
(See Article 180)
List of Account Officers who are in account with each Deputy Comptroller, Posts,
Telegraphs and Telephones Branch
Name of Deputy
Comptroller, Posts, Name of Civil Accounts Name of Defence
Telegraphs and Officers Accounts Officers
Telephones Branch
CHAPTER 15
CENTRAL ADJUSTING ACCOUNT
Deleted.
CHAPTER 16,—ACCOUNTS CURRENT BETWEEN ENGLAND AND PAKISTAN
Scope of the Accounts Current 198 Pre-payment of the cost of Stores 214
supplied to Pakistan States
Inward and Outward Accounts 200 Direct Purchase of stores in the 215
Inward Accounts United Kingdom
Treatment in the office of the Ac- 205 Deceased, distressed and 222
countant General, Pakistan discharged Seamen
Revenues
I Stage.
In the accounts of the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenue, to whom the Central
Accounts Section of the State Bank will likewise communicate the adjustments made in favour of
the balance of the Central Government, the following adjustment should be made :—
Dr. State Bank Deposit
Central Accounts Office—State Bank,
Exchange Account with Provincial Accountants General concerned. Cr.
The credits in the Accounts Current will be set off against the debits raised by Provincial
Accountants General under III below.
II. Stage.
III. Stage.
Provincial Books. Central Books
(See also Rule below Article 90 and last sentence of Article 108).
In effecting adjustments at the first two stages, the sterling transactions should be
converted into rupees at the average rate of exchange for the month in which the transactions
take place in England (vide Article 230). When the Departmental Suspense heads are cleared in
the usual course, the credit or debit to the appropriate revenue or expenditure head should be
made at the conventional rate of Is. 6d. to the rupee (Article 227), the difference between the
amounts so booked and the value of the transactions at the average rate being taken to the
minor head "Loss or gain by exchange" under the respective major heads.
At the third stage, the response to the debits in the Inward Accounts should be given at
the conventional rate of exchange while the corresponding debit to the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues, should be raised at the average rate of exchange the difference being taken
to the deposit head "Exchange on Remittance Accounts.",
Note I, — For the purpose of adjustment at all the three stages mentioned in
this Article, the Sterling transactions should be converted into the Pakistan
Currency to the nearest paisa.
Note 2 — No adjustment on account of loss or gain by exchange in respect
of sterling transactions relating to Provincial debt, deposit and remittance
heads should be included under those heads. The difference between the
rupee cost of such transactions at the average rate of exchange and
the».value of the booked transactions at the conventional rate of exchange
should be adjusted under the head "XLVl. ---Miscellaneous" "as net gain by
exchange on Remittance transaction". If in any year the net result of the
adjustments under this head is a loss it should be adjusted as a minus
receipt to avoid unnecessary appropriation of funds.
Note 3 — No adjustment on account of exchange should be made under the
minor head "Loss or gain by exchange" in respect of the cost of English
stores purchased for the Public Works Department. The cost of such stores
should be adjusted in the regular accounts as well as in the accounts of
works or stock at the average rate of exchange for the month in which
payments are made in England. This rule shall apply also in the case of
other Departments or Commercial Services where the value of stores
purchased in England has to be included in the accounts of works or stock.
207) Sterling transactions of the Central Government should be adjusted on Central
Books under the proper heads at the conventional rate of exchange by debit or credit to
account current with London, the difference between the rupee equivalent at the average
rate and the conventional rate of exchange in respect of the Revenue and Capital
transactions being taken to the minor head "Loss or gain by exchange" under the relevant
major heads concerned by per contra credit or debit to the Deposit head "Exchange on
Remittance Accounts".
Note. — The provisions of Notes 1 and 3 to Articles 206 shall apply mutatis
mutandis to the adjustments made under this Article.
208) Formal response in bulk should be recorded in the Pakistan books to the Revenue
and Capital transaction in England of the Central Government and also to the net
disbursements in England on behalf of Provincial Governments but should not be passed
through the Outward Account. The only item in respect of which schedules of responding
credits and debits should be furnished by Account Officers in Pakistan to the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues; will be those which are passed through the head "
Remittance : Miscellaneous Accounts between England and Pakistan. " (See also Article
217).
DATES OF DESPATCH
209) The Inward Account Current of the High Commissioner for Pakistan the monthly
statements of receipt and disbursements and the subsidiary Account Current of the High
Commission relating to miscellaneous remittance, transactions will be despatched to
Pakistan by air mail not later than the 21st of the month following that to which the
transactions relate. The statement and accounts for June Preliminary, however, will be
sent by the Director, Audit and Accounts High Commissioner for Pakistan in the United
Kingdom a week later than the usual date. The final Accounts Current for June will be
sent by him by last air mail in August.
EUROPEAN STORES
STORES FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, GOVERNMENT COMMERCIAL
UNDERTAKINGS LOCAL FUNDS, PAKISTAN STATES, ETC
210) In the case of stores supplied for the Public Works Department, Government,
Commercial Undertakings and Local Funds, and Pakistan States, the Director, Audit and
Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in the United Kingdom should forward
statements of payments and invoices to the Account Officer concerned, and it shall be the
duty of the latter officer to compare these statements with the invoices of the stores
supplied in order to see that invoices of all stores shipped for department in account with
hi m have been received and distributed. This comparison will not be made in the case of
stores supplied to Department other than Public Works or Commercial Undertakings of
the Central and Provincial Governments in regard to which invoices only are received
from England.
Note.—In the case of stores purchased in England for the Commercial
undertakings of the Central Government for and works executed by the
Central Public Works Department which ate brought to account by Provincial
Accountant General in the Central section of the books, the invoices and
statements of payments will be received by those officers through the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, and not from the Director of Audit
and Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in the United Kingdom direct.
REGISTER OF INVOKES
211) On receipt of the invoices from England they should be entered at once in a register in
Form 40 which should contain separate pages for each department or officer obtaining
stores from Europe. This Register should be used for comparison with the monthly
statements received from England. The invoices of extracts there from should then be
forwarded to the departmental officers concerned.
212) The Account Officers should satisfy themselves that the stores shown in this register
are brought on the stores accounts of the proper departments; accordingly when all the
invoices for the year (Article 211) have been received, annual Abstract Statements in
Form 41 should be prepared for non-Public Works stores from the register and sent to
each officer to whom stores have been consigned during the year; these officers are
required to return the Abstract Statements in original and to certify in the prescribed
column whether the stores invoiced have been received by them and brought on their
stores accounts.
RECOVERY OF COST OF EUROPEAN STORES FROM LOCAL FUNDS AND PAKISTAN
STATES
213) As it is essential in the case of European stores supplied to Local Fund of Pakistan
States that the London Accounts should receive credit at once for the whole amount
charged, the amount communicated in the monthly statements should be adjusted
immediately by credit to the London Accounts and per contra debit to the appropriate
deposit or suspense head immediate steps being taken to make recoveries, where
necessary. If the local fund concerned does not bank with the Government treasury and
recovery has to be made from that body, or if, for want of sufficient information, it is
difficult to determine the proper head of charge, the items should be placed under the
suspense head “English Stores Suspense Account".
Note.—In case of petty differences between invoice and the Accounts
Current debits charges paid for stores in England, the latter should be taken
as correct and recovery made accordingly.
PRE-PAYMENT OF THE COST OF STORES SUPPLIED TO PAKISTAN STATES
214) In the case of supplies to Pakistan States where the cost of stores supplied has been
prepaid in cash, the rupee deposits received should be converted at the rate of Is-6d
per rupee and the cost in sterling of the stores supplied (including sea freight payable in
England) together with the surcharge for departmental expenses and marine insurance
added by the High Commissioner to the invoiced price should be adjusted month by
month against the sterling deposit.
DIRECT PURCHASE OF STORES IN THE UNITED KINGDOM
215) Payments for articles obtained by a direct order from private firms and individuals in the
United Kingdom should be made by means of bank drafts purchased by Account
Officers in Pakistan in favour of the Director, Audit and Accounts, High Commission for
Pakistan in the United Kingdom, the payments being brought to account directly in the
Pakistan books. In the case of stores obtained direct from firms abroad on f.o.b. basis
subject to inspection by the High Commissioner's Stores Department, London, the
payment may, if the purchasing officers have so desired, be made directly by the
Director, Audit and Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in the United Kingdom, on
receipt of supplier's bills duly verified by the High Commissioner's Inspecting Officer.
Such payments should be passed on to the Accounts Officers concerned in Pakistan for
adjustment through the London Account supported by the supplier's bills duly certified
by the High Commission Inspecting Officer.
OUTWARD ACCOUNTS
FORM OF OUTWARD ACCOUNT
216) The monthly Outward Account will contain only the transactions relating to the head
"Remittance: Miscellaneous Accounts between England and Pakistan". The sub-heads
appearing in this account shall be as given in the Annexure to this Chapter. The
instructions in Article 203 shall apply mutatis mutandis to this account also.
217) The Outward Account should be prepared in Form 42 showing both original and
responding items and despatched to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues;
schedules in Form 43 should accompany the account and also vouchers, where
necessary, unless they have been sent in advance under Article 219. The responding
items shall be left out by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, when compiling
the consolidated Outward Account for transmission to England.
The following example shows how entries are made in a schedule accompanying the
Outward Account:—
Total. 480 00 35 17 6
ORIGIN OF EXCHANGE
227) The High Commissioner for Pakistan in the U.K. is placed in funds by means of direct or
indirect remittances from Pakistan in order to enable him to make disbursements in
England on behalf of the Central and Provincial Governments. These admittances are
effected at varying rates .of exchange differing from the conventional rate at which
sterling transactions are represented in the-accounts in terms of rupees. The difference
between the latter rate and the actual rate realised on remittances between Pakistan
and England causes a gain or loss by exchange which shall be brought to account in
the first instance under the Central Deposit head "Exchange on Remittance Accounts",
as stated in Article 231.
Note.—The conventional rate referred to in this Article as fixed by the
President for converting sterling transactions into rupees and vice versa in
Government accounts at present is £l=Rs. 13.33 Paisa
REMITTANCES FOR FINANCING LONDON TRANSACTIONS
228) Direct remittances to England for financing the High Commissioner are made by the
State Bank of Pakistan, Karachi on the basis of advices received from England. Such
remittances as well as remittances from England to Pakistan which are also made through the
State Bank are effected at the market rate of the day for Telegraphic Transfers. If however, a
large transfer has to be effected in connection with the floatation or repayment of a sterling loan
or analogous operation, and it is considered by Government or the Bank that it would be
inappropriate to apply the rate of a single day, an average rate based on a longer period may be
fixed by agreement between the parties. Such transactions shall not be included in the Accounts
Current between England and Pakistan, but shall be brought to account under Section "T—
Transfer of Cash between England and Pakistan—Remittances through the State Bank". The
credit or debit under this head in the Pakistan accounts shall be the rupee equivalent of the
sterling amount of the remittance converted at the conventional rate the difference between this
rupee equivalent and the rupee amount actually credited or debited by the Bank to the account
of the Central Government being adjusted as loss or gain by exchange, under the Central
Deposit head "Exchange on Remittance Accounts".
Note.—Direct remittance of funds from Pakistan to Eng and may be avoided
in certain case as for example when the Central Government takes over in
London the proceeds of sterling loan raised by a Pakistan local body. Such
indirect remittances also are effected at varying, rates of exchange, thus
giving rise to gain or loss by exchange.
UNIFORM RATE OF EXCHANGE
229) Save as otherwise provided in any rules, the Central Government or a Provincial
Government in respect of any particular transactions or classes of transactions, all
remittances through Government on behalf of Pakistan States, Local Funds private
bodies or individuals, etc., are adjustable at the uniform rate of 1 shilling 6 pence to the
rupee.
Note 1.—The Treasury in England have agreed, until further notice to the
adoption of the rate of £.6 to the rupee for the adjustment of transactions
between the Central Government and Her Majesty's Government.
Transactions relating to Colonial Governments whose standard of currency
is sterling are also adjusted at the same rate.
Note 2.—In the case of pensions fixed in rupees, but paid in sterling which
are chargeable either wholly or partly to Pakistan States or Local Funds, the
equivalent of the actual cost of the pensions paid in sterling at the privileged
Pakistan state rate of exchange is recovered from the: Pakistan States of
Local Funds at the rate of ls.6d to the rupee.
AVERAGE RATE OF EXCHANGE
230) This is a monthly rate advised by the Ministry of Finance of the Central Government, the
calculation being based on the average of the daily Karachi Telegraphic Transfer rates
on London during the month. This rate shall be applied for the purpose of the
adjustments prescribed in Articles 204,206 and 207.
FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF EXCHANGE
231) All exchange in respect of remittances between England and Pakistan' shall be brought
to account in the first instance under the Deposit head "Exchange on Remittance
accounts" in the accounts of the Central Government. The gain or loss by exchange on
all Revenue and Capital transactions in the United Kingdom of the Central Government
and on all transactions (including those relating. to debt, deposit etc., heads) of
Provincial Governments occurring in that country shall be eventually transferred from this
head to the appropriate Revenue Service or Capital heads concerned in the accounts of
the Central and Provincial Governments in the manner described in Articles 206 and
207. These adjustments shall be made monthly by the Account Officer concerned on the
basis of the average-rate of exchange (Article 230). The balance left under the Deposit
head after making these adjustments shall be transferred at the end of each year to a
separate minor head "Net gain/joss by exchange on Remittance transactions "under the
major heads "XLVI-Miscellaneous "or "57-Miscellaneous" as the case may be, in the
accounts of the Central Government. This final adjustment under the revenue or
expenditure head shall be carried out by a closing transfer entry prepared in the office of
the Comptroller and Auditor General of which a copy shall be sent to the Accountant
General, Pakistan Revenues, for incorporation in his accounts.
Introductory 232
Abstract of Major Head Totals 241
Detail Book—
Form and Method of Posting 233 Final accounts for June and June
243
Checking 236 Supplementary Adjustments
Consolidated Abstract—
Rectification of Errors 246
Form and Method of Posting 238
INTRODUCTORY
232) The procedure for the compilation of revenue receipts and service
payments in Civil Account Offices is laid down in Chapters 1 to 5. In this Chapter, Articles
233 to 240 deal exclusively with the compilation of the transactions under Debt, Deposit
and Remittance heads, the remaining Articles being devoted to general procedure
relating to consolidation of accounts in Civil Account Offices.
DETAIL BOOK
FORM AND METHOD OF POSTING
233) Particulars relating to Debt, Deposit and Remittance transactions appearing in the
Treasury Cash Accounts and Lists of Payments and in the Departmental and other
abstracts shall be collected for the whole circle of account under each head of account
from month to month in a Detail Book. The Detail Book for Central transactions should be
kept separate from that for Provincial transactions.
1. If the accounts for any month of a Treasury Officer, Public Works Divisional Officer
or an other Departmental Officer be received so late that they cannot be included along
with other transactions of the month in the Detail Book without greatly delaying the
consolidation of the accounts they should be kept back for inclusion in the next month's
accounts. A note of the omission should be recorded distinctly in red ink below the
month's entries in the Statement disbursers Accounts (Form 10). When they are posted in
the Detail Book and the Statement Disbursers' Accounts of the next month a note should
be made against the entries giving reference to the month to which they relate. On no
accounts should the figures of the two months be combined into a single set of entries.
234) The Detail Book (Form 46) shall be arranged in vertical columns,
of which the first two columns on each folio or page shall show the period of account and
the name of the district or of the departmental or other abstract, and the remaining
columns the entries which appear in that abstract under each head of account. The Detail
Book should be so arranged as to provide sufficient space under each heading for the
consecutive entry of twelve months' transactions; that is the set or sets of heads of
account should be repeated on consecutive pages as often as may be necessary to
record the transactions of the whole year from July to June (Final), and any additions or
deductions consequent on corrections made after the despatch of June (Final) accounts.
235) The Detail Book shall be in two parts, the first part being utilised
for compiling the treasury transactions direct from the Cash Accounts and Lists of
Payments, and the second part for consolidating the Debt, Deposit and Remittance
figures appearing in the various Departmental and other abstracts. The totals of one part
should be brought into the other in which the grand totals should be struck. When thus
completed, the detail book will present for the whole circle of account the figures under
the various detailed heads of Debt, Deposit and Remittance heads.
Note.—The Detail Book, if not bound before being brought into use, should
be .bound at all events at the end of the year; meanwhile sufficient sections
containing the pages assigned for the whole year to one or more heads
should be securely stitched in covers of stout paper and levelled clearly on
the outside. The word "Receipts" or "Payments ", as the case may be,
should be written conspicuously at the top of each page.
CHECKING
236) When the postings under each head have been completed, the
detailed items should be cast independently across the page to the total column of the
Detail Book, without reference to the total of the Cash Account, List of Payments, or the
Departmental or other abstracts. The grand totals of receipts and disbursements in Part I
of the Detail Bock should then be agreed with the Statement of Disbursers Accounts.
237) The postings in the Detail Book should be checked independently
with the entries in the Cash Account, List of Payments, or the Departmental or other
abstracts, that is, both the postings of the detailed heads and the totals made for minor
heads. The person who checks the postings shall be required to put his initials on the
face of the Cash Account, List of Payments or Abstracts and if all the entries of a month
on one page of the Detail Book are posted by one man, and checked by another, the
poster and the checker severally should set their initials at foot of the page,
Note.—A separate progress register may be maintained in which may be
recorded the initial of the poster a id the checker if this system is found to
be an improvement over the arrangement contemplated in this Article.
CONSOLIDATED ABSTRACT
FORM AND METHOD OF POSTING
238) The next process is the preparation, in Form 47 of the Consolidated Abstract of Deposit
and Remittance transactions. The Consolidated abstract for Central transactions should
be kept separate from that for Provincial transactions. Columns shall be provided in the
Abstract for showing the progressive totals, month by month, under each major head and
under such minor and detailed heads as may be found necessary. Every head of account
for which a column is provided in the Detail Book must also appear in the Consolidated
Abstract and against it should be entered the total of the month's entries as there
recorded.
Note.—The classification of Exchange Account transactions under four
heads as prescribed in Article 133 need not be shown in the
CONSOLIDATED ABSTRACT OF CENTRAL TRANSACTIONS
239) As the transfers of each month are posted in the Detail Books without reference to the
amount of the month's transactions under the detailed heads concerned, the result may
be a minus entry, which will pass in red ink into the Consolidated Abstract and reduce the
total of the minor head.
It may sometimes happen that the minus entry under a detailed head is so large as to
exceed the aggregate of the plus entries for the current month under the other detailed heads
subordinate to the same minor head. In this case the net entry for the minor head also will be a
minus one in red ink both in the Consolidated Abstract and in the Ledger. In exceptional cases
minus entries under a major head may appear in any month.
240) After the Consolidated Abstract is closed the totals of the receipts and payments recorded
in it should be checked against the totals in the Detailed Book.
ABSTRACT OF MAJOR HEAD TOTALS
241) From the Consolidated Abstract when completed and the Departmental Consolidated
Abstracts (vide Article 17) and Abstract of Major Head Totals shall be prepared
separately for Central and Provincial transaction in the same form as the Consolidated
Abstract, showing the receipts and disbursements by major heads during and to end of
the month. The totals of the receipts and payments should then be checked against the
Statement of Disbursers' Accounts (see Article 57), and the General Statement of
Account should be drawn up on the back of the disbursement section of the Abstract of
Major Head Totals as follows :
Opening Balance
Total 0.00
Balance 0.00
0.00
The closing cash balance of Government as worked out in the General Statement of
Account should then be reconciled with the balances shown in the Cash Account rendered by
Treasury Officers and with the Statement of closing balances received from the Central
Accounts Section of the State Bank.
Note.—In the General Statement of Account which will be drawn up by
Provincial Accountants General in the Central Abstract of Major Head Totals,
there will be ordinarily only entry relating to the total receipts and
disbursement of the month which should agree with each other.
1. Any difference between the account balance shown in the General Statement of Account and
the grand total of the cash balance report should be explained in a note to be added to the
former.
242) The accounts of each month must be completed, carefully checked and signed
punctually on or before the 24th of the next month (last day of the next month in the case
of the Accountant General, West Pakistan) the accounts of the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues being however, closed on the 14th of the second month following to
admit of the incorporation of the inward Exchange Accounts transactions .n the accounts
of the month to which they relate.
Final Accounts for June and June Supplementary Adjustment
243) The accounts for June as first prepared are only preliminary records, as the books
remain open for adjustments and transfers until the 15th October (and in the case of the
Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues until the 22nd October) when the
Supplementary adjustments for June are completed. The progressive figures for June
Final should be despatched to the Comptroller and Auditor General in special forms
prescribed by him (i.e., Ar.G. Forms 6-11), so as to reach him by the 25th September. As
the June Final accounts may be corrected by subsequent entries (Article 244), their
despatch should not be delayed merely by reason of their not being absolutely complete,
but every endeavour should be made to incorporate in them all adjustments and
corrections that can possibly be made by the date of despatch.
Note.—The June Final accounts rendered to the Comptroller and Auditor
General should ordinarily be prepared by major and minor heads and such
detailed heads only as find a place in the Combined Finance and Revenue
Accounts. Public Works receipts and expenditure of which separate detailed
accounts are furnished in Public Works Finance Schedules and
Administrative Accounts, should be shown only by major heads of
accounts.
1. For the preliminary account for June, the Detail Books, the Departmental Classified
Abs tracts and the Departmental Consolidated Abstracts will be dealt with as if no later
account will be submitted; an abstract of transfer entries will be prepared and the entries
in the Detail Book the Departmental Classified Abstracts and the Departmental
Consolidated Abstracts completed in ink, but below the grand total will be ruled lines for
the exhibition of the effect of later adjustment for the final account for June (to be taken
from an abstract of the later transfers), and correct total for the month will be made below;
subsequent entries should be posted as plus or .minus in red ink.
244) Correcting or additional entries made after the despatch of the final June account
together with an abstract in Form 49 should be communicated to the Comptroller and
Auditor General by the 15th October and in the case of the Accountant General Pakistan
Revenues, by the 22nd October, after which no entries will ordinarily be permitted. The
reason why the adjustment was not effected before the closing of the final June accounts
should be briefly stated against each entry. In the event of the corrections affecting an
Exchange Account head, the officer must obtain the assent of the other officer, and
certify in the copy of the correcting entry sent to the Comptroller and Auditor General that
he has obtained it. All correcting or additional entries should be recorded by the
despatching officer in a single statement, in which he should also include the entries
made under instructions from the Comptroller and Auditor General.
A progressive account of the Provincial transactions incorporating the corrections made
after the despatch of the final June account should also be furnished to the Provincial
Government.
245) The accounts of each financial year shall be kept open by Accountant General till
October of the following year, so that, as far as possible, all the transactions of the year
may be entered in the accounts of the year, but it is not essential that transactions
relating to earlier years should be booked in the accounts of the latest year which are still
open. If it is impossible to have any expenditure booked in the accounts of the year to
which it relates, owing to the fact that the actual incidance of the expenditure is under
dispute, it ought to be debited to the accounts of the year in which the final decision is
taken, though at the same time, all possible efforts should be made to expedite the
decision &s far as possible.
Inter-departmental or other account adjustments should not be made in the accounts of
the past year when they involve debits against a department which could not reasonably have
been anticipated in time for funds to be obtained from the proper authorities. In all cases, where
the expenditure could have reasonably been anticipated, as for example, recurring payments
from one department to another under the same Government, the Account Officer should
automatically make the adjustment in the account before they are finally closed.
RECTIFICATION OF ERRORS
246)
a) No alteration should be made in the Detail Book, Departmental Classified Abstracts or
Consolidated Abstracts of any month after they have been closed. When errors are
discovered in the same year, involving a correction by transfer of amounts from one minor
head to another under the same major head or from one major head to another, the
necessary corrections should be made by a formal transfer entry (see Articles 20 to 22
and Chapter 19).
b) If any error be detected after submission of the final account for June, it should be
adjusted only by a formal transfer entry, a copy of which should be submitted to the
Comptroller and Auditor General in the usual course for approval.
Exception.—If the amount involved does not exceed ten rupees and affects only
Revenue or expenditure heads affecting the same Government, no formal transfer is necessary
and it should be sufficient simply to make a note of the error against the original entry.
Note.—Corrections between detailed heads under the same minor head
should not be made by formal transfer entry, such corrections being made
by plus and minus entries against the heads affected. These corrections,
unless they affect the detailed heads which appear in the Combined Finance
and Revenue Accounts (vide Note under Article 243), need not be
communicated to the Comptroller and Auditor General. Any corrections
between detailed heads which affect the Combined Finance and Revenue
Accounts should be communicated to the Comptroller and Auditor General
as soon as the error is detected.
CHAPTER 19.—TRANSFER ENTRIES.
247) Transfer entries, which are entries intended to transfer an item from one head of account
to another, are necessary—
a) in order to correct an error of classification in the original accounts;
b) in order to adjust, by debit or credit to its proper head an item outstanding under a debt,
deposit or remittance head;
c) in order to adjust inter-departmental and other transactions which do not involve the
receipt or payment of cash.
1. Another type of case in which transfer entries are necessary occurs when it is
found more convenient to classify items pertaining to more than one head of account
under a single head of account in the first instance than to classify them under each head
of account from the beginning; for example, when a definite proportion of any receipt or
charge is taken to a separate head, it is often convenient to make the distribution upon
the totals of the Departmental Abstract or the Detail Book.
GENERAL RULES
248) Transfer entries should be prepared in Form 50. One side of every transfer entry there
should be only one major head to which there may be a debit by credit to sundry heads,
or vice versa debit should not be taken against sundry heads by credit to sundry heads.
A fortiori, the same entry should not contain independent corrections of two major heads;
it may not debit A by credit B, and again C by credit to D.
In a transfer entry all particulars explaining both the nature of the adjustment and (if it is a
correcting transfer) the grounds of the correction must be clearly stated.
249) A list of adjustments which have to be made periodically should be maintained in order to
ensure that they are regularly made. These adjustments should as a rule, be made
monthly. If this is found inconvenient and if the Accountant General considers that there
are sufficient grounds for postponing and adjustments, they may be made quarterly.
Unforeseen adjustments should, however, be made as soon as the necessity for them
arises.
250) Save as may be authorised by the Comptroller and Auditor General or by Government in
consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor General annual and half yearly transfers
should, as a rule, be avoided. Cases in which such transfers are authorised will be found
in the manuals of the Account Officer concerned.
CORRECTIONS OF ACCOUNTS
251)
a) If an item which properly belongs to a Revenue or Expenditure head is wrongly classified
under another Revenue or Expenditure head in the accounts of the same Government,
the error may be corrected at any time before the Accounts of the year are closed, in the
manner directed in Article 246, but after the accounts are closed, no correction is
admissible, it being sufficient to make a suitable note of the error against the original
entry. If, however, the error affects the receipts and disbursement of another
Government, or the transactions of a Commercial Department it should be corrected or
transfer in all cases as soon as the error is discovered. The procedure to be observed for
the correction of error in the Accounts of works in the Public Works Department shall be
as laid down in Articles 149 and 200 (a) of Volume III of this Code.
b) An error which affects a debt, deposit or remittance head must be corrected by transfer,
however old and however small it may be- If the accounts of the year in which the error
took place are not closed, the correction should be made by removal of the item from the
head under \\hichit was wrongly taken to that which it properly belongs. If the accounts of
the year in which the error took place are closed, then the following procedure should be
followed in the cases referred to :—
1. an item taken to one debt, deposit or remittance head instead of another, —the
correction should be made by transfer from the one to the other;
2. an item credited to a debt, deposit or remittance head instead of to revenue head,
or debited to a debt, deposit or remittance head instead of to an expenditure head,—the
correction should be made by transfer to the head under which it should originally have
appeared;
3. an item credited to a revenue head instead of to a debt, deposit or remittance
head,—correction should be made by debiting refunds and crediting the proper head;
4. an item debited to an expenditure head instead of to a debt, deposit or remittance
head,—correction should be made by debiting the proper head and crediting "Recoveries
of Service Payments" (vide Article 22).
Note1.—After the accounts of the year are closed, corrections or transfers
affecting capital major heads, unless they affect the accounts of different
Governments, should usually be effected without financial adjustment by
alteration of progressive figures without passing the debit and credit entries
through the accounts of the year's financial transactions. This would prevent
unnecessary inflation of the current year's account and the voting of grants
of doubtful propriety which the inclusion of the correcting entries in the
current accounts would otherwise involve.
Note 2.—Errors in the accounts of Divisional Officers of the Public Works
Department shall be governed by (he rule in Article 200 of Volume III of this
Code.
OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE
252) A correction by a transfer entry may be proposed by any section of an Account Offices, it
should be accepted by the other section concerned, if the entry has been drawn up
according to rule and necessary particulars are furnished. Original vouchers and other
documents in support of the entry should be recorded in the section which originally dealt
with them and not sent to the other section concerned along with the transfer entry.
253) A Transfer Entry Number Book in Form 51 should be maintained in each audit or
accounts section in which should be entered in brief but clear detail the particulars of
each transfer originating in that section as well as that received from other sections. The
Transfer Entry Number Book for Central transactions should be kept separate from that
for Provincial transactions. The entries proposed by the several sections should be
numbered serially by each, a distinctive letter being used by each section and these
numbers entered in their respective Number Books. The number to be given to an entry
received from another section should be expressed as a fraction, the numerator of which
will denote the number as given by the originating section and the denominator will show
the number assigned to the entry in the number Book of the receiving section.
254)
a) The addition or deduction which should be posted in Departmental Abstracts or the Detail
Books on account of the transfer entries should be worked out from the separate transfer
entries of all sections in accordance with the procedure described in the succeeding
Articles. This procedure shall consist mainly of the preparation of an abstract known as
the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract (Form 52) showing the debits and credits to
be made under each detailed head affected by the entries of the month, the totals of the
debits and credits of the month necessarily being equal. The Combined Transfer Ledger
and Abstract for Central transactions should be kept separate from that for Provincial
transactions.
b) In the case of revenue and expenditure heads, it is the net outcome of the transfer entries
against each, i.e., the balance of the head in the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract
(Form 52), which should appear as a debit or credit in the Abstract; but in the case of
debt, deposit or remittance heads, the gross credit and the gross debit should both
appear in the Abstract—the former in the receipt part and the latter in the disbursement
part, as these heads have corresponding accounts on both sides.
1. When large transfers are made from one debt, deposit or remittance head to
another, in order to correct the original classification in accounts the correction should,
however possible be made by a deduct entry against the original debit or credit, so as to
prevent exaggeration of the transactions in the accounts. The same principle shall apply
also to transfer of balances from one account circle to another within the accounts of the
Central Government.
When, however, such a transfer effects a debt, deposit or remittance head for which
grants are obtained, it should be adjusted, inspective of the amount involved, on the following
principle:—
a) when the correction is in rectification of a misclassification of the same year,—by deduct
entry against the original debit or credit, as the case may be;
b) when the correction is in rectification of a misclassification of the previous year—by plus
credit or minus credit under the heads concerned, without affecting the debits for the
year: provided that in either case, if the correction involves the transfer of balances from
one account circle to another within the accounts of the Central Government, the
adjustment in both circles must be made without any reservation within the same official
year.
255) The transfer entries, after being noted in the Number Book, should be posted individually
into the left hand columns of the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract, against the
respective heads affected. The column for "Number" of the entry and that for the "District
or Department" which provides for the name of the district or department in whose
accounts the original error appeared should be filled in at the same time.
256) From the right hand money columns of the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract, the
figures should be posted under appropriate heads in the Departmental Abstract or the
Detail Books, immediately under the total of cash transactions. The debits to a revenue
head, and the credits to an expenditure head should appear in the "deduct" line, but all
other entries (with the exception of the kind mentioned in Rule 1 to Article 254) are
entries of addition and should appear in the "add" line.
257) A note of a correction affecting district figures relating to revenue and expenditure heads
should be made against the original entry in the Departmental Abstract of the month in
which the error occurred. Where the Compilation Book of revenue and service
transactions takes the place of the Departmental Abstract a note should be made
similarly in that Book. Transfers affecting a debt, deposit or remittance head should be
made by new entries in the month of correction and need not be noted against the
original entry. In the case of important transfers, however, a note should be made in red
ink, across the original entry in the Detail Book, of the month of its reversal and across
the correcting entry, of the month of the original one.
Note.—When detailed statement of revenue is communicated, month by
month, to the revenue controlling authority, particulars of correcting
transfers made in the month's account should be given at the foot.
CLOSING OF THE COMBINED TRANSFER LEDGER AND ABSTRACT
258) The Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract should be closed by totalling, under each
head, the figures in the columns on the left, and carrying into the columns on the right the
balance in the case of revenue and expenditure heads and the totals (except as stated in
Rule 1 to Article 254) in the case of debt, deposit and remittance heads. The totals of the
two money columns on the left need not be carried forward, but the amounts in the two
money columns on the right hand side should be totalled and agreed. After the
Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract is thus proved by the agreement between the
totals of these two columns, an abstract should be drawn up as indicated in Article 55.
The Departmental Abstracts or the Detail Book should then be posted from the columns
on the right, the poster ticking off each entry as he posts it. At the end of the year, the
monthly, volumes of the Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract should be arranged in
order of the months and bound into convenient volumes.
CHAPTER 20.—JOURNAL AND LEDGER
FORMS
259) Provincial Accountants General should maintain separate Journals and Ledgers for
Central and Provincial transactions. See also Article 20 of Volume 1 of this Code.
260) The Journal should be kept in Form 53. The first two or three pages should be set apart
for the opening entries as the closing balances of the preceding year's accounts are
brought upon the books of the year (see Article 263), the next few pages should be used
for the monthly entries (see Article 264); these will provide columns for the twelve
months of the year with the headings printed on the left-hand page and lastly a sufficient
number of pages should be provided for the closing entries of the year.
261) The Ledger should be maintained in Forms 54 and 55, the former for Debt and
Remittance heads which are closed to balance and the latter for Revenue, Expenditure,
Capital, Debt and Remittance heads which are closed to Government (see Articles 268
and 269).
HEADS
262) The accounts to be opened on the Ledger should be classified as follows :—
5. Debt and Remittance heads which are closed to Government (see Article
269).
6. Debt and Remittance heads which are closed to Balance (see Article 269).
The Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts should be printed and submitted to the
President in May of every year.
PROFORMA ACCOUNTS
The rules relating to the proforma accounts of the Public Works Department which Accountants
General may be required to prepare are given in Appendices 2 and 3.
ANNEXURE
Statements required in connection with the preparation of the Combined Finance and
Revenue Accounts
Latest date of
No. Name of Statement From whom due Remarks
despatch
3 Final Accounts of the High Director, Audit and Last air mail in
Commissioner. Accounts, High August.
Commission for
Pakistan in United
Kingdom.
Note. ---The heads in the statements in this Appendix are liable to modification
from time to time. The statement should therefore be prepared according to the Sections
and Heads given in the Appendix 2 to the Account Code, Vol.1---List of Major and Minor
Heads of Account.
No. 2.—SUMMARY OF REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE BY MAJOR HEADS
1 2 3 4 5 6
V.—Receipts-in-aid of Total
erannuation J.—miscellaneous—
.—Stationery and Printing 54.—Famine—
VI.—Miscellaneous
A.—Famine Relief
B.—Transfers to Famine Relief
— contributions and Fund
cellaneous adjustments between
55.—Superannuation Allowances
ral and provincial governments
and Pensions
56.—Stationery and Printing
X.— Grants-in-aid from Central
ernment 57.—Miscellaneous
— Miscellaneous Adjustments
ween Central and Provincial TOTAL
ernments CONTRIBUTIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS
l
ADJUSTMENTS BETWEEN
EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS CENTRAL AND PROVINCIAL
— EXTRAORDINARY RECEIPTS GOVERNMENTS—
Total
M. — EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS—
Rs.
Total Revenue
63. — Extraordinary Charges
63-B.— Development
64-B.— Civil Defence
Total
TOTAL REVENUE EXPENDITURE
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE WITHIN
THE REVENUE ACCOUNT—
CC-19.—Construction of
Irrigation, Navigation,
Embankment and Drainage
Works
FF-43-A.—Capital Outlay on
Industrial Development
H.H.-50A.—Capital Outlay on Civil
Works met out
of Extraordinary Receipts
11-53.—Capital outlay on
Electricity Schemes met out of
Revenue
TOTAL
TOTAL EXPENDITURE ON
REVENUE ACCOUNT
surplus (+) deficit (—)
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
OUTSIDE THE REVENUE AC-
COUNT—
AA-65-A.—Capital Outlay on
Forests
CC-68.—Construction of
Irrigation, Navigation,
Embankment and Drainage
Works
FF-70.—Capital Outlay on
Improvement of Public Health
71.—Capital Outlay of Schemes
of Agricultural Improvement and
Research
72.—Capital Outlay on Industrial
Development
HH-81.—Civil Works outside the
Revenue Account
II-81-A.—Capital Outlay on
Electricity Schemes
JJ-82.—Other Provincial Works
outside the Revenue Account—
83.—Payments of Commuted
value of Pensions
85.—Payments to Retrenched
Personnel
er transactions :
85-A.—Capital outlay and
Public debt incurred — Provincial Scheme of State
Permanent Debt Trading
No. 3. --- STATEMENT SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION BETWEEN CHARGED AND VOTED
EXPENDITURE
1 2 3 4
Heads Actual of 19 - 19
Expenditur Expenditure
Nature of Expenditure e during to end of
the year the year
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Serial Number.
i
Loan
8-1947.
Deduct---
Prepartition
Balance not
Description of
adopted on 14-
was grantedYear in which loan
Amount of Loan
granted.
Repayable in annual
equated instalments.
Year from which
repayment
commences.
Rate of Interest.
Balance on 13-10-
1955.
Repayment of
Principal during the
year under Report.
Actuals for
Heads of Receipts Heads of Disbursements
19 -19
1 3
2
Actuals A
Heads of Receipts Heads of Disbursements
for 19 -19 for
1 3
2
P—Deposits and Advances-concld. P—Deposits and Advances-concld.
Brought forward Brought forward
Deposits not bearing interest— Deposits not bearing interest—
Appropriation for Reduction or Appropriation for Reduction or Avoidance
Avoidance of Debt--- of Debt---
Sinking Funds Sinking Funds
Other Appropriations Other Appropriations
Sinking Funds for Loans granted to Sinking Funds for Loans granted to Local
Local Bodies Bodies
Sinking Fund Investment Account Sinking Fund Investment Account
Famine Relief Fund Famine Relief Fund
Provincial Road Fund Provincial Road Fund
General Police Fund General Police Fund
Pension Equalisation Fund Pension Equalisation Fund
Deposit Account of the fund for Deposit Account of the fund for
restoration of Earthquake Damage restoration of Earthquake Damage
transferred from Central Government transferred from Central Government
Special Development Fund (West Special Development Fund (West
Pakistan) Pakistan)
Scheduled Castes Education Fund Scheduled Castes Education Fund (East
(East Pakistan) Pakistan)
Industrial Research Fund (West Industrial Research Fund (West
Pakistan) Pakistan)
Depreciation Reserve Fund—Electricity Depreciation Reserve Fund—Electricity
Special Reserve Fund—Electricity Special Reserve Fund—Electricity
Depreciation Reserve Fund— Depreciation Reserve Fund—
Government Presses Government Presses
Deposits of Depreciation Reserve of Deposits of Depreciation Reserve of
Commercial Concerns Commercial Concerns
Deposits of Local Funds Deposits of Local Funds
Civil Deposits Civil Deposits
Transfers from Famine Transfers from Famine
Relief Fund Relief Fund
Other Accounts Other Accounts
No. 1—SUMMARY OF RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS BY MAJOR HEADS—contd
Actuals A
Heads of Receipts Heads of Disbursements
for 19 -19 for
1 3
2
Increase
(+)
--- Decrease
On 30th On 30th
June 19 June 19 (—)
2 3 in the year
1 ended 30th
June 19
4
Increase
(+)
--- Decrease
On 30th On 30th
June 19 June 19 (—)
2 3 in the year
1 ended 30th
June 19
4
Rs. Rs.
Balance on 30th June 19 000 Amount applied in paying off 000
debt
Amount appropriated from 000
revenue Amount applied in purchase 000
and cancellation of stock
Interest on Investments 000 000
Balance on 30th June, 19
Rs.
Cash 000
Investment 000
Rs. Rs.
Balance on 30th June, 19 000 Transfers to the Revenue
Account
Transfers from the Revenue 000
Account Transfers to General Balance
000 000
for repayment of debt
Interest receipts 000
Advances to Provincial Loan
Recoveries of Famine 000 Account for loans to 000
expenditure
000 Cultivators, etc
Gain on realisation of
Transfers to General Balances
securities for financing loans to 000
Cultivators, etc
Recoveries of advances to
Provincial Loans Account for 000 Writes-off of irrecoverable 000
loans to Cultivators, etc loans to Cultivators
000
Recoveries of other advances Other advances
000 000
Other items Loss on realisation of securities
000
Other payments
000
Balance on 30th June 19
Rs.
Cash 000
Investment 000
Rs. Rs.
Balance on 30th June, 19 000 Amount expended to meet the
cost of renewals and
Amount appropriated from 000
replacements
revenue 000 000
Balance on 30th June, 19
Rs. Rs.
Balance on 30th lane, 19 000 Amount of expenditure during 000
the year
Amount allotted from the 000 000
Central Road Fond Balance on 30th June,
Amount Amount
Balance advanced repaid Balance on
Major and Minor Heads of Accounts on 1st during Total during the 30th June,
July 19 the year year 19
1 2 3 4 5 6
Actuals Actuals
Receipts Disbursements
for 19-19 for 19-19
1 3
2 4
Federal Consolidated Fund Rs. Federal Consolidated Fund Rs.
(Receipts) (Payments)
Principal Heads of Revenue Direct Demands on the
Revenue
Customs
Railways: Interest and
Central Excise Duties
Miscellaneous Charges
Corporation Tax
Irrigation
Taxes on Income other than Cor-
Posts, Telegraphs and
poration Tax
Telephones
Sales Tax
Debt Services
Salt
Civil Administration
Opium
Currency and Mint
Other Heads
Civil Works and Miscellaneous
Total Principal Heads Public Improvements
Irrigation: Net Receipts Posts, Miscellaneous
Telegraphs and Telephones Net
Defence Services
Receipts
Contributions and
Debt Services
Miscellaneous Adjustments
Civil Administrations between Central and
Currency and Mint Provincial Governments
Actuals for 19
Actuals for
Heads of Revenue Heads of Expenditure
19-19.
Non- Vote
1 3
2 voted 5
4
A. — Federal Consolidated Fund Rs. A.— Federal Consolidated Fund Rs. Rs.
(Receipts) (Payments)
Principal Heads of Revenue — Direct Demands on the Revenue
—
I. — Customs
1.— Customs
II. — Central Excise Duties
2. — Central Excise Duties
III. — Corporation Tax
3.— Corporation Tax
IV. — Taxes on Income other
than Corporation Tax. 4. — Taxes on Income other
than Corporation Tax.
IV-A.— Sales Tax
4-A.— Sales Tax
V.— Salt
5.— Salt
VI. — Opium
5-A.— Capital Outlay on Salt
VII. — Land Revenue
Works
VIII.— Provincial Excise
6. — Opium
IX. — Stamps
7.— Land Revenue
X.— Forest
8.— Provincial Excise
XI.— Registration
9.— .Stamps
XII.— Receipts under Motor
10. — Forest
Vehicles Acts
11. — Registration
Total
12. — Charges on account of
Motor Vehicles Acts Total
Irrigation, Navigation,
Revenue Account of Irrigation,
Embankment and Drainage
Navigation, Embankment and
Works—
Drainage Works
VII.— Works for which Capital
17. — Interest on Works for
accounts are kept
which Capital accounts • are
Gross Receipts Deduct— kept
Working Expenses Net Receipts
18. — Other Revenues
XVIII. — Works for which no Expenditure financed from
Capital accounts are kept. Ordinary Revenue
Total Total
and so on for other major heads. and so on for other major heads.
No. 4.—DETAILED ACCOUNT OF REVENUE BY MINOR HEAD
Increase (+)
On 30th June On 30th June Decrease (-) in
---- the year ended
19 19
1 30th June 19
2 3
4
5.— Remittances
No. 3. — STATEMENT OF DEBT AND OTHER INTEREST-BEARING OBLIGATIONS
SHOWING THE ADDITIONS TO, AND DISCHARGES OF DEBT, ETC., DURING THE YEAR,
AND THE AMOUNT OF DEBT, ETC., AT THE COMMENCEMENT AND CLOSE OF THE
YEAR.
Additions Discharges
Amount on 1st Am
Description of Debt during the during the
July 19 30th
year year
1
2
3 4
Review 14
In the case of projects the construction estimates of which have been closed, the
difference between the figures in this column and column 4 of Part VI will indicate the amount of
the open capital sanctions still operative, i.e., the further authorised liabilities of the project.
7) If the construction estimate has been closed, the date on which it was closed should be
noted in the column for “Remarks".
PART III.—REVENUE ACCOUNT
8) Part III, the Revenue Account, is a statement making an up-to-date comparison of the
gross (i.e., direct as well indirect) figures of the receipts and the working expenses of a
project yielding revenue. The receipts should be detailed by minor heads, and the
working expenses, by both minor heads and subdivisions of minor heads. The difference
between the gross receipts and the gross charges will represent the net revenue or the
deficit, as the case may be.
1. The Revenue Account should be opened for a project as soon as any section if it is
completed and begins to yield revenue.
PART IV.—INTEREST ACCOUNT
9) Part IV, the Interest Account, is a simple debit and credit account showing on one -de the
charges for the interest and on the other the net revenue, or deficit, as worked out in Part
10) Interest is adjusted in the Administrative Accounts of Irrigation, etc., projects as stated
below:-
a) for capital outlay met out of specific loans raised
by Government, at such rate of interest as may be prescribed by Government having
regard to the rate of interest actually paid on such loans and the incidental charges
incurred in raising and managing them ;
b) for capital outlay provided otherwise,- at such
rate of interest as may be determined by Government in consultation with the Comptroller
and Auditor General.
Note.--- By specific loans are meant loans that are raised in the open market
for one specific purpose which is clearly specified in the prospectus and in
regard to which definite intimation is given at the time of the raising of the
loans that for the purpose of accounts they are to be regarded as specific
loans.
Interest is calculated on the total direct capital outlay to end of the previous year plus half
the outlay of the year itself.
PART V.—ACCOUNT OF INDIRECT CHARGES
11) Part V, the Account of Indirect Charges, which is prepared in two separate
sections— capital and revenue —is a simple statement of the indirect charges shown
below :—
Capitalised abatement of land revenue. ---At twenty times the annual amount of
land revenue remitted
Note.—This charge should not be made in cases when the capitalised value
has been awarded in lieu of abatement and has been debited as a direct
charge.
Audit and Accounts Establishment.—The actual expenditure, where it is readily
ascertainable as in the case of separate Audit and Account offices constituted for specific
projects ; otherwise, 1 per cent, on works expenditure.
PART VI.—STATEMENT COMPARING CAPITAL COST WITH SANCTIONED ESTIMATES
12) Part VI compares both the direct and indirect charges incurred up to date on a project
with the amount of sanctioned estimates.
13) If the construction estimate is still open, no entries should be made in columns 2 to 4
headed " Charges against closed sanctions", and in column 8 " Total charges to date
against old and current sanctions ". But, if it has been closed, all the columns of the form
should be written up, columns 2 to 4 being used hi respect of all working estimates
(construction or open capital) which have been closed, and columns 5 to 7, headed "
Current Sanctions ", in respect of all working estimates of open capital, the accounts of
which are still open. Particulars of the sanctioned estimates e.g., the numbers and dates
of the orders of Government issued from time to time, the amounts of estimates, etc.,
need not be entered in either case.
REVIEW
14) The Administrative Accounts should be submitted to Government in print as soon as
possible after closing the final accounts for June. The Accountant General or the Director,
Audit and Accounts Works as the case may be should review the accounts and send with
them a report of the points which his review may suggest. In the report should be
mentioned specially all points requiring attention, e.g. (1) cases in which, in the
Accountant-General's or the Director, Audit and Accounts Works opinion, a change of
classification of projects from "productive" to " unproductive " or vice versa may be
indicated, (2) cases in which an abnormal increase under “Working Expenses " is not
accompanied by an adequate increase in the " Receipts " or (3) cases in which "Receipts"
show a marked decline and there is no known reason for this.
1. For the purpose of the review the figures shown against the Minor head
“Recoveries of Expenditure” should be deducted both from “Gross Receipts “and
from “Gross Working Expenses ".
2. 2. Any practical suggestions calculated to reduce the working expenses, to
develop the gross receipts, or to effect economies otherwise which may occur to
the Accountant General's or the Director, Audit and Accounts, Works as the case
may be should ordinarily be made separately, the report being confined to
mentioning the salient features of the account in a manner intelligible to an
outsider.
15) Two copies of the accounts (with Report) should also be submitted simultaneously "to the
Comptroller and Auditor General. If printed copies cannot be despatched so as to reach
the Comptroller and Auditor General by the dates prescribed in Annexure to Chapter 21,
the first copy should be sent on the due date in manuscript. A separate report should also
be submitted at the same time reviewing the working of the various Irrigation projects with
reference to the desirability of changing the existing classification of a particular work or
works from "Productive " to " Unproductive " or vice versa, on the basis of the actual yield
and the anticipated return from such works. This review may, however, if Government
has no objection, be included in the report to Government which the Accountant General
or the Director, Audit and Accounts works, Lahore submit under paragraph 14 above.
LIST OF FORMS
108
These forms are standardised in the A.O. Series.
109
These forms are authorised to be printed as special forms.
Adjustments made in the Progress Register.
“ 19. Register of Outward Credits under Head I and II of Exchange
Accounts
20. Adjustment Register of Inward Exchange Accounts
“
21. Classified Abstract of Receipts and Payments of
Exchange/Settlement Accounts
22. Objection Statement for Exchange Accounts
“
23. Objection Book for Exchange Accounts
24. Progress Register of Exchange Accounts
25. Annual Consolidated Abstract of Progress Register of Exchange
“
Accounts
26. Details of Outstar dings in the Exchange Account on 30th June.
27. List of Schedules of Payments made at treasuries.
“ 28. Statement showing Realisation from Subscribers to the Indian Civil
Service Family Pension Fund
29. Statement showing Realisations from Subscribers to the Superior
Services (India) Family Pension Fund
“ 37. Deleted
38. 110Deleted
39. Statement of Warrants issued for payment of Pension/Leave
Salaries in Colonies which have no direct Accounts Current with
Pakistan.
“
40. Register of Invoices received from the Director, Audit and
Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in the United Kingdom.
41. Annual Abstract Statement of Stores received from United
Kingdom 19 -19
“
42. Outward Account Current between Pakistan and Director, Audit
and Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in the United
110
These forms have been deleted.
“ Kingdom
43. Schedule of the London Account
“ 44. Statement of Amount due to the Board of Trade in respect of the
Account of Basses, Minicoy, Bahamas and Leeward Islands Light
“ dues.
45. Report of the Closing Balance of the Accounts rendered to the
“ Board of Trade, by Shipping Masters.
46. Detail Book.
Total
Non-Voted Voted
Total expenditure as in Account No. 2
Add Working Expenses of— Rs. Rs.
Irrigation
Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones Other concerns
Total
(See Article 5)
Compilation Book
Symbol Symbol
Total of Total of
or guide or guide And
Period of Voucher each Voucher each 111
No. or Amount No. or Amount so
account No detailed No detailed
guide guide on
head head
letter letter
111
Space for noting the name of the treasury.
FORM A. O. 3
(See Article 6)
(Obverse)
schedule of amounts credited to ------------------------------------ Fund in the account of the ------------ Department
during the month of -------19-----.
(Reverse)
Total
Amount
credited
through
Cash
account
GRAND
TOTAL
Grand Total verified with Classified Abstract
AUDITOR
FORM A. O. 4.
(See Article 36)
MEMORANDUM
---------- 19—
-----------------------------Agreed.
rom Provincial / Central Vouchers Recoveries from Provincial /Central Vouchers creditable to Recoveries cre
rovincial / Central revenue and debt Central / Provincial revenue and debt heads, (Adjusting Account Provincial Gove
heads. between Central and Provincial Governments) Provincial Susp
.C. (Non-European And
G.P. Income House I.S.C. Family Postal Life And so East
members) Family so West
Fund Tax rent Pension Fund Insurance on Pakistan
Pension Fund on
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
FORM A. O. 6
(See Article 36)
--------------------------------------------(Date)
No of voucher
No of voucher
Monthly
Heads of Account
Total
Amount Amount
Rs P Rs P Rs P
FORM A. O. 8
(See Article 45)
Register of State Bank Deposits Central / provincial at -------------------------- for the month of
----------------------------19. ----.
tal receipts
alance decreased
opper Balance
rand total
Classified Abstract of Small Coin Depots in ------ for the month of -------------------------- 19 ---
bursements
alance
opper Balance
d Total.
OF INWARD SETTLE-
NT
ACCOUNT ABSTRACT
E BANK DEPOSITS
RAND TOTAL
112
This head will appear in the Provincial Statement of Disbursers’ Accounts.
113
This head will appear in the Central Statement of Disburser’s Accounts
FORM A O 11
(See Articles 89, 100, 101 and 110C)
REGISTER OF ADJUSTMENTS WITH THE STATE BANK
Part I.—Intimation of adjustment with Central Government by non-bank treasuries and sub-treasuries
Central Payments
Central Payments
Central Payments
Central Payments
Central Receipts Net
Central Receipts
Central Receipts
Central Receipts
ry or sub-treasury or Department Net
Net
Receipts /
Payments Receipts /
Receipts / R
Payments
Payments Pa
1st Advice
No. Date.
balance of previous
Total
2nd Advice
3rd Advice
4th Advice
Total
Note. — A separate column should be opened in this Part for recording Debits and credits on account of
Burma.
FORM A. 0.11—contd,
part III.—Broadsheet of Inter-Government adjustments for the month of---- —— — — --19 — -.
Net
Net Debit / Net Debit /
Debit Credit Debit Credit Debit Credit Debit
Credit Credit
Credi
Treasury
per Detail Book Part I)
ction
s per Detail Book Part II)
Total
eed with Detail (Book)
ening Balance
osing Balance
FORM A. O. 11—contd
Part iii a Register of adjustment of State Bank of Pakistan Remittances
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Total
Total
Total
No. --------------
Forwarded to the - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - With - - - - - - - -Schedule and - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-vouchers.
Summary of transactions passed on to the various Area Audit and Accounts Officers in West Pakistan
through the head West Pakistan Internal Adjusting Account in the accounts for the month of-
————————————
1 2 3 4 5
1. Accountant General.
West Pakistan, Lahore.
2. Comptroller, Northern
Area, Peshawar.
3. Comptroller, Southern
Area, West Pakistan,
Karachi.
Total
The total of column 4 should agree with the total debit or credit as the case may be appearing in the
monthly Civil Accounts under West Pakistan Internal Adjusting Account.
FORM A. 0.11-C
Debits/ Credits Abstract of broadsheet of West Pakistan Internal Adjusting Account for the
month of_________
1 2 3 4 5 6
t General. West
istan, Lahore
Total
FORM A. O. 11 D
Broadsheet of West Pakistan Internal Adjusting Account Debits /Credits year
July Au
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 Accountant General,
West Pakistan, Lahore
Comptroller, Northern
3
Area, Peshawar
Comptroller, Southern
Area, West Pakistan
4
Karachi
Total
The total of Col. 5 should agree with the total debit/credit as the case may be appearing in the Monthly
Civil Account under "Works Audit Suspense ".
FORM A. 0. 11-F
Debit /Credit Abstract of broad sheet of “Works Audit Suspense” for the month of - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Items
Total as per inward Detail of items outstand
ccounts of which Outstanding balance as Total Col. adjusted Balance
account for the than 3 months with just
credits appeared. per last abstract. 3 & 4. during the outstanding
month. Delay.
month.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ant General,
stan, Lahore
r of Audit and
Works, West
n, Lahore.
ler, Northern
kistan, Peshawar
ler, Southern
kistan, Peshawar
otal
FORM A. O. 11-G
August
July
Responding and so on
S.
Originating circle of Account circle of Opening Responding
No. Closing
Account Balance
Balance
Original
1. Director of Audit & Accounts,
Works
2. Comptroller, Northern
Area, Peshawar
3. Comptroller, Southern Area,
Karachi
Total
1. A.G.W.P. Lahore
2. Director of Audit &
Accounts, Works, Lahore
3. Comptroller, S.A. Karachi
Total
1. A.G.W.P. Lahore
2. Director of Audit &
Accounts, Works, Lahore
3. Comptroller, N A Peshawar
Total
1. A.G.W.P. Lahore
2. Comptroller, N. A. Peshawar
3. Comptroller, S.A. Karachi
Total
Grand Total
FORM A. O. 12.
(See Articles 89 and 100)
office of the accountant general/comptroller
Advice of Inter-Government Adjustment
To
The Manager,
Central Accounts Section of the
State Bank of Pakistan, Karachi
Sir,
Please debit / credit Rs. - - - - - - - against the balance of the Government of - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -by
per contra credit/debit against the balances of the Government noted below:-
Intimation of adjustment should be sent to the Account Officer noted in column 2 quoting the number of this
Advice.
Total
Net credit/debit
Copy to the Secretary to the Government of - - - - - - - - - - Finance Department, for information.
Copy to the Accountant General / Comptroller - - - - - - - - - with Vouchers, etc.
________________________
FORM 13
(See Articles 90 and 100)
Memorandum of Clearance by the Central Accounts Section of the
State Bank
Clearance.......... July, 19- - - -,
Dated....................
To
The Accountant General, Pakistan.
Sir,
A sum of Rs.............has been credited/debited in the accounts of this office against
the balance of the Government of the Pakistan under advice from different Account Office as per particulars
given below :—
Amount
For use in the Accountant General's Office
Adjusted
No. and date of
Advice
By whom advised received from
Accountants
General
Month's
Posted in
account in Transfer
Dr. Cr. register of Initials
which entry No.
adjustment
adjusted
Accountant General,
Pakistan.
Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues.
Total
……….Credit / Debit.
Manger. .. . ………..
Copy to the Government of the Pakistan, Finance Department, for information.
Manager
FORM A. O. 14
(See Article 108)
ADJUSTMENT REGISTER OF INWARD SETTLEMENT ACCOUNTS
Inward adjustment Register pertaining to Settlement Account from the Accountant General -- - - - - for the
month of - - - - -19.- - -.
Credits / Debits.
Adjusted
Item held under objection
Serial No. of Amount Item placed under
No. of voucher or of each Head of “Un classified Items accepted Remarks
Item schedule item Amount
account Suspense” but awaiting
pending clearance
settlement
FORM A. OF 15
(See Article 133)
Province of - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Total Rs.
Balance carried forward to next account
Grand Total
No. - - - - - - - - -
Forwarded to the - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -with - - - - - - - - -schedules - - - - - - - - -
-vouchers and - - - - - - - - - - -sub voucher.- - - - - - - -office of the - - - - - - - - - - - - -.
(Signature) ______________
________________________
FORM A. O. 16
(See Article 134)
Schedules A and B Of Exchange Accounts
Schedule A – Debits / B – Credits - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Account between and side, for the month of - - - - - - - - - -
-under “Remittances to”
Remitted
Amount
No. of voucher Remarks
From To
Rs Paisa
Note:- In the case of cheques and remittances into treasuries of Public Works Officers columns 2 to
4 only need be filled in, the entries being in respect only of the total amount of the month’s transactions
between each Public Works division and each treasury. Columns 5 and 6 will not be filled in the receiving
office in respect of such items.
FORM A. O. 17
(See Article 134)
Schedules C and D Of Exchange Accounts
Schedule C – Debits / D – Credits in Exchange Account between and side, for the month of - - - - - - - - - - -to
be adjusted by.
Detailed Statement showing Plus and Minus Entries of Transfer Adjustments made in the Progress Register
under the following heads during the month of 19 - - - - Credits / Debits.
Head under
which the Head to
Remarks reference
Month of Name of item was which the
Particulars Amount Total to correspondence
Account treasury previously item is now
etc.
shown in transferred
error
Rs P Rs P
(Signature) ______________
(Designation) ___________
(Reverse)
Abstract showing the net result of the entries on the reverse under each head of Account.
Net result
Head of Account
Plus Minus
I. Remittances to from
II. Remittances to from
III. Items adjustable by
IV. Items adjustable by
Total Rs
FORM A. O 19
(See Article 137)
Register of Outward Credits under Heads I and II of Exchange Accounts
Particulars of corresponding items in Inward Account for -------19 ---
Similar
columns
for the
other
months Balance
Serial No of Treasury Balance of the
To Amount June June to end
Remittances date July August September 1st year with Balance
Final Supply of year
quarter “a
Balance”
column
after
each
quarter
Rs Paisa
FORM A. O. 20
(See Article 138)
adjustment register of inward exchange accounts
Inward Adjustment Register of Exchange Accounts between ………and ….………….for the month of
………………
Credits/Debits
Adjusted Omitted
Examiner's Initials.
Serial No. of Item
account concerned.
awaiting Clearance.
Items accepted but
Items rejected.
responded to.
Amount.
114
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Rs. Paisa Rs. Paisa Rs. Paisa Rs. Paisa Rs. Paisa
114
Minus figures should invariably be noted with a minus sign
FORM A. O. 21
(See Articles 109 and 140)
Province
Classified Abstract of Receipts/Payments of the Exchange / Settlement Accounts during the month of
………..19…
otal
----- No.-------------- No . --------------- dated the ------------------------------ 19 - ---
e ----------------------with the request that he will be good enough to Enclosures
his reply recorded in the proper column Returned with explanations noted against each item
------------- (Signature) ----------------- (Signatur
-19 - - - - - (Designation) - - --------- (Designa
FORM A O 23
(See Article 142)
Objection Book for Exchange Abstract between ---------and-------------for the month of ---------------------19----.
Month
Month
each portion Amount
admitted
Debits Credits —— —
—
nth's objections
m Last month
Total
mount adjusted in
ate register,
uct adjustment in June final
arried forward
Examiner Superinte
Gazetted Office
FORM A. O 24
(See Article 144)
Progress Register of Exchange Accounts
Progress Register of Exchange Accounts between ---------------------------and ---- - - - - -------------------------, for
the year 19 - - - - -19- - - - -.
Credits Debits
III. Items adjustable by
I. Remittances to this
I. Remittances to this
II. Remittances to
II. Remittances to
this province
this province
Province
Province
Total
Total
Months
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Outward Accounts
July - - - - -
August - - - - -
June preliminary - -
June Final
Supplementary
Exchange Account
Total
Inward Accounts
July - - - -
August - - - -
June preliminary - -
June Final
Supplementary
Exchange Account
Total
Opening Balance
Closing Balance
GRAND TOTAL
FORM A O 25
(See Article 146)
Annual consolidated Abstract of Progress Register of Exchange Accounts
Exchange Accounts between --- - - - -and- - - - - - - - -for the year 19 ----19.
Sum of
Balance of Figures of the first side Figures of the second side being n
tion outstandings from
last year + or -
Credits by Debits by Net + or - Credits by Debits by Net + or - +
Date ----------------
Accountant General
FORM A. O. 26
(See Article 146)
(To be printed on the reverse of Form 25 and also separately)
Details of outstandings on the 30th June 19 ---- in the Exchange Accounts between and under Head
Items adjustable by -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Month of
Serial No of items Nature of item Amount Explanation
origination
1 2 3 4 5
FORM A. O. 27
(See Article 149)
List of schedule of payments made at treasuries of --------------------province during the period from
--------------------------to ----------19---, an account of -----------------
No. ---------------------
Forwarded to the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues, with ------schedules and --------------vouchers.
Office of the
The ------------------------19----.
(Signature)---------------------
(Designation)---------------------
FORM A. O. 28
(See Article 152)
Statement showing realizations from Subscribers to the Indian Civil Service Family Pension Fund During
the month of ---------19--.
Total
Certified that the sum of Rupees (in words) ----------------has been passed on to the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues through this office Exchange Account for the month of -------------------19----.
Station
-----------------------------No.--------------- date --------------
(Signature)---------------
(Designation) ---------------
FORM A. O. 29
(See Article 152)
Statement showing realization from Subscribers to the Superior Services (India) Family Pension Fund
during the month of----------------------------------------------19---.
Voluntary
Children (Pension Daughters (Pen
Period for Wife
ceasing at age 21) on Marr
which
Names of Single
subscriptions Compulsory
Subscribers premiums or
have been Monthly Monthly Single Monthly
paid commuted
contributions contributions premiums contributions
level
contributions
Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P
Total
Certified that the credit for Rupees (in words) -------------------------has been passed on to the Accountant-
General, Pakistan Revenues, through this office exchange Account for the month of
-----------------------------------------------
Station
-----No.--------------- Date ----------
(Signature)---------------
(Designation) ---------------
FORM A. O. 30
(See Article 158)
List of Schedules of Miscellaneous Defence Services Receipts for the month 19-------of Treasuries in
----------------------------
Name of Military Treasury Departmental Receipts from other
Total
Treasury Remittances Receipts sources
Rs Paisa Rs Paisa Rs Paisa Rs Paisa
Total
Accountant General
---------------------
Date -------------
FORM A. O. 31
(See Article 158)
Register of Outward Credits under Head I on account of Remittances from Defence Services to Civil.
Responding debits appearing in Inward Defence Services Exchange Accounts
Similar columns June
1st Quarter June Final
for other supplementary Balance at
quarters of the end of year
Month Amount Balance year Amount Balance Amount
foolscap
which the
edule of
rvices
should be
ccountant
ffice
FORM A. O. 32
(See Article 159)
List of Schedules of Defence Services Payments for the month of ---------------------------19------of Treasuries in
---------------------
Total
-----------------------------
FORM A. O. 33
(See Article 162)
Exchange account between Civil and Defence Services – Civil Side
Note:- No details need be given of “ III-Items adjustable by Civil” as the Civil Department is entirely
responsible for the adjustment. The details of other items are shown in the schedules supporting the
prescribed covering lists.
Date ------------
Accountant
General.
------------------------------
FORM A. O. 34
(See Article 162)
Exchange Account between Civil and Defence Services side -----------------
----------------and Controller of -------------Month of ---------------------------19---
Particulars Amount Particulars Amount
Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P
Receipt Credited in the defence Payment Credited in the
services accounts, defence services accounts,
Viz:- Viz:-
I. Remittance to Civil from I. Remittance to Civil from
Defence Services, as per Defence Services, as
schedules accompanying per schedules
II. Remittances to Defence accompanying
Services from Civil II. Remittances to Defence
III. Items adjustable by Civil, Services from Civil
as per details III. Items adjustable by
accompanying Civil, as per details
IV. Items adjustable by accompanying.
Defence Services. IV. Items adjustable by
Defence Services
No. …………..
Forwarded to the ………………………….with ……………………voucher for receipts and
……………………….for payments
Station ……………
Date ………………
Signature …………….
Designation …………
FORM A. O. 35
(See Article 168)
Statement of Deduction on account of the Indian Military Service Family Pension realised during the month
of ------------19---
--through the under mentioned Treasuries.
Disparity Donation
Marriage Donation
Period of pay bill
Subscription
Subscription
Subscription
Donation
Donation
Rank
me
Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P Rs P
tal
Accountant General.
FORM A. O. 36 DELETED
FORM A. O. 37 DELETED
FORM A. O. 38 DELETED
FORM A. O. 39
(See Article 199)
Statement of Warrants issued by the Accountant General --------------------
-----------during the quarter 115ending -----------for payment of pension / leave salaries in Colonies which have
no direct accounts current with Pakistan.
Government servant
Rate of
Name and title of
whom payable
account to which pension / salary and the
warrant
leave salary is debitable amount
No of
debitable to
entry
each
Head of Government
No Dates Government
Account and head of
account
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Accountant General.
115
Of the official year see note to Article 201
-----------------------------
FORM A. O. 40
(See Article 211)
Register of Invoices received from the Director, Audit and Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in the
United Kingdom.
116
Value including Date of Receipt of
Name of No and date of Nature of
Fright paid in Stores and of entry Remarks
vessel invoice Stores
London in Store Account
116
To be filled in by the officer receiving the stores.
FORM A. O. 42
(See Article 217)
Civil department in account current with the Director, Audit and Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in
the United Kingdom for the Month of -----------19.—
Number of British
Credits Pakistan Currency
schedule Currency
117
Part I – items adjustable in Pakistan Rs P ₤ s d Part I – items ad
Miscellaneous
Total
117
Particulars of heads in these columns are not printed in the working form.
FORM A. O. 42 concld
(See Article 217)
Civil department in account current with the Director, Audit and Accounts, High Commission for Pakistan in
the United Kingdom for the Month of -----------19.—
Number of British
Credits Pakistan Currency
schedule Currency
Part II – Items adjustable in England Rs P ₤ s d Part I – items ad
Miscellaneous
Total
Grand Total Gr
FORM A. O. 43
(See Article 217)
Province of --------------------Schedule No----------------of the ----------------account with Director, Audit and
Account, High Commission for Pakistan Adjustable in United Kingdom / Pakistan
Net amount
Received or credited or
paid in debited in the
Item No. Particulars Pakistan in Account Rate of Exchange
Pakistan Current in
Currency British
Currency
Rs P ₤ s d
Total
Signature _______________
Designation _____________
The -----------------19----
FORM A. O. 44
(See Article 221)
(Obverse)
Statement of amount due to the Board of Trade in respect of the account of Basses, Minicoy, Bahamas and
leeward Island Light dues collected in the quarter ended the -----------------19------
No________________
Accompaniments ------------------------
Accounts ---------------------
Counterfoils -----------------
Vouchers ---------------------
(Signature) _____________
(Designation) ___________
FORM A. O. 44 – contd.
(Reverse)
Schedule of Refunds
Amount refunded
Name of Vessel Bahamas and
Basses and
Leeward Island
Minicoy Light
Light dues
Rs P Rs P
Total Refund
FORM A. O. 45
(See Article 222)
Report of the Closing Balance of the Accounts for the month of rendered to the board of Trade by the
Shipping Masters in
Total
Add / Deduct Transfers
Grand Total
FORM A. O. 47
(See Articles 17 and 238)
118
If numbers are assigned to detailed heads for facility of reference, they may be filled in this column otherwise it is not
necessary to provide for this column in the working form.
FORM A. O. 47 – concld
(See Articles 17 and 238)
FORM A. O. 49
Dr
To
Cr
Full description of the item should here be given, with a
reference to the direct account from which the entry now
corrected was taken (if it be not one of the ordinary monthly
entries), and also to the correspondence leading up to
correction. The explanation may, if necessary be continued on
Debit Post. the reverse.
Page of Combined Credit Post Pages of
Transfer Ledger and Combined Transfer
Abstract. Ledger and Abstract,
and Date of Posting.
Date of Posting.
Initials of Poster.
Initials of Poster,
Supdt. Of the Section receiving Gazetted Officer Supdt. Of Section desiring the entry
the entry
This entry has been noted in the Sent to Superintendent Section, for
Detail Book or Classified Abstract note and return.
of the month of ------
Superintendent Noted and returned
FORM A. O. 51
(See Article 253)
Transfer Entry Number Book of the ------------------------- Section / Department for the month of -----------19--
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Rs. P. Rs. P.
119
In Column 7 a guide letter A, B or C, as the case may be, should appear to indicate the reasons for transfer
entries as follows:-
A.— Mistake of this office. B— Mistake of the Treasury Department. C—Periodical
adjustment
FORM A. O. 52
(See Articles 20 and 254)
Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract
District Head
Debit Credit Number or of Debit Credit
Department Account
Note.—The Royal paper generally used for Departmental Abstracts should be used for the form.
Sufficient space should be allowed in the form for each head under which transfers are expected.
FORM A. O. 53
(See Article 260)
Journal
Dr. Cr.
Rs Paisa Opening entries Rs Paisa
Similar monthly
July August September
columns
Brought forward.
Sundry
Accountants Dr.
To Revenue
Receipts and
Sundry Account
aqts Cr.
etc.
etc.
Carried over. .
Dr. Cr.
Closing entries
Total------
FORMA. O. 54
(See Article 261)
Ledger for debt and remittance heads closed to balance
Name of Major or Minor Head
To or by balance.
To or by Sundry
Accountants.
19
July
19
August
19
April
19
.
May
19
June
To or by Balance.
Total . .
FORM A. O. 55
(See Article 261)
Ledger for heads which arc closed to Government
Name of
Name of Nam of Name of
Journal page account
account account account
Month
Debits Credits Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr.
July 19 To or by
Sundry
Accountants.
August Ditto
April 19 Ditto
May 19 Ditto
June 19 Ditto
Total
Debits Credits Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr.
July 19 To or
by Sundry Accountants
April 19 Ditto
April 19 Ditto
May 19 Ditto
June 19 Ditto
Total
FORM A. O. 56
(See Article 271)
government of _ _ _ _ _
Trial Balance Sheet for the year ending _____
1. the columns to the left should be filled up with the totals of the postings on either side of every
account, and should equal, and be compared with the forward totals of the journal; entries in columns to
the right will appear only opposite those heads which are carried on with a balance into the books of the
following year.
2. The ledger heads should be arranged by groups (see list in Appendix 2 to Volume I of this Code),
and the totals made for each group.
FORM A. O. 57
(See Article 272)
monthly accounts of the government of (province) for---------------19
General Statement of Accounts
Budget Progressive
Current
Head of account Progressive last year
Month
Revised
Total — Revenue Heads
Total— Expenditure within the revenue Account.
Total — Capital expenditure outside the
Revenue Accounts.
Net— Debt, Deposit, etc., hi ads
Total — Transactions
Opening Balance
Closing Balance
FORM A. O. 57—contd.
Budget
Current Progressive last
Heads of Account Progressive
Month year
Revised
Budget
Current Progressive last
Heads of Account Progressive
Month year
Revised
Heads of Account
Net
Current Progressive Current Progressive Current Progressive
Certified that the accounts of the Government of for the month of and have been filed
were completed and signed by me on the in my office
3. Certified that the closing balance under "Deposits with the State Bank" has been checked and reconciled with
the balance of the Government of on the books of the Bank as shown in the
statement of balances rendered by the Manager, State Bank of Pakistan Central Accounts Section, Karachi.
4. The closing balance in the Provincial Treasuries as per cash balance report was Rs and differs from that noted
above by Rs. as follows :—
Additions Deductions
Total Transitions
The --------------19---
FORM A. O. 58 Contd.
Total Pakistan
Northern Area
East Pakistan
Lahore Area
Grand total
Heads of Account
Transaction of Defence Services, Railway and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones departments brought to
account in the books of the respective Departments are excluded from this account.
Heads of Account
Northern Area
FORM A. O. 58 Contd.
Lahore Area
East Pakistan
Total Pakistan
Grand total
Northern Area
FORM A. O. 58 Contd.
Lahore Area
East Pakistan
Total Pakistan
Grand total
1
Locality
2
Serial No.
3
buildings
Particulars of
4
Capital outlay to end of year under report
5
Minor additions and alterations
account in
6
Capital cost
Standard rent
which has not
calculating the
been taken into
FORM A. O. 59
Year 19 -19__.
7
rent has been calculated [4-(5+6)]
(See Appendix 2, Paragraph 8)
8
9
Ordinary.
10
Special
by Government
11
Annual allowance
(including premises
Right
Monthly rent
Date from which it is operative
special rents etc.
3) Explanation of excess of average
annual maintenance charges,
14 and 15
over the amount permissible,
To end of year under report
Number of months
Columns 9, 10&11.
Average per annum
Amount
Amount
rule applicable.
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Column 4.—The figures entered in this column will include cost of site except in cases where Government
have sanctioned the exclusion of such cost, as well as expenditure on minor additions and alterations and
should be tested to see that it agrees with the total of columns 5, 6 and 7. .In, cases where the value of site
is ignored in calculating the capital cost the fact should be stated in a footnote which should be
connected with the item or items concerned by means of a guide letter.
Columns 19 and 20.—When two or more rates are chargeable during a year, each period of occupation (in
months and days) with its rate should be noted in the Remarks column.
FORM A. O. 60
(See Appendix 3, Paragraph 1)
Administrative Accounts
Part I General Abstract of Financial Results of Irrigation, Navigation, Embankment and Drainage works
for which Capital and Revenue Accounts are kept for the year 19----19---
Date of closure of construction estimate or in the case of the works under constructions, date of sanction.
estimated
During the To end of
year year
Indirect charges
Direct charges
Indirect charges
Direct charges
Direct charges
projects
Total
Total
Total
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Accumula
invested
charges
year arrears of simple
12
interest to end of the
Percentage on capital outlay column II Gain
21
“G” Loss “L”
13
22
IVSimple interest for the year as detailed in Part
12)
23
Net gain.
Direct receipts
14
24
Net Loss
25
During
16
Total
26
Direct charges
17
During
(COLUMN 20) on capital
27
Percentage of net revenue
Indirect charges
Prescribed rate of interest as test of
28
productivity
18
19
Total
29
Remarks
deficit -surplus +
20
FORM A. O. 60 contd.
-------------------------project
Part II Detailed Account of Capital Expenditure for and to end of year 19-19
Head of Direct charges Cost of Remarks (if
Account (Minor During the year To end of year construction as any)
and Detailed now estimated
heads)
Rs Rs Rs
-------------project
Part III – Revenue Account for and to end of year 19 – 19
Date of closing of construction estimate
Gross Receipt Gross Working Expenses
Total Total
During the
During the
To end of
To end of
Heads of account
the year
the year
Remarks
year
year
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Direct Receipts Direct Charges
Total Direct Receipts Total Direct charges
Portion of Land
Revenue due to Indirect charges as
Works per Part V
------------------Project
Part V – Account of Indirect charges for and to end of year 19 – 19
Amount
Particulars During
To end of the year
the year
Capital Account
Capitalised abatement of Land Revenue
Leave and Pensionary Charges
Audit and Account Establishment
Revenue Account
Capitalised abatement of Land Revenue
Leave and Pensionary Charges
Audit and Account Establishment
-------------------Project
Part V Statement comparing Capital Cost to end of 19 – 19, with sanctioned Estimates
120
Balance will be entered on the Interest or Net Revenue side as may be necessary.
INDEX
This index deals only with the rule in the several chapters and with the appendices
but not with the forms. It has been compiled solely for the purpose of references. No
expression used in it in any way interprating the rules.
Articles
Account Officer---
Preparation of proforma accounts of Irrigation works, etc. Appx.3
Preparation of proforma accounts of residences Appx.2
Responsible for making up a monthly account of his account circle and for
its submission to Government 272
Responsible for making up the years account of his account circle and for 243
its submission to Comptroller and Auditor General
272
Responsibility for submission of monthly account to Government
276
Submission of Finance Accounts to the Comptroller and Auditor-General
Submission of June Final Accounts to the Comptroller and Auditor-
General 243
Supply of information required for the Combined Finance and Revenue
Accounts 280
Watching of outstandings in accounts with other Account Offices, etc
136,144,126
Accounts---
Accounts of Central and Provincial Governments 272-281
Accounts with Aden 120
Accounts with Governments 118
Accounts with Foreign Governments and Pakistan States 76,111-116
Settlement with Railways 173-179
Accounts with other account circles, etc.—
See Exchange Accounts.
Accounts with the Government of Burma and the Burma Railway Board 122-129
Accounts with British Colonies, Protectorates, etc 118
Action to be taken if—of a treasury or departmental officer are delayed 283,Rule 1
Administrative—of irrigation works, etc. Appx.3
Capital and Revenue—for Irrigation works Appx.3
Capital and Revenue—of residences Appx.4
Classification of—See Classification of Accounts
Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts
Consolidated Abstract--- 227-280
See Consolidated Abstract.
Correcting or additional entries made after despatch of the Final June 244
Corrections in accounts 246,251
Detail Book—
See Detail Book.
Exchange— See Exchange Account Foreign Remittances 78
Form of the Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts prescribed by the
Comptroller and Auditor-General with the concurrence of the President 277
Inter-Government Adjustments See Inter-Government Adjustments.
London Account—
See London Account.
June—, preliminary final and supplementary 243
June Exchange—, preliminary, final and supplementary 80,81
Proforma—
See Proforma Accounts.
Prohibition of alterations in— 246
Transfer Entries—
See Transfer Entries.
Accounts of Central and Provincial Governments—
Combined Finance and Revenue
Accounts—
Compiled by the Comptroller and Auditor General for submission to the
President' 277, 280
Data from which compiled 280
General structure of the Accounts 278,279
Returns required from Account Officers for the— 280 and Annex.
To Chap.21
Finance (annual) Accounts— 275 and Appx.1
Form of the—
Submitted to Government by the Comptroller and Auditor-General 276
Term defined 272
Monthly Accounts, Form of the— 274
——submitted to Government 272
Proforma accounts 281
Aden---
Transactions with—how adjusted 120
Adjustments—
—by Transfer Entry---
See Transfer Entries.
—of advance made to a Government servant in another Account circle
68, Note 1
—of certain fees collected by Provincial Governments on behalf of Central
Government
—of debt and interest thereon by Provincial Governments 95
—of expenditure in the United Kingdom on behalf of Provincial 98,154
Governments 97,206
—of railway transactions in England 178-A
—of grants by the Central Government to Provincial Governments 94
—of Jute Export Duty 93
—of pensionary charges between Governments 92
Inter-Government—
Rules concerning—
See Inter-Government adjustments
Administered Areas---
Expenditure in---
Receipts in---
283
Treasuries in—
Advances—
—to a Government servant made in another account circle adjusted 68 Note 1
through Exchange Accounts
African Protectorates—
Receipts and charges should be adjusted with the Accountant-General, 118
Pakistan Revenues
Archaeology—
149 and Annex.
Receipts and Payments should be adjusted with the Accountant General, To Chap.11
Pakistan Revenues.
B
Bank---
Settlement of inter-Government transactions through Central Accounts 86,87,100
Section of the— 175
Railways transactions arising at the
Bank Account---
Rendered daily to the Accountant General 41
Adjustment of net difference between the credits and debits in the daily— 45
Bank Daily Sheet, submission to the Accountant General 42
Monthly Classified Abstract of— 44,45
Transactions in Bank Account, how accounted for— 43
Botanical Survey—
147 and Annex.
Receipts and payments of— adjusted by the Accountant General, To Chap.10
Pakistan Revenues
Bureau of Intelligence—
Receipts and payments of—adjusted by the Accountant General, Pakistan 149 and Annex.
Revenues To Chap.11
Burma—
See Government bf Burma and the Burma Railway Board.
Central Departments—
Receipts and charges of certain —are adjusted with the Accountant-
General, Pakistan Revenues 149-151
Date of closing monthly accounts of—
Exchange Accounts with Accountant General—See Exchange Accounts. 243
Exchange Accounts with— should take precedence of other accounts 148
Certificate---
Trial Balance:
Accountant General's— regarding
271
Ceylon—
Accounts with—how treated 118
Classification—
—of pre-audit payments 35
Classification of Accounts---
Preliminary—in some cases purposely erroneous 247 , Rule 1
See also Exchange Accounts.
Classified Abstract---
Separate—to be maintained for Central and Provincial Public Works
transactions 24
—of Bank Accounts 44
—of Departmental Accounts 46
—of Forest transactions 31
—of Small Coin Depots 49
—of Pre-audit Pay Department 37,39
—of Public Works transactions 23,25
Colonial Governments—
Quarterly statement of leave salaries and pensions payable in— 199
Receipts and charges should be adjusted with the Accountant General,
Pakistan Revenues 118,119
Transactions with certain—how adjusted 118,119
Colonies—
See Colonial Government's
Consolidated Abstract---
Abstract for June Final, copies submitted to the Comptroller and Auditor
General and to the Provincial Governments in respect of Provincial 243
Accounts
241
Abstract with Major Head Totals
240
Agreed with the Detail Book
244,246
Corrections due to transfer entries
241
Drawing up of the General Statement of Account
242,243
Due Date of closing the—
238
Form of—
238
Heads of Account opened in---
339
Minus entries posted in red ink Procedure for adjustments effected after
closing of abstracts for June Final 244
Progressive totals 238
Rectification of Errors after closing of— 246
Separate—for Central and Provincial transactions 238
—of Departmental Accounts 46
—of Forest transactions 32
—of Public Works transactions Conventional rate of Exchange 30
Debt Heads—
Close to balance exceptions 269
Ledger is kept for— 262
Term defined Definitions
Debt—
Adjustment of—and interest thereon payable by Provincial Governments 96,154
Defence Services—
Exchange Accounts between Civil and Defence Services—
See Exchange Accounts.
Extent of application of Account Code to accounts of—
Preface
Submission of annual accounts of—to Comptroller and Auditor General
280
Departmental Abstracts---
Deductions from payment vouchers, how posted in—
Departmental Classified Abstract 6,9
Form of— 2,3
Procedure of posting 4-14
Separate—to be maintained for Central and Provincial transactions 2
Departmental Consolidated Abstract 18
Examination 17
Form and method of posting Review 19
Due date of closing the— 16
Examination of— 15
Modifications in the procedure authorised in certain cases 1
Transfer entries 20-22
Departmental Auditor---
Term defined 4, Note 3
Detail Book---
Alterations after closing not permissible 246
Arrangement of the heads of account in— 234
Checking of postings in— 236,237
Form of— 234
List of heads of account opened in— 235
Object of the— 233
Posting of transfer entries in the— 258
Separate—for Central and Provincial transactions 233
District Auditor—
Term defined 50, Note
Divisional Accounts---
Posting of receipts and disbursements of—in the Statement of Disbursers 23
Accounts
Treatment of Central Public Works transactions in the—of Provincial 24
Public Works Department
England—
Certain Sterling transactions relating to the Central Government adjusted
finally in Pakistan Accounts 198
Direct remittances to— 228
Transactions between—and Pakistan which should be adjusted through
the remittance accounts 198
See also London Account.
Exchange— 230
Average rate of— 227
Conventional rate of— 231
Final adjustment of— 231
Gain or loss by—is brought to account on the books of the Accountant- 227
General concerned Origin of— 229
Uniform rate of—
Exchange Accounts---
Accounts for June, June Final and Supplementary
Account should be agreed with Consolidated Abstract and Ledger 80,81
—between Civil and Defence services 62, Note 3
Accounts for June 165
Advance Schedules for May and June 166
Explanation of heads of account 163,164
Form of account 162
Grants of lands and jagirs 169
Lapse of cheques 167
Leave Salaries and Pensionary charges 170
Schedules of receipts and payments Stationery charges and Printing 158-160
Transactions appertaining to Indian Military Service Family Pension 171
Fund 168
Transactions appertaining to Indian Military Widows and Orphans' Fund 168
Transactions relating to deceased soldiers' and deserters' estates 172
Transactions relating to the Defence Services Officers' Provident Fund 161
Transactions with Provincial Government settled through Bank 157
—between Civil and Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones— Account 185
jurisdiction of Accountants-General, Posts Telegraphs and Telephones
Branch 187
Adjustment of Provincial transactions in the accounts for May and June 185, Note 3
Adjustment of the Cost of stationery and printing 82,184
Due date Exchange Accounts Postal Insurance Premia Responsibility of 188
adjustment 185
Transactions with Provincial Governments settled through Bank
List of Account Officers who are in account with each Accountant General, 186
Posts Telegraphs and Telephones Branch 182
Advance and Suspense items in— 180 and Annex.
Classification To Chap.14
Disposal of account 143
Due Date 133, Annex. To
Chap.10
Expression—defined
and11,163,
Form of account
136-141
Inter-Government Adjustments—
82
See Inter-Government adjustments.
61
Items should be cleared within the year of account
133,162,217
Kinds of items contained in—
80
List of authorised—
132
Name, meaning or title is not changeable
63
Nature and scope of—
64
Net payments only entered, exceptions
59,60
Objections relating to---dealt with as other audit objection
60
Objection statement
142
Original entry, defined
80,142
Procedure for watching adjustments under heads I and II of Public Works
67
and Forest transactions
137, Note
Progress Register
79,144,226, Rule 1
Responding entry, defined
67
Response and adjustment watched through adjustment register
137,138
Responsibilities of both parties for adjustment
79,136,144,226
Restrictions
66,68
Routine explained
62
Schedule pertaining to—
134,135
Settlement of items relating to Settlement Account wrongly included in—
77
Submission of annual abstract of Progress Register to Comptroller and
Auditor-General 146,162
Verification of Balances of— 145,146
Watching of adjustments 79,136,144,146
Exchange Accounts with the Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues—
Adjustments affecting balances of the Central Government
List of items included in 153
Repayment of Debt by Provincial Governments 148, Annex. To
Chap.11
Schedules of receipts and payments pertaining to Central Departments
154
Should take precedence over others
149-151
Transactions pertaining to I.C.S. and Superior Services (India) Family
Pension Funds and I.C.S. (N.E.M.) Family Pension Rules 148
152
Foreign Governments—
Adjustment of transactions with— 76,113,115
Debits should be for gross amounts 116
Transactions with—carried against Central balances 112
Foreign Remittances—
Adjustments watched by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues 78
Fund Section---
Term defined 6, Note
Geological Surrey—
Receipts and payments should be adjusted with the Accountant General, 147, Annex. To
Pakistan Revenues Chap.10
Government of Burma, and the Burma Railway Board---
Classes of accounts 122
Procedure for settlement of accounts with— 128
Transactions with—how adjusted 123-127
Treatment of account received from Burma 129
President---
Annual (Finance) Accounts of the Central Government submitted to—
Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts submitted by the Comptroller 274
& Auditor General to— 280
Form of the Combined Finance and Revenue Accounts determined by the 277
Comptroller and Auditor General with the concurrence of the—
Annex. To
Tour charges of—should be adjusted with the Accountant General, Chap.11
Pakistan Revenues
Grants—
—made by the Central Government to Provincial Governments how
adjusted 94
Inter-Government Adjustments—
Actions to be taken when a voucher is not in order or is missing
Advices of adjustment to the Bank 72
Inter-provincial Suspense Accounts 89,100
How cleared 100
Responsibility of the Account Officer despatching the account 104,105
Settlement Accounts— 102,108
Form and disposal of— 98
Term defined 99
Sub-heads of— 68
Original credits or debits should precede the responding debits and credits
— 89,100,10170-72
Exceptions
Register of adjustments with the State Bank 86,87,100
Responsibilities of an Account Officer for adjusting a charge transferred by
another Account Officer
Settled through the Bank
90
Transactions between Central and Provincial Governments—
Adjustment by the Bank against Central balances advised to the
Accountant General, Pakistan, Revenues 90
Clearance of the head "Adjusting Account between Central and Provincial
Governments" 97,206
Expenditure on behalf of Provincial Governments in the United Kingdom 95
Fees collected by Provincial Governments on behalf of the Central 94
Government
93
Grants made by Central Government to Provincial Government
88
Jute Export Duty payable to Provincial Governments
92
June transactions
96,154
Pensionary charges recoverable from Provincial Governments
Repayment of debt and interest thereon by Provincial Governments
June Account—
Consolidated Abstract for Final—submitted to Comptroller and Auditor
General 243
June Preliminary Final and Supplementary Exchange Accounts 80,81
Preliminary and final 243
Inward Accounts—
Adjustment in Pakistan Accounts 206,208
Classification of items 201-203
Dates of despatch 209
Money settlement with railways 178
Money settlement with Provincial Governments 204
Provincial transaction erroneously included in Remittance transactions,
how settled 204 Note
Term defined 200
Treatment in the office of the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenues 205
Items to be included in— 189,215
Leave salaries and pensions paid in Colonies 199
Light dues payable to the Board of Trade 221
Outstandings watched by the Accountant General, Pakistan Revenue and 226
by each Account Officer
Outward Accounts---
Form and Sub-heads 216,217 and
Annex. To
Chap.16
219
Procedure for advice of payments
220
Reconciliation with final accounts for June
218
Schedules required for—
200
Term defined Rates of Exchange
229,230
Special items in—
222
Deceased, distressed and discharged seamen
221
Light dues payable to the Board of Trade
228,224
Navy, emigration and other bills
225
Sterling Family Pension Funds (Civil
198
Scope of the Accounts Current
217
Submission of—by Account Officer
200,Rule 1
Mauritius—
See Colonial Governments
Meteorological Department—
Receipts and payments—of adjusted with Accountant General. Pakistan
Revenues Annex. To
Chap.10
Mines Departments---
Receipts and payments adjusted with Accountant General, Pakistan
Revenues 147, Annex. To
Chap.
Monthly Provincial Account---
See Accounts of Central and Provincial Governments.
Navy Bills—
Adjustment of the transactions of— 223
Objections—
Exchange and Settlement Account—and their adjustments 79,110,186,142
Overpayments—
Recoveries of—
See Recoveries payments.
Pakistan States—
Transactions with—carried against Central balances 112
Adjustments of transactions with— 76,133,115,116
Supply of English Stores to 211,213,214
Post Office---
See Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones.
Pre-audit payments---
Closing of Debt Head classified Abstract 39
Deductions from Provincial bills creditable to the Central Government or 37
vice versa, how accounted for 34
Option allowed in case of certain Provincial Capitals in respect of— 37
Posting of Debt Head classified Abstract of— 34
Pre-audit of claims upon Government in Provincial Capitals 38
Transfer of schedules and vouchers to the Departmental Audit Sections 35
—made by cheque
Progress Register—
Maintenance of—relating to Exchange Accounts 79,144,226
Proforma Accounts—
Detailed rules for—framed by Government with the approval of the Note under
Comptroller and Auditor General Appx.2 and
Appx.3
Appx.2, Rule 1
Intended to determine the financial results to projects, schemes, etc. and
and Appx.3 Rule 3
—of Irrigation Works, etc.
Appx.3
—of residences
Appx.2
Submission to Government
Appx.2, Rule 13
and Appx.3, Rule
14
Provincial Governments—
Accounts of—
See Accounts of Central and Provincial Governments.
Administrative Accounts of Irrigation Works, etc., submitted to— Appx.3, Rule 14
Annual Provincial Finance Accounts forwarded by the Comptroller and 274
Auditor General to— Appx.2, Rule 11
Capital and Revenue Accounts of residences submitted to— and 13
Railways---
Extent of application of Account Code to accounts of—
Submission of annual accounts of—to Comptroller and Auditor General Preface
Before 1st July 1960 the transactions pertaining to Pakistan Railways, 280
were adjusted with the Bank against the Balance of the Central
Government
173
Adjustment of transactions on the abolition of the exchange Account and
creation of Railway fund 175,176
Settlement of transactions in Cash between Central and Provincial
Governments and the Railways 177
Money settlement in respect of English transactions 178
Rate of Exchange—
See Exchange.
Recoveries of overpayments—
Adjustments of—made in cash or by short payment of items not debitable
to the same detailed head 22
No adjustment necessary when—are made by short payment of an item 22
debitable to the same detailed head
Remittance Heads---
Close to Balance: Exceptions 269
Ledger should be kept for 262
Term defined Definitions
Remittances to England—
Remittances for financing London transactions 228
Review—
—of adjustments of Exchange Accounts and account current transactions 79,144,146,226
—of Administrative Accounts of Irrigation Works, etc. Appx.3, Rule 14
—of Capital and Revenue Accounts of residences Appx.2, Rule 13
Sales Tax---
Share of——assigned to provinces—how adjusted Note Art.9
Service Funds—
Annex. To
In certain cases, recoveries fire creditable to Accountant General, Chap.11
Pakistan Revenues
Settlement Account—
Procedure of adjusting an item relating to Exchange Accounts wrongly
included in— or vice versa 77,108, Note
See also inter-Government adjustments.
Straits Settlements---
See Colonial Governments
Sub-Account Officers---
Term defined Definitions
Summaries---
Treasury Audit— 29
Works Audit— 25-28
Superintendent---
Term defined 15, Note
Survey of Pakistan---
Receipts and payments adjusted with the Accountant General, Pakistan 147, Annex. To
Revenues. Chap.10
Telegraphs---
See Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones.
Tour Charges—
—of President adjusted on the books of Accountant-General, Pakistan Annex. To
Revenues Chap.11
Transfer Entries---
Abstracting of entries 254,256
Abstract of—for posting Statements of Disbursers Accounts 55
Annual or half-yearly transfers as a rule to be avoided 250
Combined Transfer Ledger and Abstract 258
Closing and Abstracting 254,256
Form and use 254, Rule 1
Deduct entries necessary in certain cases 249
Entries should be made monthly as a rule 248,253,254
Forms used 248
Grounds of correction should be stated in— 249
Maintenance of a list of adjustments to be made periodically
Misposting of Central receipts and payments in the schedule of Provincial 21
receipt or payment or vice versa rectified through— 246(c)
Not necessary for certain errors 251(a)
Warrants---
Quarterly return of—for payment of pensions and leave salaries- in 199
Colonies which do not exchange account with Pakistan
Works Audit Department---
Term defined 18, Note